Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act (B-BBEE Act)
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Issuing Organization
Eskom National Transmission Company of South AfricaLocation
Gauteng
Closing Date
12 Aug 2026
Documents available on tender detail page
Tender Type
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Delivery Location
Eskom Megawatt Park - Sunninghill - Gauteng - 2186
Organization Type
GOVERNMENT
Published
14 Jul 2026
OCDS Reference
ocds-9t57fa-162257
Date & Time
Wednesday, 12 August 2026 - 10:00
Venue
Ms teams
Categories
Request for Bid(Open-Tender)
Eskom Megawatt Park - Sunninghill - Gauteng - 2186
Tenders in this industry often require registration with these bodies.
Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) registration is mandatory for almost all public sector construction tenders. Ensure your grading matches the tender value.
Recommended Certifications
Having these can improve your winning chances: NHBRC Registration, ISO 9001:2015 (Quality Management), ISO 14001:2015 (Environmental Management), ISO 45001:2018 (Occupational Health & Safety), SACPCMP Registration, ECSA Registration
AI Document Analysis Stages
Important Dates
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)14 Jul
2026
Tender Published
Tender was published
12 Aug
2026
Closing Date
Tender closing date
These references help suppliers understand the public-procurement framework around this opportunity. They are generated from the tender category, issuing organisation type and procurement context.
These rules commonly apply to South African public-sector procurement.
Act 53 of 2003
Provides the empowerment-compliance context often used in public-sector supplier evaluation.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 108 of 1996 (s217)
This is general procurement context, not legal advice. Always verify requirements in the official tender documents and issuing authority notices.
Container Document to the market.zip
Eskom NTCSA invites tenders for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station (Tender E2505NTCSAMWPRR). The project involves supplying, delivering, and constructing a 6m x 3m x 3m equipment shelter for telecommunications equipment with a floor capacity of 2000kg/sq.m, including concrete plinth, anti-intrusion measures, overhead feeder cable gantry, AC connection, and associated electrical works. Tender closes 12 August 2026 at 10:00 SAST. Electronic submission via NTCSA E-tendering portal. 80/20 preference point system with 70% functionality threshold.
To download these documents and access AI-powered analysis, visit the main tender page.
Eskom is South Africa's primary electricity supplier, managing generation, transmission, and distribution.
Matched by category & region
Free guidance to prepare before you bid
Not sure if your business is ready for this tender? Check CSD, CIDB, and B-BBEE requirements, run a readiness assessment, and move from opportunity to submission.
Open Supplier Readiness HubLearn how to submit a winning bid with these related articles
Median Estimate
R 1 420 659
Range
Based on 22 comparable awarded tenders. Companies with similar profiles typically bid near the median.
* Estimates are based on historical data and do not guarantee actual award values.
We refine every tender document through these stages so you can brief your team and prepare your bid with confidence. Anything marked as "in progress" will be upgraded automatically — no action required from you.
{"closingDate":"17 October 2021","closingTime":"1:50","briefingSession":"{"date":null,"time":null,"venue":"ion and confirmation of understanding will be recorded and kept at the job site during","is_compulsory":false}"}
Contact Information
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown){"name":null,"email":null,"phone":null,"department":null,"address":"n the conditions of contract identified"}
Submission Guidelines
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)Returnable Documents: C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance 3, C1.1 Form of Offer & Acceptance, By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorised, signing this part of this Form of Offer, This Offer may be accepted by the Employer by signing the Acceptance part of this Form of Offer and
Evaluation Criteria
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)Tenderers must not be restricted by National Treasury, on Tender Defaulters list, flagged suppliers (Zondo Report/SIU), or have conflict of interest. Must not subcontract 100% of scope. Foreign suppliers need SBD1 but no tax compliance proof if no SA footprint. Must attend site visit with PPE and ID documents. Must have CIDB 3GB/3CE or higher or capable of registration within 21 working days. Must comply with Employment Equity Act (SA tenderers).
Technical Specifications
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)Lesiba Kgadima
Lm container refurbishment phase 1 at zandspruit radio station.
Lm container refurbishment phase 1 at zandspruit radio station.
Title: Supplier Quality Management: Document Identifier: 240-105658000
Alternative Reference QM 58
Number:
Area of Applicability: Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd
Functional Area: Quality Management
Revision: 3
Total Pages: 28
Next Review Date: October 2024
Disclosure Controlled Disclosure
Classification:
Compiled by Supported by Functional Authorized by
Responsibility
SA Sambo P Dondashe L Meyer K Pather
Chief Advisor Middle Manager Acting Senior General Manager
Quality Quality Manager Quality Risk and
Management Management Management Sustainability
Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 15/10/2021 Date: 17 October 2021
EDC TN Formatted 15.10.2021
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Content
. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 5
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 6
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 6
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 6
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements .......................... 7
3.2 Quality Plan ...................................................................................................................... 8
3.3 Contract Quality Plan........................................................................................................ 8
3.4 Quality Control Plan ....................................................................................................... 10
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement ...................................................................... 13
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment ........................... 16
3.7 Post-Contract Award ...................................................................................................... 17
3.7.1 Contract Execution .............................................................................................. 17
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase ................................................. 18
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit .......................................................................................... 18
3.8 Standard Conditions ....................................................................................................... 19
3.8.1 Rights of Access .................................................................................................. 19
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information ................................................................................ 20
3.8.3 Preservation ........................................................................................................ 21
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions ....................................................................... 25
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by
Eskom ................................................................................................................. 25
3.8.6 Special Processes ............................................................................................... 26
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................. 27
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 27
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 27
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 28
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The intention of this specification is to specify and describe the minimum quality requirements for all
existing and potential Eskom suppliers and define the quality criteria for the selection, evaluation,
vendor registration, management, monitoring, assessment and auditing of suppliers. Eskom’s
position is to partner with suppliers who fully demonstrate commitment to the development,
implementation, and maintenance of a quality management system (QMS) that conforms to the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard. The priority is to encourage suppliers to continually improve
their QMS and enhance service delivery by implementing and conforming to the standard.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this specification is to outline the requirements according to which suppliers shall
develop,
implement,
maintain, and
continually improve
a quality management system (QMS) based on ISO 9001, which should form the basis for conformity
to Eskom quality requirements and continually adhere to them throughout the duration of a contract
2.1.2 Applicability
This specification shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited divisions, its subsidiaries,
suppliers, and sub-suppliers and shall form part of all Eskom requests for information (RFI)/ requests
for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for the procurement of products
and services.
2.1.3 Effective date
Date of authorisation of the specification
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems – Requirements
[2] ISO 10005 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Plans.
2.2.2 Informative
[3] ISO 9000 Quality Management Systems – Fundamentals and Vocabulary
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[5] ISO 10006 Quality Management Systems – Guidelines for Quality Management in Projects
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
[6] ISO 9004 Quality Management – Quality of an Organisation – Guidance to Achieve Sustained
Success
[7] 32-1033: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Policy
[8] 32-1034: Eskom’s Procurement and Supply Chain Management Procedure
[9] PPPFA: Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act, 2000 (Act No. )
[10] CIDB 1004: Best Practice Guideline A4: Evaluating Quality in Tender Submissions
[11] 240-12248652 Supplier Quality Management: List of Tender Returnables
[12] IAEA Safety Standard GS-R-3.1 Application of the Management System for Facilities and
Activities
[13] SANS 10845-1 Construction Procurement Part1: Processes, Methods and Procedures
2.3 Definitions
The vocabulary of ISO 9000 and the following definitions apply in the application of this specification.
2.3.1 Component: a constituent part of the product or sub-assembly of the product. The product
may comprise multiple individual components
2.3.2 Contract Quality Plan: a document of the supplier’s process for delivering the level of quality
required by the contract. It is a framework for the contractor’s process for delivering quality.
Purpose of a CQP is to outline how the results defined in the specifications will be achieved.
2.3.3 Hold Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan (QCP) beyond which work/
manufacturing shall not proceed without the attendance of, and written authorisation of, an
Eskom representative or Eskom inspection agency, whichever is applicable.
2.3.4 Intervention Points: those control points indicated by the various controlling bodies
concerned with the implementation of a specific QCP/ ITP. These can be in the form of
inspection, hold points, surveillances, witnesses, reviews and verifications.
2.3.5 Inspection Agency: an organisation or person appointed by Eskom for the purpose of
performing quality assurance/ quality control, monitoring, inspection and/ or expediting
services.
2.3.6 Level 1 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure has an effect on personnel safety and/ or
health, causes an environmental incident, cause a huge production loss or major equipment
damage. Equipment that are safety/ redundancy/ protective device or covered by statutory
regulations requirements.
2.3.7 Level 2 Plant Items: equipment, whose failure impacts plant availability and/or reliability,
causes significant costs or secondary damage.
2.3.8 Level 3 Plant Items: equipment that does not impact on personnel safety and/ or health,
environmental, cost, availability and/ or reliability of plant.
2.3.9 Nonconformity: a deficiency in material, composition, characteristic, or performance that
renders the quality of an item, component, or product unacceptable or indeterminate. The
term also covers a deficiency in, or deviation from/non-adherence to, the quality management
system requirements, prescribed production processes, and/or related documentation such
as procedures and instructions.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3.10 Quality Plan: specification of the actions, responsibilities and associated resources to be
applied to a specific object.
2.3.11 Quality Control Plan: a document specifying the activities to be inspected throughout the
execution of the project, inclusive of test methods, procedures, and acceptance criteria (This
term is equivalent to QIP and ITP).
2.3.12 Requirement: the need or expectation that is stated, generally implied, or obligatory.
Requirements are generally specified in the purchase order and/or contract documentation,
but may not be limited to these.
2.3.13 Primary Plant (Power Plant): primary plant include High Voltage equipment situated inside
the control room (breakers, bus-bars, CT’s, VT’s and transformers).
2.3.14 Secondary Plant (Control Plant): secondary plant includes all equipment used to control
and protect the HV equipment on the primary plant side. (Protection, metering, AC/DC and
tele-control).
2.3.15 Special Process: is any production or service process which generates products or services
which cannot be measured, monitored, or verified prior to delivery and use.
2.3.16 Supplier: is a current or potential supplier, vendor, contractor, consultant, or service provider.
A supplier may be a natural or legal person and includes any employee acting within the
course and scope of his/her employment or any agent or manager acting for, or on behalf of,
or in the interests of, the person registered as supplier on the Eskom supplier database.
2.3.17 Sub-supplier: an organisation that provides a product/service to the supplier and/or that
enters into a subcontract and assumes some of the obligations of the supplier or prime
contractor.
2.3.18 Witness Point: a predetermined stage in the quality control plan where and inspection
activity will take place. Work may proceed, provided Eskom or its inspection agency has been
formally notified and confirmed that inspection is waived.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved Inspection Authority
CA Corrective Action
CQP Contract Quality Plan
FIDIC Federation Internationale Des Ingenieurs- Conseils
FMECA Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis
HAZOP Hazard and Operability Study
ISO International Organisation for Standardisation
ITP Inspection and Test Plan
NC Nonconformity
NDT Non Destructive Testing
PMI Positive Material Identification
QCP Quality Control Plan
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
QMS Quality Management System
PQP Project Quality Plan
RFI Request for Information
RFQ Request for Quotation
RFP Request for Proposal
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality
SETA Skills Education Training Authorities
WPS Welding procedure specifications
WQR Welder’s Qualification Record
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Eskom Quality representative/ professional will select applicable requirements for existing and
potential Eskom suppliers using Form A (Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier
Quality Management: Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001
Standard).
The existing and/ or potential suppliers must complete, sign and return Form A with the other
returnable as listed in the List of Tender Returnable document (240-12248652). Other roles and
responsibilities for this standard are defined within the text of this specification.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
The application of this specification throughout Eskom shall be audited as per the management
system audit schedule.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
The documents superseded by this specification: all divisional and business unit supplier quality
requirements standards and/or specifications.
Forms and templates:
[1] 240-68099512 Tender and Contract Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and Quality Requirements for ISO 9001 Standard (Form
A)
[2] 240-109253698 Template for a Typical Contract Quality Plan
[3] 240-109253302 Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
[4] 240-126469599 Method Statement Template.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The quality assessment criteria and Form A of this specification will be selected and completed by
an Eskom Quality representative/ professional who will identify the applicable supplier quality
requirements to be met.
Form A of this specification must also be completed and signed by the supplier responding to an
Eskom invitation to tender, in order to acknowledge and accept Eskom Supplier Quality requirements
as per this specification and ISO 9001 Standard or any additional quality requirements specific to
the scope of work.
3.1 Supplier and Sub-Supplier Quality Management System Requirements
3.1.1 The supplier and sub-supplier shall develop, implement, maintain and improve a formal QMS
that conforms to the latest ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS (latest
applicable revision) and in accordance with the requirements of this specification.
3.1.2 Such a formal system shall consist of the appropriate documented information required by
ISO 9001 and may include a quality manual, quality plans, work procedures, work
instructions, method statements, work flow documentation, etc., as the case may be. This
requirement constitutes the most basic QMS requirements.
3.1.3 Unless specifically excluded from the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), such a QMS shall carry a valid ISO 9001
certificate from an accredited certification body, as indicated in the applicable Eskom
invitation (this requirement applies equally to both the supplier and any/ all manufacturing
third-party organisations mentioned above).
3.1.4 Unless specifically excluded in the quality list of tender returnable, as per the categories of
quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4), the supplier shall have a fully developed,
documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained QMS that complies with the
requirements of ISO 9001 standard or any applicable standard of QMS. In the event that the
main supplier invariably requires the assistance of a sub-supplier in order to realise its own
supply obligations. The aforementioned requirement applies equally in all cases where any
such sub-supplier’s scope of responsibility includes the provision of any of the following
activities, namely, design and development, manufacturing, maintenance, testing, storage,
delivery, installation, commissioning, and project management, or in the cases the supplier
name changes, mergers, acquisitions and/ or cessions. Eskom Quality department must
ensure that the changed entity can still fulfil the requirements as set out in the contract
documentation.
3.1.5 Eskom reserves the right to request and perform necessary assessments at sub-supplier
facilities.
3.1.6 The main supplier shall be responsible for defining and managing the specific quality
assurance and control elements applicable to the respective sub-supplier’s scope of
work/supply and ensure that its sub-supplier(s) quality programmes support Eskom
requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.1.7 The supplier shall inform Eskom of any proposed changes to the QMS or staff that will affect
the quality system prior to implementation of these changes.
3.1.8 The main supplier shall develop and implement a performance management programme for
their sub-supplier. The programme shall include, but not limited to:
Verification of the QMS
Audits and surveillances
Regular assessment of the CQPs and reviews of QCPs.
NC and Defect Management
Inspection and test plans
Risk management
3.2 Quality Plan
The information in this section constitutes the minimum requirements for a quality plan.
3.2.1 Where specified in the Evaluation Criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables , as per the
categories of quality requirements (Category 1, 2, 3, or 4); all individual products, services
and processes shall have a documented, implemented, reviewed and maintained contract
quality plan and/or quality control plan (inspection and test plan).
3.2.2 Where specified in the evaluation criteria and/ or quality list of tender returnables. All
production and/ or service provision shall be carried out in accordance with a documented
and agreed contract quality plan (CQP) and/ or quality control plan (QCP)/ inspection and test
plan (ITP).
3.2.3 The supplier shall plan for the required quality-related activities and interfaces within the
supplier’s quality system in order to demonstrate its ability towards both controlling and
meeting specified Eskom requirements.
Note 1: Contract Quality Plan should address the quality assurance elements related to the scope
of work and/ or technical specification.
Note 2: Quality Control Plan (QCP)/ Inspection and Test Plan (ITP) should address the quality
control elements related to the scope of work and/ or technical specification.
3.3 Contract Quality Plan
The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit project quality plans (PQPs)/ contract quality
plans (CQPs) and associated documentation in accordance with the requirements of project QMS
processes applicable to the sub-supplier’s scope of work.
The supplier shall, where applicable, based on scope of work criticality, ensure that procurement
documents clearly and unambiguously require sub-supplier submission of a sub-supplier CQP for
supplier and Eskom review.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier CQPs are developed and implemented in
accordance with the ISO 10005 Quality Management System Guidelines for Quality Plans. In
addition to the elements specified in ISO 10005, the supplier’s and/ or sub-suppliers’ CQPs shall
include the following (as applicable):
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.1 The management of records, including material tests, positive material identification (PMI)
testing, material certification, etc.
3.3.2 The provision for free and uninhibited access by the supplier and/or personnel at the time of
inspection.
3.3.3 The proposals for submission of final documentation, the final manufacturing data book, prior
to shipment.
3.3.4 The special processes related to welding: management of the welder’s qualification record
(WQR), welding procedure specifications (WPS), and procedures qualification records (PQR)
that will be used in the performance of work for supplier review and acceptance prior to
commencing manufacture. Welders shall be qualified to the specified Codes of Construction
for the applicable procedures. The requirements for qualification shall be specified by the
supplier, and welder records shall be maintained by sub-suppliers performing the work.
3.3.5 The special installation procedures and other required fabrication or manufacturing
procedures (that is, those required for post-weld heat treatment, tube rolling, coatings, etc.)
that will be used in the performance of work shall require supplier review and acceptance
prior to commencing manufacture. The personnel carrying out special processes (for
example, NDE, welding, coating, heat treatment, etc.) where the results cannot be fully
verified by subsequent inspection and test shall be suitably qualified and, where applicable,
registered with statutory bodies as legally required, that is, as radiographic workers to conduct
radiography. The requirements for the qualification shall be specified, and personnel records
shall be maintained in accordance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification and, where applicable, legal requirements.
3.3.6 The personnel required to perform special processes shall be certified competent through a
certificate of competency in accordance with the company’s internal training management
and competency control procedures or an external certification body (for example, NDT)
through an accredited service provider as per Skills Education Training Authorities (SETA)
requirements.
3.3.7 All personnel who perform activities that affect quality shall have their training needs identified
and documented. The required training shall be implemented in accordance with the
company’s training management and competency control procedures. All the training
certificates shall meet the SETA requirements in terms of having the unit standard completed
and the accreditation number of the service providers.
3.3.8 Instructions and requirements for equipment and materials storage, preservation, and
maintenance, including identification of materials required for preservation and maintenance,
are to be provided sufficiently prior to receipt (prior to shipment or earlier) to ensure that
appropriate resources are available at the time of delivery.
3.3.9 Specific quality monitoring and verification activities are to be undertaken on the supplier’s
sub-suppliers by Eskom or it agent.
3.3.10 The CQP information need to include, but not limited to:
Spells out the aspects of the QMS to be applied within a specific Eskom project, and the
methods to be utilised to ensure quality.
Outline the resources, the communication channels, applicable documents and records to be
generated.
Management Authority and Responsibility from both supplier and client need to outline in the
Cqp.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
List of documents and records that will be used and submitted during the execution of the
project.
Communications channels should include contact person and contact details
Monitoring & measurement procedures for activities need to be indicated.
3.3.11 The main supplier and sub-supplier CQPs shall comply with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications and shall be submitted prior to the initial scope of work kick-off or initial pre-
fabrication meeting and prior to commencement of manufacturing, whichever is earlier.
3.3.12 The Eskom template for CQP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier does
not have a CQP template.
3.4 Quality Control Plan
The supplier shall develop and implement processes and procedures that efficiently and effectively
monitor, verify and document the quality of the scope of work for deliverables.
The main supplier shall ensure that sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are prepared at a level of detail
sufficient to address all quality-control-related activities in a chronological order, from contract review
through materials verification, manufacturing, fabrication, assembly, final testing, commissioning,
hand-over documentation, and certification. In addition, the supplier shall ensure compliance with
the following requirements:
3.4.1 All stages of manufacturing, fabrication, assembly and installation shall be controlled by a
supplier’s QCP/ ITP that clearly and unambiguously identifies the quality verifications to be
performed and special attention to controls related to critical products and services.
3.4.2 QCP/ ITP shall be reviewed and accepted by Eskom, its inspection authority or agency, and
they shall allow for the insertion of Eskom specific requirements, including hold and witness
points prior to the commencement of work.
3.4.3 Subsequent changes to the Eskom accepted QCP/ ITP shall require Eskom, its inspection
authority or agency’s agreement prior to the commencement of work involving an activity
affected by such changes.
3.4.4 The ITPs should cover materials certification, fabrication works, in-process inspections, final
acceptance tests, packaging and pre- shipment/ transportation, shipping/ transportation
inspections where contracted, preservation, site acceptance tests, construction and erection
works, and pre-commissioning and commissioning tests.
3.4.5 All sub-supplier QCP/ ITP activity shall be performed using an Eskom-accepted supplier
Qcp/ itp.
3.4.6 All applicable codes, standards, and relevant acceptance criteria documents are available at
the work location, and Eskom representatives on site shall have on-going access to this
information. Workplace documentation shall be available in English and in any workforce-
appropriate language.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.7 Where activities subject to inspection and test procedures are to be undertaken by a sub-
supplier, the QCP/ ITP shall make reference to this fact and shall include descriptive details
of the sub-supplier’s involvement. A separate QCP/ ITP shall be required for each sub-
supplier scope of work.
3.4.8 The supplier shall be ultimately accountable and responsible for the development and proper
implementation of all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs, including those reviewed or developed by
sub-suppliers.
3.4.9 Eskom reserves the right to select intervention points on QCPs/ ITPs for Eskom oversight of
selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.4.10 Once signed, the ITPs and QCPs become addendums to the main contract. These ITPs can
be reviewed at Eskom’s discretion based on its assessment of the supplier’s performance or
other risks.
3.4.11 A QCP/ ITP shall contain the following information:
Eskom contract number and title
The supplier’s order number
Identification of the area of works/contract
Description of the work, with components, item number, and activity date
QCP/ITP unique number
A list of the sequence of operations, including inspection and tests
The identification of the specification, drawing number, or procedure for each operation,
with reference to the relevant criticality risk rating
The acceptance criteria, with reference to the technical specification, in-house, national, or
international standard, with the relevant clause number for each operation
The inspection and test activities that the supplier has nominated for its intervention points
Provision for the inclusion of intervention points nominated by Eskom and/or its authority/
agency
Provision for intervention point acceptance by date and signature for all parties having
intervention in the plan
Inspection and test records to be generated by the supplier for each operation and an
indication of records to be provided to Eskom (as applicable)
3.4.12 The main supplier shall require sub-suppliers to submit QCPs/ ITPs and associated
documentation applicable to the sub-supplier scope of work. Any changes made to the QCP
after submission must be resubmitted to Eskom for further review. The supplier shall ensure
that all sub-supplier QCPs/ ITPs are in compliance with the Eskom Quality Requirements
Specifications, including, but not limited to, the following requirements:
Clear and unambiguous description of the equipment and location(s) at which each activity
will take place, including facility location(s)
Identification of quality verification activity and stage
The details of reference documents, procedures, or method statements to be utilised in
performance of the activity, including specific reference to actual sections and pages of
procedures, standards, instructions, specifications, etc.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition of acceptance criteria
Listing of certifying or verifying documents generated to provide evidence of compliance
with specified requirements; documents are to be provided using the proper Eskom
document numbering requirements
Identification of main supplier and sub-supplier (where applicable) third-party/approved
inspection authority (AIA) and Eskom inspection activities defined in terms of witness, hold,
document review, and verification monitoring points and provision for sign-off of each of the
above-mentioned parties for each intervention point
Qualification requirements for quality control inspectors, including any third-party/AIA
inspectors
Listing of all proposed test procedures
Acceptance criteria for each inspection or test in alignment with specified tolerances
A section for signed acceptance of the QC/ITP by the supplier, sub-supplier (where
applicable), and Eskom prior to commencement of work
Inspection or testing intervention points, including, but not limited to, factory acceptance test
and package acceptance test, witness, and hold points
3.4.13 A quality kick-off meeting will be held at the start of the contract and, if required, at the start
of each subsequent phase.
The supplier shall arrange coordination meetings with Eskom prior to placement of orders
for items or equipment to ensure that all technical and commercial requirements are clear
and understood. Fourteen days’ advance notice of meetings shall be given to Eskom.
Supplier inspection personnel, including inspection agency personnel, shall be competent
and qualified to perform inspection and testing assignments. Mobilisation of all such
personnel shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification
Specification.
3.4.14 Where QCP/ ITP is applicable, the supplier shall ensure that sub-suppliers are provided with
comprehensive, clearly written, and unambiguous inspection and testing protocols, including
processes, procedures, and methods that shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Requirements for inspection checklists and inspection assignments, with lists of items to be
inspected
An inspection and testing report format, report content, schedule for report processing and
distribution, and report retention requirements
Inspection and test report results response tracking (log) and resolution of nonconformity in
inspection and test processes, procedures, or methods and nonconformity identified in
inspection and test results
Associated Failure Mode, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) reports relating to the
equipment and sub-systems (if applicable)
Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP) report, as applicable
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.15 The supplier shall establish processes and procedures for formal assessment of sub-supplier
inspection and testing programmes. These shall include review of sub-supplier inspection
reports and other quality control documentation. Additional formal assessment of
manufacturing, fabrication, and assembly facility operations shall be conducted by the
supplier to ensure continuing suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the sub-supplier’s
inspection and testing programmes. Assessment frequency shall be established in
consideration of the sub-supplier scope of work, criticality of scope of work deliverables, and
performance information. The assessment scope and schedule shall be developed in
consultation with Eskom.
3.4.16 Supplier processes and procedures for verification of supplier and sub-supplier purchased
product compliance with specifications shall obtain document return/review status prior to
implementation.
3.4.17 The objective is to finalise any outstanding procedural or other issues before proceeding to
deliver the works.
3.4.18 Eskom, in consultation with the supplier, develops an agenda for the meeting, and Eskom will
keep minutes of these meetings.
3.4.19 Mandatory pre-inspection meetings will be convened by Eskom or its inspection agency or
AIA to be attended by the supplier’s and sub-supplier’s representatives, including their quality
representatives who will be involved in the works, and records are to be kept.
3.4.20 Eskom reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the
supplier’s or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed. The
supplier is expected to provide workspace at no cost to Eskom for the inspector, as required.
3.4.21 Eskom may appoint any organisation it prefers to perform quality assurance and quality
control activities, either in the capacity as an AIA or inspection agency, on the works
contracted to the supplier, and the supplier or its sub-suppliers may not object, prevent,
hinder, undermine, circumvent, question, discredit, or in any way make it impossible for such
organisation to carry out its work on behalf of Eskom.
3.4.22 The Eskom template for QCP/ ITP provided shall be used as guideline, where the supplier
does not have a QCP/ ITP template.
3.5 Pre-Contract Award: Quality Requirement
3.5.1 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Categories
Eskom supplier quality requirements for all existing and potential suppliers and sub-suppliers are
classified into four categories (category 1, 2, 3 and 4). Suppliers must prepare and submit quality
documentation as per the tender selected category (indicated in Form A) using the list of tender
returnables document.
NOTE: Only one (1) category must be applicable per procurement process e.g. [Eskom requests for
information (RFI)/ requests for quotation (RFQ)/ requests for proposal (RFP), including contracts for
the procurement of products and services].
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The following are the minimum returnable documentation for Categories 1 to 4:
3.5.2 Category 1: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a valid copy of ISO 9001 or any applicable certificate of a QMS (the
latest applicable revision). The QMS should drive the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal and external
audit reports. The audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the
resulting remedial actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit a draft, or an example of an inspection and test
plan (ITP) or quality control plan (QCP) on similar and/ or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
documents (240-12248652).
3.5.3 Category 2: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed, implemented and maintained QMS
that complies with ISO 9001 or any applicable standard of quality management system (the latest
applicable revision). The following documents (approved/ signed copies) shall be submitted:
Quality Management System manual or a documented information that have defines and
describes the QMS and its scope
Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented information)
Quality Objectives (documented information)
Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented information )
Internal audit procedure (documented information)
Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit the latest copy of the management system internal audit reports. The
audit reports must include, if applicable, nonconformity identified, and the resulting remedial
actions (correction and/ or corrective action reports).
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example of inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP) on similar or previous work done.
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
The supplier shall submit documented information retained (records) of management review
meetings that include agenda, meeting minutes, attendance registers, reports, presentations,
etc.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnable
document (240-12248652).
3.5.4 Category 3: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit objective evidence of a developed QMS that complies with ISO 9001
(or the latest applicable revision). The following documented information (approved/ signed
copies) shall be submitted:
o Quality management system manual or a (documented information) that have
defines and describes the QMS and its scope
o Quality Policy, aligned with the supplier’s strategic direction (documented
information)
o Quality Objectives (documented information)
o Control of documented information (both maintain and retain documented
information )
o Internal audit procedure (documented information)
o Control of nonconforming outputs (documented information)
o Nonconformity and Corrective action procedure (documented information)
The QMS should drive all the supplier’s business management processes to ensure that all of
Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
The supplier shall submit a draft contract quality plan that is specific to the scope of work as
described in the tender documents. The plan must address the minimum requirements as per
Iso 10005.
Where applicable; the supplier shall submit an example inspection and test plan (ITP) or
quality control plan (QCP).
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities in relation to the QMS. Examples of relevant documented information are;
organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty statements, manuals, procedures.
NB: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.5.5 Category 4: Quality Requirements
The supplier shall complete and sign Form A (Enquiry/Contract/Quality Requirements for
Supplier Quality Management Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001).
The supplier shall submit a quality method statement based on ISO 9001 and specific to the
scope of work.
The quality method statement should address all the supplier’s business management
processes to ensure that all of Eskom’s requirements are fully met on a consistent basis.
The supplier shall submit a signed/ approved quality policy (aligned with the supplier’s strategic
direction). (documented information)
The supplier shall submit a copy of quality objectives. (documented information)
The supplier shall submit documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes,
Products and Services.
The supplier shall submit a copy of the documented information for roles, responsibilities and
authorities, specific to the project/ scope of work/ technical requirements. Examples of relevant
documented information are; organization charts, job descriptions, work instructions, duty
statements, manuals, procedures.
Note: specific requirements per tender will be selected using the List of Tender Returnables
document (240-12248652).
3.6 Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment
Supplier capability and capacity assessments shall be performed prior to contract award on potential
suppliers participating in Eskom Holdings procurement process to:
provide products and services with high risk to operational sustainability
work on critical plant and equipment
supply of critical plant items or components
provide special processes
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
All sub-suppliers used by the main supplier/ contractor, performing work on Eskom critical plant
equipment, supplying commodities and providing specialised services shall be subjected to the
capability and capacity assessment.
Critical plant includes the following:
Generation Level 1 & 2 plant
Transmission and Distribution Power Plant & Control Plant
Mega Projects
All potential quality risks identified will be included in the assessment report provided for the tender
evaluation.
Note: Form A (Enquiry/ Contract/ Quality Requirements for Supplier Quality Management:
Specification 240-105658000/ QM 58 and ISO 9001) will be used to select and indicate whether
capability and capacity assessment will be conducted.
3.7 Post-Contract Award
3.7.1 Contract Execution
The supplier shall submit the following documents within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the
contract date, prior to the commencement of work, for acceptance by Eskom:
The supplier shall complete a QCP before contract award. This shall be reviewed and
signed off by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The supplier shall complete a quality control plan and ITP(s) for review and acceptance by
Eskom prior to the commencement of any work, inclusive of subcontracted work, within 30
days or as per stated timeline after contract award.
The sub-supplier QCP/ ITP shall be submitted for review and comment by the supplier and
by Eskom within 30 days or as per stated timeline after the award of the tender. All supplier
and Eskom comments shall be resolved prior to commencing work.
The equipment lists and an indication of pressurised components and systems.
Note: These plans are to be compiled in line with Eskom’s requirements and will have to be
discussed with, and approved by, Eskom prior to any work commencing.
Correspondence shall be directed to the project manager, and periodic quality review
meetings shall be convened by Eskom with the supplier.
The mandatory quality review meetings are to be convened by the nominated project quality
manager or his/her representative for the contract.
Monthly quality performance and management reports are to be prepared by the supplier
during contract execution. The content of these reports shall be agreed by Eskom when
submitted to Eskom on a monthly basis.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.2 Supplier Quality Performance Monitoring Phase
During the contract execution phase, suppliers shall be monitored by Eskom for performance on
quality-related aspects.
The outcomes of such monitoring will enable Eskom to take any appropriate actions pertaining to
the supplier.
The monitoring shall be carried out periodically by Eskom or at predetermined intervals during the
execution of a contract using agreed key performance indicators. The monitored key performance
areas include the following:
CQP and QCP /ITP
Delivery
Design
Cost
Management system
Subsequent key performance indicators associated with these areas will include the following:
Nonconformity monitoring
Audit and assessment evaluation scoring
Management system compliance and accreditation
Achievement of delivery targets as per contractual agreements
Process improvements
Correction and corrective action response and closure
3.7.3 Supplier Quality Audit
3.7.3.1 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.2 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers
3.7.3.3 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews are intended to provide an objective
evaluation of compliance with performance expectations defined in this specification, in the
supplier contract quality plan (CQP), and in any other project scope of work specification.
3.7.3.4 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews include, but are not limited to, any
quality or other project functional area audits, assessments, verification of compliance
reviews, surveillance, inspections, or other interim or final assessments of scope of work
deliverables provided by the supplier or sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.7.3.5 Quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be carried out by trained,
accredited, and experienced personnel in accordance with procedures documented in the
Cqp.
3.7.3.6 The supplier shall submit, for Eskom review, documented processes for conducting project
scope of work quality audits and related quality performance reviews. Supplier quality audits
and related quality performance review processes shall be designed to address evaluation
of progress towards completion of project functional area deliverables as well as final
deliverable quality.
3.7.3.7 The supplier shall provide a schedule of anticipated quality audits covering all functional
areas and related quality performance reviews at the time of first post-contract award CQP
submission.
3.8 Standard Conditions
3.8.1 Rights of Access
Eskom:
3.8.1.1 shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts;
3.8.1.2 reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as well
as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location; and
3.8.1.3 reserves the right to carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-
suppliers.
The supplier:
3.8.1.4 shall support Eskom’s effort to monitor, verify, and/or witness any activities associated with
the work at any time;
3.8.1.5 shall cooperate with Eskom requests for documentation, records, and inspection and
witnessing. Eskom participation in audits, appraisals, assessment of plans, and verification
shall be conducted at no extra cost to Eskom;
3.8.1.6 shall ensure that a sub-supplier provides access to Eskom to all work procedures, records,
and supporting documentation through provision of access to view and photocopy, as
required, to support verification of scope of work requirements. Access shall include the
ability to photograph Eskom equipment, systems, system components, materials, etc.;
3.8.1.7 shall provide access to all quality-related information pertaining to activities performed by
itself or sub-suppliers, where Eskom might not have participated in the witnessing of their
quality assurance or control (this refers to inspections, audits, etc. performed by the supplier
on its own sub-suppliers);
3.8.1.8 shall allow Eskom to assess, audit, approve, or reject any sub-suppliers employed by
Eskom’s suppliers to assist with the product and/or service delivery to Eskom; and
3.8.1.9 shall ensure that the above requirements flow down to sub-suppliers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.2 Eskom Rights to Information
3.8.2.1 To expect that the works will be conducted in accordance with the contract between the
parties.
3.8.2.2 To have access to the supplier’s information as determined by applicable legislation.
3.8.2.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee the supplier’s audit programmes by participating in
selected audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages.
Eskom will coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the
supplier’s audit schedule.
3.8.2.4 To obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the supplier reflected in the
audit programme.
3.8.2.5 To conduct independent quality audits during all phases of the contract, and the supplier
shall provide all resources to support these activities.
3.8.2.6 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.2.7 To participate in, and/or lead, investigations related to incidents involving its products.
3.8.2.8 To require from suppliers to be responsible for the cost of re-inspections.
3.8.2.9 To withhold payment from suppliers as a result of outstanding nonconformities, irrespective
of the agreed payment schedule and in accordance with the conditions of contract.
3.8.2.10 Shall be granted electronic and hard-copy access to all quality plans, procedures,
documentation, and other quality records relating to the work, including, but not limited to,
data extracts.
3.8.2.11 Reserves the right to review, inspect, and audit any or all parts of the supplier’s QMS, as
well as any documentation, materials, or equipment associated with the work, at any time or
project work location.
3.8.2.12 Shall carry out assessments and audits on all new suppliers and sub-suppliers.
3.8.2.13 Reserves the right to appoint resident quality inspectors who can be based at the supplier’s
or sub-supplier’s premises and on site where the work is being performed.
3.8.2.14 Reserves the right to select intervention points within all developed supplier QCPs/ ITPs
for Eskom oversight of selected functions and to perform surveillance or audits of the work.
3.8.2.15 Shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture and
before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect the
products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.2.16 Reserves the right to suspend any pending deliveries by the issuing of a cease delivery
order at any time and for any portion of the work that is not being performed in accordance
with the specified/agreed requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3 Preservation
The supplier shall develop and implement a comprehensive preservation programme consisting of
plans, processes, procedures and actions undertaken for the purpose of planning for and
maintenance of material deliverables quality. The supplier preservation programme scope includes,
but is not limited to, the following:
3.8.3.1 Engagement of personnel suitably qualified for oversight of, and (as required) direct
implementation of, preservation programme requirements.
3.8.3.2 Development and implementation of preservation programme training appropriate to work
need.
3.8.3.3 Eskom may make use of its appointed service provider tasked to provide a full suite of
services encompassing an online monitoring system and asset tracking during, but not
limited to the following stages: inspections, testing, shipping, transportation, storage, and
commissioning. The supplier is to enable full access during all of these stages in order to
allow the installation of the devices on Eskom-identified products and equipment, which
include the sub-supplier’s testing facilities, processing plant, and any other processes
deemed important towards effective and efficient quality control.
3.8.3.4 Eskom seeks cooperation between the supplier’s designers and those of Eskom’s service
provider in ensuring seamless installation of the device and other associated installations.
Moreover, there is also a need to integrate data flows and systems between Eskom and the
supplier. Further details are included in the Eskom specifications and works information.
3.8.3.5 Review and tracking of compliance with Eskom and supplier engineering specification of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.6 Review and tracking of compliance with sub-supplier provided preservation requirements
and recommendations.
3.8.3.7 Evaluation of prospective temporary and longer-term material storage sites for consistency
with preservation programme expectations.
3.8.3.8 Preservation work plan development and plan execution performance evaluation of all
parties engaged for provision of material transportation, handling, or storage services.
3.8.3.9 Oversight of material quality preservation plan preparation and plan execution performance
at all work locations.
3.8.3.10 Development of a preservation programme records management process, in compliance
with Eskom information management requirements, which comprehensively addresses
generation, maintenance, and ready access by Eskom to all preservation programme
records.
3.8.3.11 The supplier shall deploy a clearly defined documented programme providing for
identification of all physical asset pre-operation preservation of quality requirements. In this
reference, the term “physical assets” should be understood to include bulk materials,
including consumable items, equipment systems, system components, and any other
procured or supplied materials or equipment transferred to project control, but not deployed
for operational purposes.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.12 Where the project responsibility for equipment and materials management has been
formally delegated, the supplier’s preservation programme shall ensure clear and
unambiguous communication of pre-operation preservation of goods quality requirements
to sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.13 The supplier’s preservation programme shall clearly and unambiguously document
processes and procedures for efficient and effective monitoring of compliance with
programme requirements.
3.8.3.14 Compliance monitoring shall commence with ensuring comprehensive consideration of
preservation requirements in the engineering instruction and subsequent inclusion of said
instruction in procurement documentation and shall be applicable until such time as
equipment or materials have been incorporated in an operating or operational system or
structure.
3.8.3.15 Compliance evaluation frequency shall anticipate transfer of tactical-level responsibility for
management of preservation responsibilities between project functional areas, for example,
procurement to logistics, logistics to fabrication, fabrication to logistics, logistics to
construction, etc., and shall, in similar fashion, anticipate transfer of support for tactical-level
responsibility between various subcontracted service providers.
3.8.3.16 Supplier engineering shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project procurement, logistics, construction management,
quality, security, and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective
implementation of preservation requirements. This shall take the form of a preservation
programme applicable to all systems, system components, equipment, materials, customer-
supplied materials, and other goods procured or managed under the scope of work.
3.8.3.17 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address temporary, long-term, and in-transit preservation requirements, including, but not
limited to:
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, atmospheric conditions,
sunlight, temperature, soil, dust, humidity, salt spray, corrosive atmospheres, or
other physical environment conditions;
detailed procedures for application, use, monitoring, and maintenance of coatings,
coverings, fasteners, lines, and other components for internal and external weather
proofing;
requirements for electrical grounding or isolation;
requirements for internal or external environment creation, for example, inert gas
charging, heating, cooling, etc., inclusive of gas storage, electric power supply, etc.;
detailed procedures for initial set-up, charging, activation, and maintenance of
internal atmosphere generation, regeneration, monitoring, and relieving systems, for
example, inert gas management systems;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, vibration or long-period
cyclical motion in transit, for example, wave-generated movement during sea
transport;
internal and external structural integrity protection, for example, internal and external
bracing, padding, framing, chocking, etc.;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
support structure requirements, for example, stools, pads, or other devices,
substrates, or support required to ensure in-storage and in-transit stability of
systems, system components, equipment, and material, or other discrete units or
items;
provision for physical separation and/or barriers to prevent airborne or direct
transmittal of contaminants between work areas or between work areas and storage
areas, for example, prevention of carbon steel grinding or cutting debris impact on
stainless steel elements, airborne drift of blast aggregate into vessels or machinery,
etc.;
provision for, and final disposition of, temporary and longer-term storage or transit
required supports and related binding devices, for example, stools, stands, sea
fasteners, platforms, chocks, spacers, cabling, etc.;
provision of requirements for temporary work platforms or other support structures
required to ensure provision of preservation services, for example, provision of a
self-elevating work platform for periodic access to elevated fittings, gauges, man-
ways, etc.;
requirements for protection against, or insulation from, contact with other objects, for
example, padding or other protection for external tubing, fittings, or other impact-
sensitive structures or components;
clear physical delineation of temporary and longer-term storage areas supplemented
by hard and soft barriers, as required, to maintain a protective perimeter;
documented agreements with storage facility and transportation provider
management regarding security management, including, but not limited to, facility
access and egress control and control of access to project goods and materials
within facility boundaries or aboard vehicles or vessels; and
detailed procedures for inspection and testing to verify performance of preservation
procedures and to provide for timely notice and corrective action to maintain
preservation status.
3.8.3.18 The supplier’s preservation management programme scope shall encompass
management of preservation requirements, from initial transfer of ownership or management
responsibility to project scope of responsibility, through any period of temporary or longer-
term storage and through any period of transit, including transit for final delivery at point of
active use or installation.
3.8.3.19 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall clearly and unambiguously
address processes and procedures to ensure that storage and control of materials are
accomplished in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, specifications, and
project-specific requirements.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.3.20 The supplier’s preservation management programme shall incorporate special precautions
to address preservation and control of valves, electrical motors and components,
mechanical and rotating equipment, piping and fittings, instrumentation, flange faces,
gaskets, coatings, insulation, and other materials. Special precautions include, but are not
limited to, supplier-specified maintenance procedures related to engines, electric motors,
pumps, compressors, etc., such as periodic shaft rotation, engine turnover, lubrication, etc.
3.8.3.21 The supplier shall ensure that clear and unambiguous requirements for preservation of the
system, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented in purchase orders, work authorisations, and other
communications between the supplier and sub-suppliers.
3.8.3.22 Where sub-supplier expertise is utilised in determination of the preservation protocol,
supplier procurement processes shall ensure clear and unambiguous documentation of sub-
supplier input into preservation management programme requirements.
3.8.3.23 Supplier procurement shall ensure that preservation requirements for scope of work
systems, system components, equipment, materials, and other procured goods are clearly
and unambiguously documented and that preservation requirements are efficiently and
effectively communicated to project logistics, construction management, quality, security,
and other project functional areas, as required, for efficient and effective implementation of
preservation requirements.
3.8.3.24 The supplier shall ensure comprehensive, clear, and unambiguous designation of sub-
supplier responsibility for execution of all preservation management programme elements,
including, but not limited to, all systems, processes, procedures, methods, ready access to
records, and provision of equipment, tools, or services essential to efficient and effective
execution of the preservation management programme.
3.8.3.25 The supplier shall ensure that preservation management programme responsibilities are
clearly and unambiguously defined within the project team and efficiently and effectively
implemented at all project scope of work locations. Inclusion of supplier and sub-supplier
scope of work in the development and implementation of a preservation management
programme shall be considered essential to efficient and effective preservation
management programme execution.
3.8.3.26 The supplier shall ensure clear and unambiguous designation of project team responsibility
for oversight and management of preservation management programme elements during
every stage of project development.
3.8.3.27 The supplier shall ensure that Eskom has free and unrestricted access to all preservation
records for inspection and audit.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.4 Quality Audits Related Conditions
3.8.4.1 The supplier shall maintain an accurate quality audit and related quality performance review
schedule and shall incorporate the current schedule as an attachment to the supplier CQP.
3.8.4.2 The supplier’s quality audit and related quality performance review schedule development
process shall be designed to incorporate consideration of information generated by
previously conducted audits and reviews, by input from project risk management evaluations
(risk register), or from Eskom or sub-supplier subject matter expertise.
3.8.4.3 Eskom reserves the right to oversee supplier audit programmes by participating in selected
audits as an observer and by assessing the supplier during key work stages. Eskom will
coordinate with the supplier to develop an oversight schedule aligned with the supplier’s
audit schedule.
3.8.4.4 Eskom will have the right to obtain access to any audit reports of audits performed by the
supplier reflected in the audit programme.
3.8.4.5 Eskom reserves the right to conduct independent quality audits, scheduled and
unscheduled, during all phases of the contract. The supplier shall provide all resources to
support these activities.
3.8.4.6 Eskom shall be given access at all reasonable times before, during, and after manufacture
and before delivery, construction, erection, and commissioning to measure, test, and inspect
the products and workmanship, as necessary, at the supplier’s premises and at Eskom sites.
3.8.4.7 The supplier shall obtain access for Eskom to measure, test, witness tests, and inspect
products that are being manufactured by any sub-supplier. This includes surveillances.
3.8.4.8 The assessments and audits shall be carried out on all new suppliers and their sub-
suppliers.
3.8.4.9 Eskom shall have the right to participate in, or request that, a technical investigation be
launched and conducted at the supplier’s and sub-suppliers’ premises or other sites when
risk to Eskom products or service deliverables is identified.
3.8.4.10 Qualification requirements for supplier and sub-supplier personnel engaged in conducting
quality audits and related quality performance reviews shall be defined in the supplier CQP
and shall be in compliance with the Project Quality Personnel Qualification Specification.
3.8.5 Management of Nonconformities and Nonconforming Outputs Identified by Eskom
3.8.5.1 Nonconformity reports raised by Eskom and issued against the supplier shall be investigated
by the supplier as a matter of urgency in order to determine the root cause, corrective action
measures, as required, with implementation time frames.
3.8.5.2 A formal response shall be prepared in respect of the defined criteria and submitted to
Eskom for its review, evaluation, and acceptance, within a maximum of 14 calendar days
from the date of issue of the nonconformity and should be aligned with the site
requirements/procedure.
3.8.5.3 Eskom may, at its discretion, request a response sooner and, in any case, before the
supplier proceeding with any pending/further intervention or corrective action, as may be
required by Eskom.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.5.4 Should Eskom or its inspection authority/agency identify any nonconforming products during
the conduct of its audits/surveillances/inspections, the supplier shall be deemed to be in
breach of contract and shall be held liable for any repair, rework, and/or associated
replacement costs. The supplier may, in such instances, also be held liable for the full costs
associated with the conducting of follow-up audits/surveillances/inspections.
3.8.5.5 The nature, magnitude, and/or frequency of nonconformity and inspection defect/rejection
reports raised by Eskom or its appointed inspection authority/agency shall form the basis of
any action to rescind/withdraw the supplier’s qualification status.
3.8.5.6 Nonconforming outputs identified by Eskom shall be documented via a NC Report and
issued to the suppliers via the contract communication protocol. The suppliers shall
investigate the matter and respond in writing to Eskom of disposition within the stated
contractual conditions.
Note: The dates for the disposition should align to contractual conditions.
3.8.5.7 Eskom shall identify repeat deficiencies as systematic failures of the supplier’s QMS and
shall notify the supplier of the trends. Eskom can initiate an internal audit to highlight the
system failures. The supplier with raise a Corrective Action Report and undertake Root
Cause Analysis. In such cases, QMS rectification and/ or update measures shall be taken
immediately.
3.8.5.8 Should the Supplier fail to respond and rectify nonconforming products within stipulated
contractual conditions. The Project Manager should apply contractual remedies in
accordance with Fidic/ NEC contract.
3.8.5.9 Repeated Nonconformities; if there are any identified repeat nonconformities from the same
supplier within a period of 6 months or less. This must then be escalated to the management
review committees of the BU/ OU/ Cluster/ or Divisions for adjudication. If not resolved, then
the matter must be escalated to the supplier review committee for recommendation.
3.8.6 Special Processes
The following requirements shall be applicable as well as additional requirements as specified in the
scope of work for the provision of the following special process services:
3.8.6.1 The supplier shall ensure that all processes which require that procedures be pre-qualified
or work methods and operators tested and qualified are controlled and all steps followed
before the work can commence.
3.8.6.2 This typically covers such activities as welding, non-destructive testing, special fabrication
techniques, coating, painting, etc.
3.8.6.3 All special processes (procedures and processes) shall be submitted for review and
acceptance by Eskom, accredited or certified agency. No work shall commence until these
are accepted.
3.8.6.4 Where applicable, a relevant Management System for the special process shall be certified
or approved by an accredited body and proof of certification shall be submitted to Eskom for
review. An example for this will be the Welding Management System based on ISO 3834.
3.8.6.5 Where samples are required for acceptance, these shall be submitted to Eskom for review
and acceptance.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
3.8.6.6 The supplier shall ensure that all operators are suitably qualified for these processes in
accordance with the procedures, processes and/ or applicable standards/ codes.
3.8.6.7 The records of qualification of procedures, processes and operators shall be maintained by
the supplier in accordance with the applicable procedure or code and these made available
to Eskom at all times.
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Kerseri Pather General Manager: Risk and Sustainability
Lenock Meyer Acting Senior Manager: Quality Management
Pamela Dondashe Middle Manager: Quality Assurance
Mandla Mkhwanazi Middle Manager: SHEQ Procurement and Supply Chain Management
Suzette Manthe Senior Advisor: Quality Performance and Planning
Lorna Ndlela Middle Manager: Eskom Document and Records Management
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
October 2021 3 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and in addition, to
align the requirements with the latest Eskom business
processes and systems.
October 2018 2 SA Sambo Specification reviewed to be aligned with the
requirements of ISO 9001:2015
March 2016 1 SA Sambo Specification was due for revision and also to
repackage the requirements and tender returnable
documents into four categories.
December 2011 0 A Hunter New document
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Andrew Else
Bongi Tshabalala
Feziwe Mogamisi
Lesego Garegae
Patrick Thwane
Xolani Zuma
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Supplier Quality Management: Specification Unique Identifier: 240-105658000
Revision: 3
Page:
Eskom Operational Quality Forum Members
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
B.2 Documented information for Control of Externally Provided Processes, Products and Services - Must include criteria for evaluation, selection,
Indicate with an
105658000 (x) as applicable
Specification or (-) if not
Applicable
Pre-contract award quality requirements x
(*Select Only Applicable Category). NB: Not more than one category must be selected. Also indicate
whether site assessment is applicable.
Category 1 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Category 2 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Category 3 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) X
Category 4 (refer to clause 3.5.-105658000) -
Main Supplier and Sub-supplier Capability and Capacity Assessment (refer to clause 3.-105658000) -
3 post-contract award(eskom)
The aim of the Health & Safety (H&S) specification is to provide principal contractor/s and suppliers
with:
compliance to legal and Eskom’s/ NTCSA H&S requirements.
contract.
NTCSA strives to exceed the minimum standards prevailing in the construction industry and requires
full commitment from all parties to be pro-active to achieve best H&S business practice.
This H&S Specification is intended for principal contractor and their contractors to develop a H&S
plan that meets the specified requirements.
2.1 Scope
This H&S specification sets out the minimum legal and NTCSA requirements for construction work
that is specific to the scope of work, site, and type of project.
2.2 Purpose
To indicate to principal contractor the H&S requirements on the project, upon which their planning
for the management of H&S will be based on and thus produce their H&S plan.
2.3 Applicability
This specification is only applicable to the project as mentioned on the first page, title all principal
contractors, contractors, service providers, suppliers and all the activities and processes carried out
for and on behalf of PD.
This specification shall be implemented from the date of approval.
Parties using this specification shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below.
3.1 Normative
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Standards – SANS)
Note: only latest documents must be used and all pertinent OHS Regulation as per the scope of
works must be included. Remove this note prior authorising this specification.
3.2 Informative
[1] ISO 45001:2018, Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems-Requirements
[2] ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Systems- Requirements
Baseline risk assessment: (32-520) baseline operational risks refer to the H&S risks associated
with all standard processes, as well as routine and non-routine activities in the business.
Critical Lifts: (1) any lift weighing in excess of 20 tons, (2) any lift involving a crane suspended work
platform (man cage), (3) any lift over critical operating and/or process equipment and (4) any lift that
exceeds 85 % of the crane’s load chart (5) any lift that utilises more than one lifting device (Tandem
Lift).(6) Load transfers.(7) night lifting.
Eskom Requirements: Eskom requirements, which evolve from directives, policies, standards,
procedures, specifications, work instructions, guidelines, or manuals.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Hazard identification: the identification and documenting of existing or expected hazards to the
health and safety of persons, which are normally associated with the type of construction work being
executed or to be executed.
Medical surveillance: a planned programme or periodic examination (which may include clinical
examinations, biological monitoring, or medical tests) of employees by an occupational health
practitioner or, in prescribed cases, by an occupational medicine practitioner.
Method Statement: is a written document detailing work procedures and sequences of operations.
On Site/Site: any workplace where the contractor or his employees perform construction related
work as agreed contractually with the client.
Planned Task Observation: an independent observation made during the planned period in which
the task is being executed.
Pre-Task Risk Assessment: a meeting held prior to the commencement of the day’s work with
relevant personnel (client representative included) associated with the task at hand.
Risk Assessment: a programme to determine any risk associated with any hazard at a construction
site in order to identify the steps needed to be taken to remove, reduce, or control such hazard.
H&S File: a file or other record in permanent form, containing the information on the H&S
management system during construction including all information relating to construction phase after
the handover to Client.
Safe Work Procedures: a series of specific steps that guide a worker through a task from start to
finish in a chronological order. Safe work procedures are designed to reduce the risk by minimizing
potential exposure.
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved Inspection Authority
COIDA Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act
CR Construction Regulations
DMR Driven Machinery Regulations
DSTI Daily Safety Task Instruction
EA Environmental Authorization
ECO Environmental Control Officer
FAS Fall Arrest Systems
GSR General Safety Regulations
RHCA Regulations for Hazardous Chemical Agents, 2020
H&S Health and Safety
HIRA Hazard identification and risk assessment
LDV Light Delivery Vehicles
LMI Lifting Machine Inspector
LME Lifting Machine Entity
LTIR Lost Time Incident Rate
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Abbreviation Explanation
NEC New Engineering Contract
NEMA National Environmental Management Act
NTCSA National Transmission Company South Africa
NQF National Qualifications Framework
OHNP Occupational Health Nursing Practitioner
OHS Act Occupational Health and Safety Act No.
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PTO Planned Task Observations
RSA Republic of South Africa
SANAS South African National Accreditation System
SANS South African National Standards
SACPCMP South African Council for the Project & Construction Management Professions
SAQA South African Qualifications Authority.
SDS Safety Data sheets
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment Quality
SETA Skills Education Training Authorities
SWP Safe Work Procedure
PD Project Delivery
VFL Visible Felt Leadership
Manages the contract signed with the principal contractor and ensures that H&S specifications are
developed and issued with tender enquiries, and that the principal contractor’s H&S plan is approved
prior to commencement of work. He must ensure that applicable legal and other requirements are
complied with by the principal contractor and (if applicable) their contractors. The project manager,
thus takes the overall accountability of this project as
Is responsible for the overall management of the project design as well as ensuring the management
of the compliance of the completed works to the design during and after construction on site.
Provides assurance, advice, and support to the project in the management of the H&S issues on the
project. They will also assist in the development of project’s H&S Specifications which will be issued
with enquiry documents, and that the principal contractor’s H&S plan is submitted; evaluated and
approved. They will be responsible for auditing and ensuring compliance to legal requirements. The
H&S Senior Advisor shall approve the principal contractor H&S plan in all projects that does not have
a CWP.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
7.1 Visible Commitment
Visible commitment is essential in providing a safe work environment. managers, supervisors, and
employees at all levels must demonstrate their commitment by being proactively involved in the dayto-day operations, in particular H&S aspects of the project / contract.
A minimum of one (1) Visible Felt Leadership engagement (VFL) per month shall be conducted by
the contractor’s senior manager and the project manager shall be submitted to Eskom Project
Manager.
7.2 Designers
The designer of a structure must comply with Construction Regulations 6 and ensure that cognizance
is taken of ergonomic design principles and foreseeable constructability health and safety risks
during construction and life cycle of the structure.
7.3 Principal Contractor’s Accountabilities
a. The principal contractor shall comply with provisions of Construction Regulations 7.
b. Where a principal contractor procures the services of a contractor, the principal
contractor shall first inform the client. Such contractor shall also comply with relevant
sections of this H&S specification.
c. The principal contractor must demonstrate how activities of various contractors will be
coordinated to mitigate the risks.
d. The principal contractor shall ensure that his/her H&S plan is approved by the client
before gaining access to site. The same principle will apply to its contractor, where he/she
shall approve his/her contractors H&S plan.
e. A comprehensive & updated list of all contractors on site, also indicating the type of work
being done.
f. The principal contractor shall coordinate, consolidate, and submit H&S performance and
that of contractors on the last day of each month to the client.
g. The principal contractor must ensure that their senior management and that of their
contractors conduct VFL, at least once a month.
h. The principal contractor must incorporate the client's induction into their induction and
induct their contractors before site access. The principal contractor shall keep all
induction material including registers.
a. The principal contractor shall comply with provisions of Construction Regulations 8.
b. The principal contractor shall appoint one (1) full-time competent construction manager
responsible for a single site. In a case where a construction manager is not available, an
alternate construction manager shall be appointed in writing for a specified duration.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
c. Having considered the size of the site one or more assistant construction manager shall
be appointed in writing.
d. The principal contractor shall appoint (1), (full time) Safety officer in writing in accordance
with the provisions of Construction Regulations 8(5).
e. Construction supervisors and their assistance must be appointed in accordance with
Construction Regulations 8(7) & (8) respectively.
f. The appointed safety officer shall be registered with SACPCMP.
Note: no construction work must commence or continue without a competent supervisor and a safety
officer being on site.
This document is under revision control and is valid for the duration of the works and will be
amended, as and when necessary, as requirements are being amended and therefore it will be
required for the principal contractor and contractor’s H&S plan to be amended accordingly.
Conformance to this document shall be via regular safety inspections and by Monthly Audits.
9.1 Related/Supporting Documents
Annexure A – Eskom SHEQ Policy Statement 32-727
Annexure B – 20230726 SACPCMP Registration Categories
Annexure C – Contractor Manpower Sourcing and Verification
Annexure D – Pre-Task Planning Template
Annexure E – Flash Report template
Annexure F – Portable Toilet Specification
Annexure G – Contractor OHS File Handover Record Template
Annexure H – PD Loading and Offloading
Annexure I – Tender Evaluation Criteria
Annexure J – Site Readiness Evaluation Criteria
Annexure K - Health and Safety Requirements Acknowledgement
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
10.1 Scope of Work
Supplying, delivering and constructing of the new equipment shelter, suitable for housing the
Telecommunications equipment. The equipment shelter shall be 6 x 3 x3m with a floor capable of
carrying a weight of 1000kg/Sq. meter.
10.2 Location: Insert where the construction site is situated:
GPS Coordinates: (S24 12 08.6 E28 55 16.0)
10.3 Program details:
Anticipated date for the commencement of work on site: April 2026
Project completion date or project duration: December 2026
10.4 The Client Project Organogram:
Senior Manager
Projects
Mosebo Dikgale
Programme Intergration
Manager Manager Senior Advisor H&S Safety Risk Manager ConstructionAgent H&S
Suella Ramathibela N/A Johannes Sibanyoni Vusi Mthiminye N/A
Project Manager Project Scheduler H&S Officer
Fako Pitsi Karren Nel Andani Munyai
Project coordinator Site Supervisor Cost Engineer Risk Advisor
Sakhile Zulu TBC
Tbc tbc
Project Officer Quantity Survey
TBC Tlou Kgomo
10.5 Principal Contractor Organogram
The principal contractor shall provide an organisational organogram related to this project, listing all
the levels of responsibility from the Chief Executive down to the supervisors responsible for the
project. The organogram must list the names of appointees and their roles and responsibilities
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
including the statutory requirements appointees. All organograms shall be updated timeously when
appointments are changed and filed in the project H&S file.
For the duration of the contract, the principal contractor shall ensure that competent persons are
appointed in writing in terms of the requirements of the OHS Act and its Regulations; and
or other statutory and Eskom/ NTCSA requirements and that all their appointees are made aware of
their accountabilities and responsibilities and have been suitably trained in terms of their
appointment.
The principal contractor shall notify in writing in a form similar to annexure 2 the relevant Provincial
Director (Labour Centre) of the Department of Employment and Labour of the intention to carry out
construction work as defined in the Construction Regulations 4, at least 7 days before construction
work is to be carried out. No construction work shall commence without a proof of submission of
such notification to the client.
12.1 OHS Act Section 37 (2) (Legal) Agreement
a. An OHS section 37(2) agreement shall be signed between the client and the principal
contractor at the time of contract award.
b. The original copy of an OHS section 37(2) agreements shall be retained by the contractor
and a copy retained by the client project manager.
c. A copy of OHS section 37(2) agreement must form part of the respective contractor’s H&S
file.
12.2 CR 5(1)(k) Appointment
a. At contract award the principal contractor shall be appointed in writing by the PD Project
Manager for the construction site. Therefore, site access shall be granted once all the
contractual requirements are met.
b. A copy of OHS section 37(2) agreement must form part of the respective contractor’s H&S
file.
12.3 Designated employer, Sec 16(2) and other competencies appointments
The principal contractor shall ensure that a designated employer is appointed in writing for the for
the duration of the project.
The principal contractor shall ensure that competent persons are appointed in writing for OHS
statutory and non-statutory functions in line with their organisational structure.
The principal contractor shall ensure that the appointees understand their roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities. Copies of relevant appointments shall be kept on an OHS site safety file.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
The scope of training shall include, but not limited to, the type of work being performed and the
relevant procedures. Where training is provided by the external service providers, the principal
contractor shall ensure that the service providers are accredited by SAQA.
The principal contractor must demonstrate how he/she intends managing training/awareness within
their organisation including method of informing visitors and other persons entering the site about
hazards prevalent onsite.
Persons with foreign qualifications and registrations to convert these to equivalent local registrations
in that level or category (this shall be in accordance with SAQA and SETA requirements). The letter
from SAQA shall form part of the tender and site readiness submissions to PD.
The principal contractor shall develop an OHS Policy authorised by their Chief Executives that states
overall OHS objectives and commitment to improving OHS performance and must be conspicuously
displayed and shared with all stakeholders.
The principal contractor shall comply with relevant legal and other requirements as part of the
contract. Expenses to the principal contractor, which result from such compliance, as well as any
site-specific requirements, will be for the principal contractors’ account.
Where the principal contractor appoints another contractor(s), the same roles, and responsibilities
in relation to the contractor as the client has in relation to the principal contractor shall apply.
The client reserves the right to stop work and issue a non-conformance report and/ Prohibition
notice(s) whenever H&S violations are observed from the principal contractors and their contractors,
after engaging and making both aware of such. Expenses incurred because of such work stoppage
and standing time shall be for the principal contractor’s account. Any nonconformances/findings/observations found during the audits/inspections on the contractor shall be
raised and discussed with the relevant principal contractor (with whom the contractor is contracted
with).
16.1 Legal and Other Requirements
The principal contractors shall comply with the relevant applicable legislation, specifications, and
standards in accordance with the scope of the project.
The principal contractor shall compile a legal register listing all applicable legislation and standards
that may have an impact on the scope of work that they are performing on the construction project.
The register shall be updated as and when there are amendments.
The Bill of Rights in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa is clear on the rights of
children, especially when it comes to child labour. Child labour shall not be permitted in any of
NTCSA, PD sites.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
The principal contractor shall develop a Risk Assessment in line with Construction Regulation 9 in
alignment to Eskom/NTCSA, 32-520 procedure.
Detailed Risk Assessment must be conducted to ensure that all the applicable scenarios are covered
and documented per site activities including practical controls. High Risk Activities
When the principal contractor and/or his/her contractors are working in an area where a high health
and safety hazard exists, the principal contractor shall:
a) Develop a SWP.
b) Ensure that permanent and adequate supervision is available for the duration of the work
performed.
c) Provide, erect and maintain the required barricading, lighting, flags, flashing lights, or other
safety control equipment to enable operations to proceed in a safe manner.
d) Maintain defined access ways, which are clear of obstructions, to allow for emergency vehicle
entry.
e) Provide any temporary protective shielding required for protecting nearby operations from
the construction activities, at their own cost.
The principal contractor shall ensure that the submitted tender adequately makes provision for the
cost of H&S.
Note: the costing for H&S must be itemised based on the overall scope of the project eg: resources,
provision of PPE, occupational hygiene, occupational health, etc.
The principal contractor shall not permit any person to enter the construction site where their health
and safety may be at risk. Notices at every entrance prohibiting the entry of unauthorised persons
shall be posted:
a. No one should enter the construction site without being inducted. The principal contractor
shall demonstrate how site access shall be manage on site.
Note: Access to the site is through entering a private property , Principal contractor to follow
all the rules laid down by the land owner.
Symbolic safety signs shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1186.The display of the following
signage is mandatory:
a. The principal contractor sign shall be posted at their site offices and shall have the name
and contact details of the: Construction Supervisor; Health and Safety Manager/ Officer; First
Aider; Health and Safety Representative and Evacuation warden. Emergency numbers, principal
contractor name (including a logo), construction manager and contact number.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
b. The Contractors shall provide signage in accordance with the scope and work area.
c. All safety and warning signs shall be always obeyed.
Site facilities shall be established and maintained by the principal contractor. The facilities include
but are not limited to the following (refer to OHS Act, Construction Regulations 30). See also
Annexure F for portable toilet specifications. The design of the toilet should not expose employees
to splashes of other people’s human waste.
Principal contractors shall in their H&S plan, factor how they would safeguard members of the public
and the wild animals against their activities during the project.
24.1 Life Saving Rules
The Eskom Life Saving rules applies to NTCSA employees, agents, consultants, contractors, and
visitors. Failure to adhere to these rules will be considered a serious transgression which will lead to
serious disciplinary action, which may include dismissal. The client reserves the right to suspend the
contractor’s activities pending the outcome of the disciplinary processes.
These rules are implemented to prevent serious injury or death of any employee, labour broker or
contractor working in any area within Eskom/ NTCSA.
The rules are:
Rule description of rule
Open, isolate, test, earth, bond, and/or insulate before touch
Rule 1
(That is plant, any plant operating above 1000 V)
Hook up at heights
Rule 2 Working at height is defined as any work performed above a stable work surface or where a
person puts himself/herself in a position where he/ exposes himself/herself to a fall from or into.
Buckle up
Rule 3 No person may drive any vehicle on Eskom business and/or on Eskom premises:
Unless the driver and all passengers are wearing seat belts.
Be sober
Rule 4
No person is allowed to be under the influence of intoxicating liquor or drugs while on duty
Permit to work
Rule 5 Where an authorisation limitation exists, no person shall work without the required permit to
work.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
24.2 Smoking
Smoking is only permitted at designated areas in accordance with the requirements of the
smoking policy (32-1126: Eskom Smoking Policy). Add to the appendix A.
24.3 Cellular Phones
A contractor shall develop and implement a risk-based cell phone policy for a particular
construction site. Cellular phones shall not be used in areas where their usage is prohibited.
24.4 Fire Extinguishers
A Principal Contractor shall have a layout plan where fire-fighting equipment is located.
24.5 Vehicles and Traffic Rules
a. The principal contractor shall ensure that the driver of the vehicle has a valid driver’s licence.
b. Principal contractor shall ensure that drivers and passengers wear seatbelts while travelling
in a motor vehicle.
c. No passengers shall be permitted to be transported at the back of trucks or light delivery
vehicles (LDV).
d. Passengers shall only be permitted to be transported at the back of such vehicles if fitted with
a specially designed crew cab with appropriate seating and seat belt per passenger, by the
manufacturer and manufacturer appointed fitment centre. The test certificate shall be
submitted for consideration to the client.
e. Where a vehicle licence condition stipulates the number of persons to be transported on the
vehicle, such number shall not be exceeded.
f. The principal contractor shall ensure that the vehicles are inspected daily and maintained
regularly as per the manufacture’s specification.
24.6 Substance and Drug Abuse Management
a. The principal contractor must develop a substance abuse management procedure to manage
substance abuse on site. The procedure shall be in line with the client substance abuse
management procedure were applicable. Eskom Substance Abuse Procedure 32-37.
b. All testing equipment shall be calibrated as per the manufacturer’s recommendation and the
calibration be available on the safety file.
c. The alcohol testers must be trained and appointed in writing.
The principal contractor shall conduct a daily pre-task risk assessment with employees involved with
the task, such as DSTI. This assessment will be the basis of daily pre-job briefings or toolbox talks
before work begins, highlighting critical steps from the SWP to ensure safety. Proof of
communication and confirmation of understanding will be recorded and kept at the job site during
execution. The signed pre-task risk assessment form shall be filed in the safety file.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Upon receipt of the task for the day, the principal contractor manager or his/her assignee the site
supervisor, shall perform a pre-task planning in accordance with the Telecommunication Projects,
559-1432317009 Rev 1, Pre-Task Planning Template, see, Annexure D.
The principal contractor shall compile a project/ site-specific SWP for all the high-risk activities as
identified in the risk assessment and scope of work, which will be submitted to client. (i.e Transporting
the container to site taking into account the road conditions, Constructing of the foundation,
Offloading the container e.t.c)
The construction manager / supervisor shall conduct Planned Task Observations (PTO).
PTOs shall be conducted in such a way that the employee is observed against the actual steps of
the safe work procedure (SWP)/ method statements and marked against compliance with each step.
This will assist in determining employee competence and compliance. Record shall be kept.
The minimum items that must be in the PTO but not limited to:
a. Project name.
b. Title of the SWP, reference number and revision number.
c. Specific activity.
d. Steps.
e. Safety Steps.
f. Critical steps.
g. Follow-up action.
h. Observation conducted by (full name).
i. Designation (e.g., supervisor).
j. Individual/Team observed names.
k. Date of observation.
l. Signature.
Work at Elevated Positions
The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all work performed at elevated positions conform to
the requirements of the Construction Regulations, the relevant Unit Standard (US) and 32-418
(Working at Height Procedure).
reviewed, and communicated to all employees working at heights.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
at intervals to be determined by the principal contractor, and taking into consideration:
a. Incident trend analysis, or new/revised technology.
b. Changes to scope of work, changes to work methods/procedures/equipment, etc.
weather.
be worn when working at an elevated position, refer to SANS 50361.
person in accordance with US 229995.
possible:
a. Fall protection equipment shall comply with Unit Standards and other recognised
international standards.
b. The Principal Contractor and/or his contractor shall compile a fall protection equipment
inspection, testing and maintenance procedure (Refer to SANS 50365 and manufactures
requirements for safe use and for inspections).
the protection of persons working below. A drop zone shall be established with barricading and
necessary signs.
29.1 Ladders (Portable)
a) Ladders used on the site shall comply with the OHS Act and Regulations, the relevant
SANS standards, or other recognised international standards.
b) Damaged ladders shall be clearly marked and quarantined and removed from the project
site.
c) Prior to work being performed, an adequate risk assessment shall be conducted, and
work shall be conducted in accordance with General Safety Regulation 6 and 13A and
Construction Regulation 10 of the OHS Act
29.2 Training and authorization
a) Every employer shall ensure that no person engages in any activity in relation to work at
heights unless they are competent to do so.
b) Only training providers that use competent training instructors and assessors who are
SETA-Accredited and SAQA-registered in terms of the relevant unit standards shall be
used.
c) All persons who work at heights or who are required to do rescue at heights shall receive
three days of Fall Arrest System (FAS) training and two days of rescue training in
accordance with the Unit standards 22998 and 229995.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
d) The Contractor must ensure that all persons who work at heights and those who will be
required to do rescue at heights shall receive training according to the relevant unit
standards. As a minimum, individuals who work at height and are not responsible for
performing a rescue must undergo three days of FAS training (Unit Standard 229998)
and rescuers must further undergo two days rescue training in accordance with the Unit
Standard 229995. Rescuers must be appointed in writing for the site/project.
e) Official FAS training shall not have an expiry date on the certificate.
f) Only the training date shall be indicated on the certificate.
g) Official rescue training shall expire every three years from the date of issue.
h) The principal contractor shall ensure that there is a Level 2 First Aider trained for every
team working at height.
NB: All work at heights appointments and competency certificates shall be kept in the Health and
Safety File.
The principal contractors and contractors shall identify the occupational stressors which could
include exposure to chemical and biological hazards, noise, dust, vibration, heat, etc., to which any
person may be exposed because of his work activities.
30.1 Medical Surveillance Programme
The Principal Contractor and contractor shall ensure that their employees are registered on a
medical surveillance programme and are in possession of a valid medical fitness for duty certificate
specific to the construction work to be performed. The Fitness for duty certificate shall be in form of
Construction Regulation, Annexure 3, and be relevant to the type of work (risk based) that the
employee will be exposed to.
The principal contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees have undergone pre-entry
medical examination before starting work on site. No employee shall access site without a valid
medical fitness for duty certificate.
The principal contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees undergo a periodic medical
examination as and when a need arise.
The Principal Contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees undergo an exit medical
examination at the end of the project or when the service of the specific employee has been
terminated or has expired.
Note.: The client will only accept medical surveillances conducted by an Occupational Health
Practitioner who holds a qualification in occupational health.
30.2 Pre-Existing / Current Medical Condition
30.2.1 Disclosure of pre-existing injuries or medical conditions
A pre-existing condition as defined by the OHS Incident Management Definitions and Classification
Parameters Standard (240-131838225), is a medical condition/medical impairment as a result of an
incident arising out of, and in the course of employment, shall be considered:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
a) Non-work-related if the incident arises solely because of a pre-existing medical
condition/medical impairment and if a worker without such a condition/medical impairment
would not have suffered such an incident; or
b) Work-related if the incident arises where the pre-existing condition/medical impairment may
have been a contributing factor.
Note 1: Principal contractors are to follow their own processes and procedures for classification. At
a minimum, the decision about the impact/implication of such pre-existing medical condition/medical
impairment must be confirmed by an occupational medicine practitioner (as defined in the OHS Act,
section 1).
Pre-existing medical conditions can include health issues such as cancer, diabetes, lupus,
depression, acne, hypertension, asthma, arthritis, ulcerative [Allergies] colitis etc or just about any
other health condition such as previous medical operational condition in any part of the body.
An injury are any old injuries that existed prior to the work injury that may or may not have fully
healed. Some workplace environments could aggravate pre-existing conditions even if they would
not necessarily have caused a new condition in an otherwise healthy individual. Examples may
include amongst others, traumatic injury worsening back pain, joint pain (condition), sore neck, knee
injuries etc.
30.2.2 A prospective employer duties
A prospective employer shall:
a) request a prospective worker to disclose all pre-existing injuries or medical conditions existing
during the period of the employment process that could reasonably be expected to be
aggravated by performing their employment related duties.
b) request disclosure in writing and this request must be accompanied by details of the nature
of the duties that are subject to the employment.
c) advise prospective workers that if they knowingly supply false or misleading information, they
will not be entitled to compensation or damages under the Compensation for Occupational
Injuries and Diseases Act, Act for any event that aggravates the non-disclosed
pre-existing injury or condition.
d) ensure that pre-existing or current condition is part of:
i). Individual employment contract. Because the contract defines the terms and
conditions of employment
ii). Included in the employment induction.
iii). Person Job Specification shall be developed to have a portion where the individual
when visiting the occupational medical practitioner, it has been completed by the
employer, employee and the medical practitioner can complete the document.
iv). The employee shall reveal any pre-existing or current medical condition to the
Occupational Medical Practitioner prior the assessment.
v). Part of toolbox talk at least monthly, and awareness conducted more often, and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
vi). Records shall be kept.
30.2.3 A prospective contractor employee duty
A prospective employee must, where requested in writing by a prospective employer, disclose all
pre-existing injuries or medical conditions of which they are aware of, that could reasonably be
expected to be aggravated by performing the employment related duties. If the prospective
employee is engaged before making the disclosure (or being requested to make the disclosure),
his or her entitlement to compensation is unaffected.
However, if the prospective employee does not disclose pre-existing medical condition or injury,
this may have an impact on the future management of incidents in particular the work relatedness
or not of an incident which may be attributed or not to pre-existing conditions.
30.2.4 Key considerations for employers
Employers considering implementing changes to their employment conditions and processes in
relation to these amendments shall note:
a) it is the prospective employer's duty to request disclosure of pre-existing injuries or medical
conditions from prospective workers during the pre-employment, periodic and post
screening process, and such information shall be kept confidential.
b) when providing details of the nature of the duties that are subject to the employment, it is
important that this information is accurate and provides specific details of the nature of the
duties. The prospective employee must receive information that will enable them to make
an informed decision about whether their pre-existing injury or condition might be
aggravated by the duties.
c) if the Workers' Compensation Commissioner has previously provided a copy of the
employee's claims history summary the employer shall not:
i). disclose to anyone else the contents of or information contained in the
summary.
ii). give access to the document to anyone else.
iii). use the contents of or the information contained in the summary for any
purpose other than for the purposes of the employment process (penalties
apply).
d) changes to employment conditions and processes should be made in consultation with the
employer's human resources or advisor and employee representative. Employers who may
have queries concerning equal employment condition and processes should seek
independent advice.
e) employers shall keep accurate records relating to this disclosure as this information will be
requested where applicable during the claim determination process.
f) The employer shall follow their own disciplinary procedure and share the outcome with the
client.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Note:
I. The employer shall ensure that the employees are not exposed or expected to execute
an activity that will exacerbate the pre-existing or current medical condition. Risk
assessment shall be conducted to determine the area where the individual shall be
expected to execute the duties.
II. The pre-existing or current medical condition shall be applicable to new or current
employees within a specific employer.
III. The employer shall manage all the pre-existing or current medical condition (this
include referrals medical conditions) as per legal requirements as all information shall
be kept private and confidential all the time.
30.3 Emergency Care
A list of emergency numbers (local emergency numbers and Eskom ER24(084 124/010 205 3400)
numbers)) shall be posted where it is visible in the office’s places such as information H&S board,
eating area etc. The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall ensure that all employees are familiar
with the emergency numbers. Where the principal contractor or/and contractor(s) has established
their own contract with a specific service provider, those numbers must be part of the induction and
be used in conjunction with local or Eskom numbers. The principal contractor must make clear to
the employees that in any event one of the numbers must be used or the combination to ensure that
the life of the individual is preserved.
30.4 Rehabilitation
The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall ensure rehabilitation of employees injured where
rehabilitation is required.
The treating Doctor/Hospital will recommend and refer. The principal contractor must comply with
recommendations, communicate with employee and provide transport according to the planned
appointment.
The process shall continue until the rehabilitation of an employee is declared fit by the
Doctor/Hospital.
30.5 Compensation of Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act (COIDA)
The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall submit a valid letter of good standing with the
compensation fund or a licensed compensation insurer relevant for the construction sector.
a) The principal contractor shall provide a site-specific emergency preparedness and
response plan of which it shall include the specific activities being executed for site and
office and submit this plan to the client for review.
b) The Emergency Preparedness Plans must be relevant to the scope of works and to the
prevailing surrounding environmental risks.
c) The principal contractor shall ensure that all the employees are fully conversant with this
plan.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
d) The Principal Contractor shall plan, conduct emergency drills at specific intervals and
identify areas for improvement. The report shall be written and action plan where
applicable be developed and all the records shall be made available for inspection/audit
by the client and/or authorities.
e) When preparing worksite Emergency Preparedness Plans, cognisance must be made
as to the locality of the site and the response time for the emergency services. Where
sites are remote, contractor management shall ensure that enough employees are
trained in the various disciplines to be able to afford prompt response attention.
Contractors shall develop a fire safety procedure for the site, which must meet the requirements of
the local authority fire department and Section 9 of the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces.
The principal contractor must develop a comprehensive site layout plan with the following as a
Eskom is committed to protecting the safety, health and well-being of all employees and
other individuals in the workplace. In support of this, Eskom has adopted a safety strategy
and the Zero Harm value.
Eskom acknowledges that alcohol and substance abuse pose a threat to the business.
Eskom is, therefore, entitled to take reasonable steps to ensure that persons who are
intoxicated and/or under the influence of any substances are identified and prevented from
entering or working on any Eskom premises and/or operating any of Eskom’s equipment
or vehicles.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to set out the process for the management of substance
abuse in Eskom in order to do the following:
a) Comply with the relevant statutory requirements.
b) Provide a healthy and safe working environment.
c) Identify, control and reduce substance abuse in the workplace.
d) Prevent and reduce losses and incidents, and improve productivity.
e) Identify a need for rehabilitation, and offer employee assistance.
f) Prevent the abuse of intoxicating substances.
g) Encourage employees to live a healthy lifestyle, free of substance abuse.
2.1.2 Applicability
a) This procedure shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Limited divisions and
subsidiaries.
b) This procedure applies to any person (Eskom employees, contractors and their
employees, consultants, and visitors) while on duty or reporting for duty at any
Eskom premises or at an Eskom work site or on Eskom business or just visiting.
Line managers are required to ensure that all consultants and contractors adhere to
the requirements of applicable statutes as set out in this document.
c) This procedure further applies to all employees while driving vehicles or operating
equipment or machinery or performing any tasks on an Eskom site, premise or
workplace.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
2.2 Normative/Informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in
the following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] Employment Conditions for Managerial Levels
[2] Conditions of Service for Bargaining Unit Employees
[3] 32-1114: Grievance Procedure
[4] 32-727: Safety, Health, and Environment and Quality Policy
[5] 32-1113: Disciplinary Procedure
[6] 32-1112: Disciplinary Code Standard
[7] 240-62196227 Eskom Life-saving Rules
[8] 32-1250 Process Control Manual for Level 4 Health and Wellness
[9] 32-95 Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Procedure
[10] 240 – 76618189 Management of employees with substance abuse problems
2.2.2 Informative
[1] ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Systems
[2] Occupational Health and Safety Act No. , as amended
[3] Labour Relations Act No. , as amended
[4] Employment Equity Act , as amended
[5] Mine Health and Safety Act
[6] National Road Traffic Act No.
[7] Drugs and Drug Traffic Act No.
[8] Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No.
[9] Prevention and treatment of substance abuse act, Act
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
2.3 Definitions
Definition Explanation
Any person who employs or provides work for any person and Employer
remunerates that person or expressly or tacitly undertakes to
remunerate him/her.
All forms of narcotics, depressants, stimulants, hallucinogens Illegal drugs/
and all other drug types, including marijuana, whose controlled
manufacture, transportation, transfer, dispensation, sale, substances
purchase, possession, or use is restricted or prohibited by law.
Excludes the use of a controlled substance by an individual for
whom a valid prescription has been issued or other uses that
have been authorised by law.
Is a form of testing that will detect the presence of drugs or Substance abuse
alcohol in a person’s body; this process uses some kind of testing
biological matter taken from an individual to determine the
amount of illegal/controlled substance present at the time of the
test. (This can be in the form of breath, saliva, urine or blood).
Substance abuse testing that is performed on a regular basis on Compulsory testing
all employees, contractors, and consultants performing any
tasks or driving vehicles.
Determines how much alcohol is in a person’s breath by Breath alcohol test
measuring the amount of alcohol in the air when you breathe out
(exhale).
The concentration of alcohol in a person’s breath: milligrams Breath alcohol
per 1000 millilitres expressed as percentage BAC. concentration
(Bac)
A task that, on the basis of severity, frequency, probability, and Critical Task
potential to cause serious loss, is identified by Eskom as being
critical.
The use of illegal drugs, controlled substances, and/or alcohol Substance abuse
that renders an individual “under the influence” as defined
below.
The inspection of, and adjustment, where necessary, to, the Calibration
reading displayed on a breath alcohol detector, so that the
reading equals the value of the alcohol concentration of an
alcohol standard of known concentration.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition Explanation
The use of alcohol, drugs, and/or a controlled substance to the Under the influence/
extent that: intoxicated
a) the individual’s faculties are in any way impaired by the
consumption or use of the aforesaid substances; or
b) the individual is unable to perform in a safe, productive
manner;
c) the individual’s alcohol/drug reading is positive (above 0.0) at
the time of testing in line with Eskom’s Life-saving Rules; or
d) the individual is and/or appears to be under the influence of
alcohol/drugs, and/or his/her blood, urine, and/or breath
alcohol concentration registers a positive reading (above
0.0).
A social worker or psychologist working for, or under contract to, EAP practitioner
Eskom.
Unless the context dictates otherwise, shall be construed to Line manager
mean the supervisor or the manager in a department or at a
work site, whichever may be applicable.
Unless the context dictates otherwise, shall be construed to Occupational health
mean either an occupational health nursing practitioner or an practitioner
occupational medicine practitioner.
An officer appointed within Eskom as an employee or contractor Security officer
of all security-related functions and who is responsible for the
protection/safeguarding of Eskom and its subsidiaries, assets,
personnel, and information.
Determines the presence of alcohol in a person’s breath sample. Screening
Screening results are not required to be documented.
An analytic procedure to determine whether an employee may
have a prohibited concentration of alcohol in a breath specimen.
Any individual who has come to visit or spend time at Eskom for Visitor
any purpose.
A person with the necessary training/qualification and appointed Tester
to fulfil the role as a tester in terms of this procedure.
A segment of work that requires a set of specific and distinct Task
actions for its completion.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Definition Explanation
As defined in the OHSA, including any building, vehicle, vessel, Premises/site
train, and aircraft in which a person performs work or any place
where Eskom business activity is carried out.
Any substance or combination of substances which may be Medicinal
used in or administered to human beings either with a view to substances
restoring, correcting or modifying psychological / physiological
functions by exerting a pharma logical immunological or
metabolically action or to making a medical diagnosis.
Any person who is employed by or works for an employer and Employees
who receives or is entitled to receive any remuneration or who
works under the direction or supervision of an employer or any
other person.
Any premises or place where a person performs work in the Workplace
course of his/her employment, including a private home or
portion of it, in the case of telework, a campsite, a lay-down
area, a temporary place of residence, a vehicle, aircraft, train,
boat, or vessel.
On Eskom property, the boundaries of the workplace include the Workplace
area where a person enters through any defined first point of
boundaries entry, for example, entrance, gate, boom, etc. The actual point
of entry/exit will be the point where Eskom actively exercises
control over such site, entrance/exit area, gate, or boom.
In the case of a lease agreement, the first access point where a
person enters through any defined first point of entry, for
example, entrance, gate, boom, etc will be regarded as the
boundary of the leased premises.
In the absence of the above, any area up to the point where the
employee actual workplace boundary is will be where the
employee enters or leaves his/her vehicle or public transport.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
BAC Breath Alcohol Concentration
COS Conditions of Service
EAP Employee Assistance Programme
OHP Occupational Health Practitioner
OHSA Occupational Health and Safety Act
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environmental, and Quality
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
UN Unique Number
SHEQS Safety, Health, Environment, Quality, and Security
TES Temporary Employed Staff
SHE Safety Health and Environment
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
2.5.1 Line management
Line management:
a) shall be responsible for the implementation of the procedure in their area of
responsibility;
b) shall provide fair and consistent treatment in the screening and testing of persons
for substance abuse;
c) shall ensure that employees and supervisors are identified and trained in the
understanding and practical working of the procedure and shall ensure that they are
trained and certified in the correct methods and processes of the urine, saliva, and
breath alcohol testing;
d) shall ensure that all testing equipment is calibrated as prescribed by the relevant
legislation and manufacture specifications;
e) shall ensure an adequate supply of testing equipment required per site or operating
unit;
f) shall, where possible ensure that contractors, consultants, and visitors (within his
area of operation) are made aware of the procedure; shall ensure that a calibration
register is maintained for all equipment used for testing;
g) shall ensure that persons under the influence or intoxicated are not permitted
access to work sites or are removed from their work environments;
h) shall ensure that processes required for the various test methods for the
identification of persons under the influence or intoxicated are implemented in
accordance with the procedures as directed by operating unit/business unit
SHEQS/Safety Risk managers or SHE representatives;
i) shall arrange for the removal from the premises of any person who is confirmed or
reasonably suspected to be under the influence or intoxicated;
j) shall ensure that the drug and alcohol test register is correctly completed and
available for the operating unit/business unit SHEQS/Safety Risk manager/line
manager when requested by him/her; and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
k) If a person reports any potential impact on his/her capability to perform work safely
due to the consumption of medicinal substances, the line manager shall refer the
employee to the OHP to ensure that a fitness-for-duty assessment is performed.
2.5.2 The Occupational Health Practitioner
a) Conducts biological testing for substance abuse on request from line management;
b) Implement the treatment regime prescribed by the treating service provider;
c) Shall undertake a medical assessment of an Eskom employee (excludes TES
employees, contractors and their employees, consultants, and visitors) who has
been referred to the occupational health centre for confirmation testing, to
determine fitness for duty and rehabilitation outcome;
d) Shall keep all records of the substance abuse test reports, conducted by the health
practitioner, in the medical files;
e) Shall inform the line manager if there is an impairment as a result of consumption of
medicinal substances;
f) Shall refer any employee conditions to the line Manager (where employees report
the impact of drugs or substances)
g) Shall keep a register of persons using medicinal substances and inform relevant
line managers accordingly. Confirmation of listed persons will be done by the OHP
only.
2.5.3 EAP practitioners
EAP is available to employees with substance abuse problems -
The EAP practitioner shall:
a) assess, advise, counsel, and support the employee;
b) refer the employee to a relevant external service provider or institution for treatment
and management;
c) engage and provide necessary feedback and recommendations to the line manager
where the employee has been formally referred;
d) receive feedback and progress from the external service provider or institution
where the employee is receiving treatment; and
e) monitor and evaluate the treatment intervention and provide a progress report,
where required.
f) arrange aftercare service for the employee to facilitate a smooth reintegration
following institutionalisation, if there is a need to do so;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
g) educate/advise managers and supervisors on how to manage and/or refer
employees with substance abuse problems; and
h) EAP services will not be a substitution for discipline or the management of
misconduct where an employee has been found under the influence of alcohol or
substance.
2.5.4 Operating unit/Business Unit SHEQS/Safety Risk managers
The SHEQS/Safety Risk Manager shall be responsible for:
a) keeping copies of OU/BU test registers and calibration certificates;
b) monitoring compliance with this procedure;
c) consolidating site test results and provide feedback to line managers and
supervisors;
d) analysing and presenting the test results to the relevant forums;
e) assisting line management with testing protocols, where necessary.
2.5.5 Security management
The security officers shall:
a) assist line management in carrying out daily and/or random alcohol screening
and/or breath alcohol testing
b) Ensure that testing will be done at points/locations best suited to enable
confidentiality and non-disruption of traffic and/or services; and
c) inform line management of the test results in their area of responsibility.
2.5.6 Employees
Employees who are identified through the organisational screening and testing procedures
for substance abuse or who know that they have a problem are encouraged to seek
assistance from the EAP advisors
If a person consumes any medicinal substance that is likely to impair his/her
faculties/judgement or ability to perform work safely, he/she will inform the OHP and/or line
manager accordingly.
2.6 Process for monitoring
Audits will be conducted on a regular basis by SHEQ/Safety Risk Department on the
implementation of the procedure, and line managers shall be informed of the corrective
action to be taken.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
2.7 Related/supporting documents
[1] Alcohol Test Report, Unique Identifier 240-64454610
[2] Drug Test Report, Unique Identifier 240-64455308
[3] Alcohol Screening Register, Unique Identifier 240-64454411
[4] Identification of alcohol abuse by observation, Unique Identifier 240-64453117
[5] Identification of drug abuse by observation, Unique Identifier 240-64453445
[6] Prevention and treatment of substance abuse act, Act
3.1 The rules in relation to Eskom employees, contractors, consultants, and
visitors are as follows:
a) A person shall not be allowed access to the Eskom workplace for duty or continue
with his/her duties if he/she is under the influence or intoxicated.
b) A person shall not consume alcohol or drugs/controlled substances (unless
prescribed) while on Eskom premises or while on Eskom business.
c) A person shall not engage in any improper or unlawful activity related to alcohol or
drugs/controlled substances while on Eskom’s premises or while on Eskom
business.
d) A person shall not permit another person to consume or engage in any improper or
unlawful activity related to alcohol or drugs/controlled substances while on Eskom
premises or while on Eskom business. A person may not permit another person to
carry out work if it is suspected that the other person is under the influence.
e) A person shall not bring, sell, and/or store alcohol or drugs/controlled substances
while on Eskom premises or while on Eskom business unless authorised by Eskom.
f) If a person is on medicinal substances that is likely to impair his/her
faculties/judgement or ability to perform work safely, that person is obligated to
inform the line manager for referral to the OHP to ensure that a fitness-for-duty
assessment is performed.
g) Persons shall comply with requests to undergo random or specific substance or
alcohol screening or testing. Refusal to comply with such a request may result in
an adverse inference being drawn that the person is under the influence or
intoxicated.
h) Where substance or alcohol testing is being conducted at a unit/department, the
testing shall take precedence over all other planned activities.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
i) No persons are permitted to leave the confines of the unit/department without the
express permission of the supervisor, manager, or their delegated stand-in while
testing is being conducted.
j) Adverse inference shall be drawn against a person if he/she leaves the confines of
the unit/department without express permission and that may lead to disciplinary
action being considered against the person.
NOTE: Alcohol testing of customers falls outside the ambit of what is allowable for
members of the public that enter the walk-in centres/hubs. Customers will not be
subjected to screening and testing, however, they may be refused access to Eskom
premises should there be a suspicion that the person is or may be under the
influence of alcohol or drugs, for the safety of other customers and Eskom
personnel.
3.2 Management of persons under the Influence of any substance
a) Screening may be done at any time by competent, authorised persons at the
designated area. If a person is found positive in terms of the screening process,
he/she will be sent immediately for a test (with reading). NB: The screening and
testing process is performed by utilising two different instruments. If at a location
where there is no handheld testing unit, a second screening device can be utilised
to do the first and second confirmation tests after which an informed decision can
be made.
b) If the person tests positive, then a second test is done immediately after 30 minutes
have elapsed. If the second test result is anything above 0.000mg per 1000ml, the
person will be regarded as being under the influence. If the test result is above the
legal limit (0.24mg per 1,000ml – Breath Alcohol Concentration), he/she will have to
get someone to come and fetch him/her at work, or the person will have to stay in a
designated location until the BAC levels are below the legal limit, then he/she will be
allowed to drive home.
c) No person who is under the influence or intoxicated will be permitted to enter or
remain on Eskom premises or to remain in control of an Eskom vehicle/equipment.
d) If a person is identified as being under the influence or intoxicated, the tester shall
inform the person’s line manager or any other line manager on site in the absence
of the person’s line manager. Any person who is under the influence shall be sent
to his/her place of residence and report for duty at the commencement of the next
working shift. If the person’s line manager is not on site, any other line manager
shall ensure that the person leaves the work site.
e) Employees will not be remunerated for the period not worked as a result of being
under the influence. Contractor management and consultants are encouraged to
adopt a similar stance regarding their employees.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
f) Whenever a person tests positive he/she will be confronted in terms of the
disciplinary process for the contravention of a lifesaving rule. The
supervisor/manager will conduct an investigation, and decide on the appropriate
action to correct the employee’s behaviour. (Assistance to the employee in terms of
possible addiction to alcohol or drugs may be considered).
3.3 Identification of persons who are under the influence/intoxicated
3.3.1 Breath alcohol screening: process to perform alcohol screening at Eskom sites
or contractor sites
This is the preferred method to indicate whether a person is under the influence of alcohol.
This process establishes the steps to be followed in implementing the Eskom alcohol
screening requirements, including:
how alcohol screening will be conducted;
the actions to be followed in response to alcohol screening, including immediate
responses and follow-up actions; and
how the matter of confidentiality will be dealt with.
Note: Should there be any questions or uncertainty regarding the maintenance/testing or
usage of equipment please refer to the manufacturer specification and guidance.
3.3.2 Selection process for screening
3.3.2.1 Timing
Because of the nature of the task, alcohol screening will typically be undertaken at the
start of shifts or following breaks in shift or during site visits and at any designated area.
Screening may also be undertaken after hours, during weekends, or on public holidays.
3.3.2.2. Candidate selection
All Eskom employees, contractors, and/or visitors to an Eskom or contractor site could be
subjected to alcohol screening when arriving at the workplace. Candidates entering
sites/offices as pedestrians could be required to undertake alcohol screening in public. All
candidates entering the work place in a vehicle could be tested while in the vehicle.
Any candidate who has a positive reading will not be allowed to enter the workplace.
He/she will be requested to proceed to a dedicated testing area to undertake a
confirmation alcohol test, as specified in this procedure.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.2.3. Procedure for screening
All alcohol screening will be done by people trained and certified as competent to
operate the handheld screening equipment. The screening equipment will be
calibrated and maintained as per the manufacturer’s specifications.
The person being screened will be required to supply an air sample from his/her
lungs directed into an approved breath analysis instrument (mobile hand unit). The
sample shall be sufficient to obtain a valid reading on the instrument.
If the instrument indicates a positive result, the person will be immediately required
to do a confirmation alcohol test.
Should the confirmation alcohol test reflect a positive result, a second confirmation
test must be carried out 30 minutes after the first confirmation test was performed.
Both confirmation tests will be conducted using a calibrated handheld testing unit
and performed by an appointed and certified tester, according to the requirements
as specified in this procedure.
The person being tested must refrain from taking any fluid or substance during the
waiting period; this includes smoking. Should the person need to take anything (to
control diabetes for example) within the 30 minutes waiting period it must be
declared upfront.
If an employee reflects a positive screening result at a location where there is no
handheld testing unit, the employee’s supervisor must arrange for him/her to be
transported to a site that has appropriate equipment to conduct the confirmation
testing if it is within 30 minutes driving distance. Should this option not be available,
a second screening device can be utilised to do the first and second confirmation
tests after which an informed decision can be made.
If any confirmation test result reflects a negative result the person may return to
his/her normal duties. No further action will be required.
If the result of the second confirmation test is above 0.000 mg/1000 ml BAC, then a
positive result will be recorded. The tester will notify the employee’s supervisor,
who will commence the actions outlined in the procedure.
3.3.3 Safe transfer home
When a contractor or visitor presents a positive result, his/her manager or organisation will
be required to make the necessary transport arrangements when they are notified of the
result.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Any person who is under the influence shall be sent to his/her place of residence. If the
test result is above the legal limit (0.24mg per 1,000ml or 0.05% BAC) the person will have
to get someone to come and fetch him/her at work, or the person will have to stay in a
designated location until the BAC levels are below the legal limit, then he/she will be
allowed to drive home.
3.3.4 Identification of alcohol abuse by observation
This method of identification shall be followed in relation to all persons while on Eskom
premises who are unable to provide an adequate breath sample, or if the necessary test
instrument to measure alcohol is not available, or who are behaving erratically or
demonstrating erratic behaviour. The checklist for the identification of alcohol abuse by
observation, (Unique Identifier: 240-64453117) shall be completed during observation.
The following evidence regarding the person’s appearance and/or conduct may provide
reasonable and sufficient grounds to believe that the person is under the influence or
intoxicated:
a) Slurred speech
b) Unintelligible speech
c) Unsteady gait
d) Abusive language
e) Unsteady on feet
f) Smell of alcohol/drugs
g) Aggressive behaviour
h) Bloodshot/glazed eyes
i) General appearance
j) State of alertness/falling asleep
k) Vomiting
l) Inability to carry out simple instructions/tasks that he/she can normally do.
NOTE: For detection purposes, both procedures (breath alcohol screening or testing, and
identification of alcohol abuse by observation) do not have to be carried out; one or the
other is sufficient.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
3.3.5 Illegal Drug testing
The preferred method to establish whether a person is under the influence of illegal drugs
is the urine sample test. Should an OU/BU already make use of the saliva testing
methodology, they will be allowed to continue with the method, until a change is possible
or the procedure specifies different requirements.
The method of testing will be either a saliva or urine sample.
The tester shall complete and sign the illegal drug test report (Unique Identifier: 24064455308).
All drug testing will be done by people trained and certified as competent to operate
the testing equipment. The testing equipment will be maintained as per the
manufacturer’s specifications. (testing device or screening kit)
The person being tested will be required to supply a saliva/urine sample. The
sample shall be sufficient to obtain a valid reading on the instrument.
If the urine sample indicates a positive result, the sample will be sent to a laboratory
for analysis and confirmation.
Should the confirmation drug test reflect a positive result, the necessary corrective
measures will need to be implemented.
Note: Should there be any questions or uncertainty regarding the maintenance/testing
or usage of equipment please refer to the manufacturer specification and guidance.
3.3.6 Identification of drug abuse by observation
This method of identification shall be followed in relation to all persons while on Eskom
premises who are unable to provide an adequate saliva/urine sample or if the necessary
testing cassettes or instrument to measure drug usage is not available. The checklist for
the identification of drug abuse by observation, (Unique Identifier: 240-64453445), shall be
completed during observation.
This technique also needs to be applied when an employee’s screening result is positive
and the line manager is awaiting the confirmation test results. This will be done to
determine whether the employee should be allowed to perform his/her duties.
The following evidence regarding the person’s appearance and/or conduct may provide
reasonable and sufficient grounds to indicate that the person is under the influence of
drugs:
a) Slurred speech
b) Runny nose
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
c) Profuse sweating
d) Lack of facial expression or animation
e) Strange gait
f) Poor muscle control
g) Aggressive behaviour
h) Bloodshot eyes
i) Sleepy eyes
j) Uncontrollable moods
k) Unnatural thirst or hunger
l) Dry mouth
m) Stains on hands
n) Needle prick scars on arms
o) Talkative or giggling
3.4 Substance abuse testing
Every person has the right to be treated with respect and dignity when being tested.
Testing shall be done in the circumstances set out below.
3.4.1 Pre-placement testing
Pre-employment substance abuse testing will be applicable where freedom from
substance abuse and/or dependency has been identified as an inherent job requirement or
the person performs a critical task and where the law allows such testing (Occupational
Health and Safety Act No. and Employment Equity Act No. ).
The test information shall be confidential between the potential person and the
occupational health practitioners.
3.4.2 Compulsory testing
All persons entering Eskom premises and/or required to perform any tasks or to drive
vehicles may be required to undertake a drug and/or breath alcohol test prior to
commencing their duties and, where necessary, on a periodic or on a random basis.
The tester shall be responsible for ensuring that the person is tested in accordance with
the testing procedures. The tester shall immediately report the test results to the person’s
manager if a person is found to be under the influence.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
3.4.3 Post-accident near miss or incident
In all cases of accidents, near misses, or incidents, the injured person and/or the persons
who were involved in the accident, near miss, or incident may be required, where
circumstances permit, to undergo a breath alcohol or other substance test. Testing shall
be in accordance with the identified procedures set out in this document.
3.4.4 Reasonable suspicion
When a person appears to be under the influence of alcohol or other substance, the
person who has observed this shall report it to the person’s immediate line manager or to
another line manager if the immediate line manager is not available. If the line manager
confirms the suspicion, the person shall be tested in accordance with the identified
procedures set out in this document.
3.4.5 Ad hoc screening/testing
Persons may, where necessary, be screened/tested on a random basis, in a nondiscriminatory manner, in accordance with the procedure for testing as outlined in this
document.
3.4.6 Return to work
Any employee undergoing rehabilitation may be required to undergo regular
screening/testing. The nature and frequency of the screening/testing will be
determined by the person’s counsellor or an occupational health practitioner.
The tester shall be responsible for ensuring that the person is tested in accordance
with such requirements.
The employee’s line manager shall immediately report the test results to the
person’s counsellor or an occupational health practitioner if the person is found to
be under the influence.
3.4.7 Follow-up testing
Any person who has been disciplined for being under the influence or who has been
disciplined in terms of this procedure may be required to undergo a regular urine or
saliva drug and/or breath alcohol test for a specific period. Such period shall be
clearly stated under “corrective measures” on the disciplinary report form.
The tester shall be responsible for ensuring that the person is tested in accordance
with such requirements.
The tester shall immediately report the test results to the person’s manager if the
person is found to be under the influence. Further disciplinary action against the
person may be taken.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
3.5 Testing procedure
3.5.1 Equipment requirements
3.5.1.1 Breathalyser screening or testing instruments
Shall meet the following requirements:
a) Shall be portable.
b) Shall have a minimum measuring range of 0 to 1.50 mg/L or 0.000 to 0.300% BAC.
c) Should be able to operate in the following conditions:
Temperature: -5 to +40 C; pressure: 600 to 1 300 mbar.
Humidity: 20 to 95% RH.
d) Shall comply with specification requirements stipulated by recognised international
standards laboratories.
e) Shall be ready to do the test within 30 seconds after switch-on, and if the reading is
below 0.19 mg/L, then it should be ready for the next test within 30 seconds.
f) Shall reflect the breath alcohol concentration level.
g) Shall perform at least 500 tests from an alkaline (battery) power supply.
h) The sensor shall make use of an electrochemical fuel cell that is specific to ethanol
and shall not respond to other substances normally found in the breath.
i) Shall be simple to use, and its operational procedure shall be automatic and fail-
safe.
j) Shall be microprocessor-controlled to ensure repeatability.
k) The automatic sampling procedure shall be capable of being overridden and
operated manually in the case of uncooperative subjects or those with a weak
exhalation.
l) Shall indicate that it is operational and when it is ready to perform a test.
m) Shall produce an audible beep to indicate an adequate breath sample.
n) Should indicate an incomplete breath sample.
o) Calibration of the instrument shall be simple.
p) It should not be possible for an unauthorised person to change the settings of the
instrument.
q) Calibration personnel shall be trained and certified by the supplier.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
r) All equipment used in Eskom in the course of testing for substance abuse shall be
calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer’s prescription, not less than six-
monthly, even if the calibration check is within acceptable limits, and a complete
record of such calibration shall be kept in a dedicated register.
s) Under no circumstances shall an instrument be used that has not been calibrated
within the specified time period.
t) The sensor should have a warranty period of at least 24 months.
3.5.1.2 Urine and saliva drug instruments
a) Shall be portable.
b) The sealed sampling/testing kits should be opened in the presence of the person to
be tested and should be used once only.
c) The test instrument shall cover a minimum of six different drug components which
are:
Amphetamine (AMP),
Benzodiazepines (BZO),
Cocaine (COC)
Marijuana (THC),
Methamphetamine (MET),
Opiate (OPI 2000),
d) Should be able to operate in a temperature of -5 to +40°C.
e) Shall comply with specification requirements stipulated by recognised international
standards laboratories.
f) Should indicate an invalid urine or saliva sample.
g) Testers shall be trained and certified by the supplier.
h) All instruments used in Eskom in the course of testing for substance abuse shall be
kept in accordance with the manufacturer’s prescription.
3.5.2 Screening/testing requirements
a) All screening/testing for substance abuse in terms of this procedure shall be done in
accordance with the applicable legislation.
b) Testing will be done at points/locations best suited to enable confidentiality and
non-disruption of traffic and/or services; and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
c) Any screening/testing shall be done with due cognisance of, and consideration for,
privacy.
d) In the case of random screening/testing, the sample of office/field sites to be tested
shall be determined by a fair selection method.
3.5.3 Testers
a) Each site will be issued with a test instrument. Testers will be trained in the use of
the test instrument and may be required to undergo evaluation or retraining in this
regard.
b) Designated testing personnel shall be appointed with due regard for appropriate
interpersonal skills.
c) The tester shall be responsible for the maintenance and calibration of the alcohol
test instrument in accordance with the manufacturer’s handbook.
d) The tester shall be responsible for maintaining the test register of the test
instrument.
e) On a monthly basis, the test register of each instrument shall be forwarded to the
SHEQS Manager/Safety Risk Manager. The tester shall keep a copy of the test
register on file.
3.5.3.1 Candidate selection
Any Eskom employees, contractors, and/or visitors to an Eskom or contractor site could be
subjected to drug screening when arriving at the workplace. Candidates entering
sites/offices as pedestrians could be required to undertake drug screening in public or, on
request, in a private area.
3.5.4 Test register
The tester shall record the details of each and every test in the drug and/or alcohol test
register.
3.6 Testing process
3.6.1 Drug testing procedure
a) If someone is suspected to be under the influence of drugs, based on the
observation process, he or she will be tested according to the requirements
specified in this document.
a) The line manager shall initiate testing and arrange for a qualified/trained person to
conduct the test at a designated area.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
b) The qualified/trained person shall make the necessary arrangements for the test
and obtain the person’s express consent verbally or, where required, in writing.
c) Where the line manager suspects, on the basis of a negative breath alcohol and
drug test, that a person has used a substance other than the ones tested for, the
person shall be taken to the nearest Eskom clinic or medical centre for the
collection of an appropriate sample for drug testing.
3.6.2 Conducting the test and recording the results
The qualified/trained person shall conduct the test and record the result in accordance with
the procedure for testing as set out in this document.
3.6.3 Interpretation and feedback
a) The qualified/trained person shall interpret the results of the test and provide an
explanation of these to the relevant line manager, with specific reference to the
presence of drugs in the sample
b) In the event that the line manager receives evidence of substance abuse in
contravention of Eskom’s Life-saving Rules, a disciplinary process shall be
instituted in accordance with Eskom’s Disciplinary Procedure 32-1113.
3.7 Refusal to undergo testing or failure to provide an adequate testing sample
Cooperation with the testing process provides the person with an opportunity to prove
compliance with the procedure.
A person who is suspected of being under the influence or who is selected for testing in
terms of this procedure and who refuses to undergo appropriate testing or who fails to
provide an adequate breath, urine, or saliva sample shall leave the work site immediately
and will not be remunerated for the period not worked.
Refusal by a person to undergo a substance abuse test or to provide an adequate breath,
urine, or saliva sample may result in an adverse inference being drawn against the
person’s version and shall lead to a situation, which may result in disciplinary action taken.
In the case of a contractor, such refusal may result in the exclusion of that contractor from
Eskom’s workplaces.
3.8 Procedure for call-out and standby persons
3.8.1 Call-out (not on standby)
A call-out (not on standby) for the purposes of this procedure is where, without prior
notice or arrangement, a person is requested to report for duty outside of his/her
normal hours of work.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
A person must declare, when he/she is called out, whether or not he/she has been
drinking alcohol or using any drugs or controlled substances since his/her last
period of duty.
A person reporting for a call-out who is under the influence of alcohol or
drugs/controlled substances will not be allowed to enter the site or perform any
task.
3.8.2 Standby
Standby, for the purposes of this procedure, is where a person is paid a standby
allowance/premium to make his/her services available outside normal hours of work
over a pre-agreed period (for example, a standby roster).
Persons shall not use any alcohol, drugs, or controlled substances while on
standby. In any event, persons on standby shall ensure that they are not under the
influence, as defined in this procedure, at any time during the standby period.
3.9 Disciplinary process
Being under the influence, consuming alcohol or drugs/controlled substances, and/or
engaging in improper or unlawful activity related to alcohol or drugs/controlled substances
while on Eskom’s premises or on Eskom business constitutes serious misconduct, and a
person will be subject to the disciplinary process in terms of Eskom’s Disciplinary
Procedure 32-1113.
3.10 Rehabilitation for substance abuse (alcohol or any type of drugs)
When substance abuse has become a problem to the extent that an employee’s
functioning is impaired and he/she finds it difficult to carry out and to perform his/her
normal day-to-day work-related duties, the employee may seek evaluation and
rehabilitation.
Rehabilitation is among the best options in the treatment of substance abuse and
addictions, where an individual is admitted to an approved institution specialising in
the treatment of such for a set period of time.
Persons who voluntarily seek evaluation and rehabilitation before they are found to
be under the influence at work are assured that they will not be dismissed as a
result of their participation in a rehabilitation programme, although they will not be
exempt from disciplinary action arising from other conduct.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Persons who are undergoing rehabilitation for substance dependency will continue
to be subject to disciplinary action for any breach of Eskom’s Disciplinary Code
Standard, including disciplinary action in respect of alcohol/drug-related misconduct
committed while undergoing rehabilitation. However, a person’s involvement in a
rehabilitation programme may be taken into account in considering the appropriate
disciplinary sanction for the misconduct.
All assistance is confidential, and it will not impact the person’s future at Eskom.
Eskom’s intention is to assist, not punish, employees who voluntarily seek treatment
and rehabilitation before they are found to be under the influence at work.
However, employees who only admit to substance dependency at the time of the
commission of misconduct or at any time thereafter will be subject to disciplinary
action.
It is best to deal with the problem before it becomes a disciplinary matter.
3.10.1 Process to follow
Where the initiator is the employee, the employee should contact anyone in the
health and wellness team of professionals (for example, the Eskom medical
practitioner, occupational health nurse practitioner, employee assistance
practitioner, or wellness practitioner) in his/her area of work.
Where the initiator is either a line manager, supervisor or a colleague, the reasons
for referral should be discussed with the employee concerned and consent for
referral be agreed on by the employee.
Eskom shall pay only for one rehabilitation intervention for employees only. Family
members are not covered for rehabilitation intervention costs. However, they can
be referred back to community resources for assistance.
Costs associated with the rehabilitation will be charged to the employee’s line
manager’s cost centre.
Eskom employees who have a relapse in terms of rehabilitation will use their
medical aids for subsequent admissions to the rehabilitation centre.
Employees are encouraged to seek the assistance of support groups after
rehabilitation to avoid a relapse. Substance abuse support groups are community-
based. Internal EAP advisors and OHPs and external EAP providers will assist
employees to find these service.
NOTE: This excludes TES employees, contractors and their employees, consultants, and
visitors
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
3.11 Confidentiality
When an employee voluntarily seeks treatment or is advised by the occupational health
practitioner/EAP practitioner that he/she requires treatment, all information will be treated
confidentially between the practitioner and the employee. When management refers an
employee for assessment or treatment, the employee’s personal medical details will
remain confidential.
If, in the opinion of an occupational health practitioner, a situation arises where an
employee could endanger himself/herself and/or fellow workers, the employee’s manager
shall be advised. The employee’s manager shall also be advised if, in the opinion of an
occupational health practitioner, an employee is unfit to perform the task or tasks assigned
to him/her.
NOTE: this excludes TES employees, contractors and their employees, consultants, and
visitors
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
P Hadebe Group Chief Executive
C Cassim Acting Chief Financial Officer
K Steyn Acting Group Executive Group Capital
Group Executive – Generation & Acting Group Executive Risk and
T Govender Sustainability Divisions
MM Ntsokolo Group Executive – Distribution
A Noah Group Executive – Customer Services
F Ndou Divisional Executive - Strategy Support
C Choeu Divisional Executive - Corporate Affairs
E Pule Group Executive – Human Resources
W Majola Acting Group Executive – Transmission
T Rakau Divisional Executive – Security
Nondumiso Zibi Chief Information Officer – Information Technology
T Govender Group Executive – Transmission & Sustainability
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
Christinah
December 2008 1 Revised and updated 32-37
Maphanga
Revised and updated to align
with Eskom requirements
July 2014 2 Metse Mphelo
and the Life-saving Rules
Standard
Revised and updated with
input from FTHSR’s, and
more direction provided
May 2016 3 Alex Stramrood
regarding drug testing.
Content and changes shared
at CCF during August 2017
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Name Designation
Alex Stramrood Senior. Manager OHS
Joyce Leshiba Senior Manager Health and Wellness
Thembi Ngcobo Wellness Manager
Manasseh Mphelo Senior Advisor – OHS
Amanda Qithi Middle Manager – Customer Services
Sosy Modise SHE Manager
Carina Van De Venter Safety Officer
Loraine Smit FTHSR – Group Capital
JCP Coetzee FTHSR – Generation
Roley McIntyre Middle Manager SHEQ – ECOU (Dx)
Monette Heath Middle Manager - Security
Melvin Murugen Middle Manager - Security
Kajal Mansingh Middle Manager – SHE Group Capital
Sheryl Isaac Middle Manager – SHE Group Capital
Sipho Mungwe FTHSR - Dx
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Management of Substance Abuse in the workplace Unique Identifier: 32-37
Revision: 3
Page:
Nthabiseng Monapathi Senior Advisor – Health and Wellness
Babalwa Solombela Senior Advisor – Health and Wellness
Duke Lebethe Senior Advisor – Health and Wellness
Desmond Sekudu Middle Manager – Health and Wellness
Pinkie Magutla Officer – Security
Lettie Malaza RAM – Hendrina PS
Mike Townsend Chief Advisor – OHS SS
Pieter Potgieter RAM – Matla PS
Dave Seleme Middle Manager – SHE Group Capital
Robin Pillay Middle Manager – OHS SS
Martin van Aswegen Middle Manager – Dx
Laetitia Smith Middle Manager – Dx
Joyce Lesheba Rotek
Mthoko Zondi Senior Advisor – OHS SS
Lindiwe Makhubo SRM – Camden PS
Revive Nkuna Middle Manager – Tx
Lovejoy Radebe FTHSR
Acknowledgements to the team of experts who assisted in reviewing this procedure, the
legal department for providing their legal comments and inputs, the language services and
Eskom documentation team who assisted with formatting and registration.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Eskom has adopted a value of Zero Harm. This requires all business to be conducted with respect
and care for people and the environment. Safety, health, environment, and quality (SHEQ)
management is an important part of all operations within Eskom and exists to prevent harm to both
people and the environment.
OHS risk assessment process ensures that Eskom can proactively identify, predict, evaluate, and
control the actual and potential impact Eskom may have on the health, safety, environment, socioeconomic conditions, and cultural heritage of the country. The risk assessment process allows for
the hazards, risks, causes, and consequences to be identified and controlled. In turn, this will
minimise the negative impact and maximise the benefits of its activities. This promotes compliance
with legal requirements and principles of occupational health and safety.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
This document describes the mandatory processes, requirements, and advisory guidance for
managing occupational health and safety hazards and risks. The aim of this procedure is to ensure
and facilitate the effective management of hazards and risks.
Compliance with this procedure is mandatory in its area of applicability.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Limited, its divisions, subsidiaries, and
entities in which Eskom has a controlling interest. In cases where Eskom does not have a controlling
interest, this procedure shall apply if no such similar document exists.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-49308149: Process Control Manual for Occupational Health and Safety Management
[2] 240-114036246: Occupational Hygiene Health Risk Assessment Work Instruction
[3] 240-84733329: Medical Surveillance Procedure
[4] 32-477: SHE Training and Development Procedure
[5] 32-6: Document and Records Management Procedure
[6] 32-136: Contractor Health and Safety Requirements
[7] 32-726: SHE Requirements for the Eskom Commercial Process
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
[8] 240-62582234: OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments
[9] 32-391: Eskom Integrated Risk Management Standard
[10] 32-124: Eskom Fire Risk Management
[11] 32-86: Enterprise Risk and Resilience Policy
[12] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality (SHEQ) Policy
[13] 32-86: Enterprise Risk and Resilience Policy
[14] ISO 9001: Quality Management Systems
[15] ISO 31000:2009: International Risk Management Standard
[16] ISO/IEC Guide 73:2009: Vocabulary for Risk Management
[17] MHS Act: Mine Health and Safety Act
[18] OHS Act: Occupational Health and Safety Act
[19] ISO 45001: Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, Requirements.
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Assurance
Assurance is a process that provides confidence that objectives will be achieved with a tolerable
level of residual risk.
2.3.2 Communication and consultation
Continual or iterative process that an organisation conducts to provide, share and/or obtain
information, and to engage in dialogue with stakeholders regarding the management of risk.
2.3.3 Consequence
Outcome of an event/exposure affecting objectives.
2.3.4 Contractor
External organisation providing services and/or goods to the organisation in accordance with agreed
specifications, terms, and conditions.
Note 1: Services may include construction activities, among others.
2.3.5 Control
Measure that is modifying risk.
Note 1: Controls include any process, policy, device, practice, or other actions that modify risk.
Note 2: Controls may not always exert the intended or assumed modifying effect.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.6 Control owner
Person nominated as accountable for the assurance of the control to ensure that both the design
and the operation of the control are effective. The names of control owners are recorded in risk
registers.
2.3.7 Employee
A person who has entered into, or works under, a contract of service, apprenticeship, or learnership
with an employer, whether the contract is express or implied, oral, or in writing, whether the
remuneration is calculated by time or work done, and paid for in cash or in kind, or tacitly (by tacit
agreement), and includes cases where such a person is under the control, instruction, and
supervision of his/her employer, namely:
a permanent employee, which includes:
a full-time employee;
a part-time employee;
a shift worker; and
a person referred to as a learner (18.1) or an apprentice in the Conditions of Service for
Bargaining Unit Employees;
a non-permanent employee, which includes:
a person placed through a TES (includes a labour broker/personnel agency);
a temporary employee;
a casual employee employed for the purpose of the employer’s business;
an occasional employee;
a vacation student;
any person employed in terms of a fixed-term contract, and
a person under a learnership contract (18.2); and
a bursary holder while under the supervision and/or direction of an employer.
2.3.8 Employer
Any person who employs or provides work for any person and remunerates that person or
expressly or tacitly undertakes to remunerate him/her. The employer is Eskom Holdings SOC
Limited and not the section 16(1) or section 16(2) appointee. The Act stipulates that a section
16(1) appointee is required to ensure that the duties of the employer (Eskom, in this instance)
are properly discharged. The section 16(1) appointee accordingly assigns his/her duties (that is,
to ensure that the duties of an employer are properly discharged) to the section 16(2) appointee
(s). Business unit responsible managers assist with ensuring that the duties of the OHS Act are
carried out.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.9 Event
Occurrence of, or change in, a particular set of circumstances.
2.3.10 Exposure
Extent to which an organisation is subjected to an event.
2.3.11 External context
External environment in which the organisation seeks to achieve its objectives.
2.3.12 Frequency
Measure of the likelihood of an event, expressed as a number of events or outcomes per defined
unit of time.
2.3.13 Hazard
Potential source of harm.
2.3.14 Hazard identification
Process of finding, recognising, and describing hazards.
2.3.15 Incident
Occurrence arising out of, or in the course of, work that could or does result in injury and ill health.
2.3.16 Injury and ill health
Adverse effect on the physical, mental, or cognitive condition of a person.
Note 1: These adverse effects include occupational disease, illness, and death.
2.3.17 Internal context
Internal environment in which the organisation seeks to achieve its objectives.
2.3.18 Level of risk
Magnitude of a risk expressed in terms of the combination of consequences and their likelihood.
2.3.19 Likelihood
Chance of something happening.
2.3.20 Line management
Means any employee in a leadership position from executive to supervisory level. This includes
appointed responsible managers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.21 Monitoring
Continuous checking, supervising, critically observing, or determining the status in order to identify
change from the required or expected level of performance.
2.3.22 Occupational health and safety opportunity
Circumstance or set of circumstances that can lead to improvement of OH&S performance.
2.3.23 Occupational health and safety performance
Performance related to the effectiveness of the prevention of injury and ill health to workers and the
provision of safe and healthy workplaces.
2.3.24 Occupational health and safety risk
Combination of the likelihood of occurrence of a work-related hazardous event(s) or exposure(s) and
the severity of injury and ill health that can be caused by the event(s) or exposure(s).
2.3.25 Occupational health risk assessment
It is a systematic procedure to identify potential health hazards, evaluate the extent of exposure (for
example, occupational hygiene surveys) and establish the need for and methods of control (for
example, engineering at the source, administrative control and provision of proper personal
protective equipment [PPE]).
2.3.26 OEL (Occupational Exposure Limits)
Limit value set by Minister of Labour for a stress factor in the workplace as stipulated in the
Government Gazette.
2.3.21 Occupational health assessments
Are risk-based examinations (which may include clinical examinations, biological monitoring, or
medical tests) of employees by an occupational health nurse or in prescribed cases, by an
occupational medicine practitioner.
The objectives:
To evaluate whether the hazards that the employees is/was exposed to is/has caused an
occupational disease or not.
To evaluate whether the employee is fit, fit with restrictions, or unfit to perform the inherent
requirements of the job.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.27 OHS steering committee
Functions as a governance body responsible for, and playing a significant role in, making
recommendations to Sustainability Systems, Exco subcommittees, and the organisation of OHS
management matters.
2.3.28 Operating unit (OU)/Business Unit (BU):
In the context of this document, any reference to an OU/BU includes a defined unit within any Eskom
division and its subsidiaries.
2.3.29 Probability
Measure of the chance of occurrence expressed as a number between 0 and 1, where 0 is
impossibility and 1 is absolute certainty.
2.3.30 Residual risk
Risk remaining after risk treatment.
2.3.31 Responsible manager
A manager of a department, section, or OU/BU who has been appointed as part of the Eskom
delegation of authority process with the aim to assist the applicable 16(2) appointee in executing
his/her duties in terms of the Occupational Health and Safety Act.
2.3.32 Review
Activity undertaken to determine the suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of the subject matter to
achieve established objectives.
2.3.33 Risk
A chance that injury, ill health, or damage could occur as a result of an uncontrolled hazard.
Effect of uncertainty on objectives.
A risk with a negative consequence can be the result of human interaction with a hazard.
Note 1: An effect is a deviation from the expected – positive and/or negative.
Note 2: Objectives can have different aspects, such as financial, health and safety, and
environmental goals and can apply at different levels such as strategic, organisation-wide, project,
and product and process levels.
Note 3: Risk is often characterised by reference to potential events, a consequence or a
combination of these and how they can affect the achievement of objectives.
Note 4: Risk is often expressed in terms of a combination of the consequences of an event or a
change in circumstances and the associated likelihood of an occurrence of the risk.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.34 Risk acceptance
Informed decision to take a particular risk.
2.3.35 Risk analysis
Process to comprehend the nature of risk and to determine the level of risk.
2.3.36 Risk assessment
Overall process of hazard and identification, risk analysis, and risk evaluation.
2.3.37 Risk evaluation
Process of comparing the results of the risk analysis to risk criteria to determine whether the level of
risk is acceptable or tolerable.
2.3.38 Risk management
Co-ordinated activities to direct and control an organisation with regard to risk.
2.3.39 Risk management framework
Set of components that provide the foundations and organisational arrangements for designing,
implementing, monitoring, reviewing, and continuously improving the risk management processes
throughout the organisation.
2.3.40 Risk management information system
The database operated by Eskom that holds all risk management information, including all risk
registers, risk treatment plans, and risk management plans.
2.3.41 Risk management plan
Document in the risk management framework, specifying the approach to, the management
elements of, and resources to be applied to the management of risk.
2.3.42 Risk management process
Systematic application of management policies, procedures, and practices to the tasks of
communicating, consulting, establishing the context, identifying, analysing, evaluating, treating,
monitoring, and reviewing risk.
2.3.43 Risk matrix
Tool for ranking and displaying risks by defining ranges for the consequences and likelihood.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.44 Risk owner
Person with the accountability and authority for managing the risk and any associated risk treatment.
With regard to Occupational Health and Safety, and in line with the OHS Act, designated 16(1) and
16(2) appointees have this accountability. This includes the responsible manager as defined in 24062582234: OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments Standard.
2.3.45 Risk profile
Description of a set of risks.
2.3.46 Risk register
Record of information about identified risks.
2.3.47 Risk reporting
Form of communication intended for particular internal or external stakeholders to provide
information about the current state of risk and its management.
2.3.48 Risk sharing
Form of risk treatment involving the agreed distribution of risk with other parties.
2.3.49 Risk tolerance
Organisation’s readiness to bear the risk after risk treatment in order to achieve its objectives.
2.3.50 Risk treatment
Process of developing, selecting, and implementing measures to modify risk.
2.3.51 Safety/OHS professional
Any appropriately qualified person who is employed to perform OHS-related activities as his/her
primary role and job function. (This would exclude statutory health and safety representatives.)
2.3.52 SHEQ committee
A SHEQ committee is a governance structure that is established and governed by a terms of
reference to address and decide on all OHS, environmental, and quality issues presented to it for a
particular defined area of the business and includes subcommittees, where applicable. To
accommodate the variations of names across the organisation, this committee includes committees
at divisional, operating, and BU level that address OHS, environmental, and quality issues, for
example, health and safety committees, OHS committees, SHE committees, etc.
2.3.53 Stakeholders
The people and organisations that may affect, be affected by, or perceive themselves to be affected
by, a decision or activity.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.3.54 Task owner
The person nominated as accountable for the completion of a risk treatment action.
2.3.55 Workplace
Any premises or place where a person performs work in the course of his/her employment, including
a private home or portion of it in the case of telework, a vehicle, aircraft, boat, or vessel.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved inspection authority
BU Business Unit
CBRA Contractor Baseline Risk Assessment
COID Act Compensation for Occupational Injuries And Diseases Act, 1993 (act no. )
HAZOP Hazards of Operations
HIRA Hazards Identification And Risk Assessment
IRM Integrated Risk Management
ISO International Standards Organisation
LTIR Lost-time Injury Rate
OEL Occupational Exposure Limits
OH Occupational Hygiene
OHS Occupational Health And Safety
OHS Act Occupational Health And Safety Act
OHS SC Occupational Health And Safety Steering Committee
OU Operating Unit
RACI Responsible, Accountable, Consulted, And Informed
SHE Safety, Health, And Environment
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environmental, And Quality
SMAT Safety Management Audit Technique
SOC State Owned Company
SOPs Safe Operating Procedures
SS Sustainability Systems
SWPs Safe Work Procedures
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
Eskom and its subsidiaries shall take all reasonably practicable steps to manage risks to an
acceptable level.
2.5.1. Risk and Sustainability Division
Risk and Sustainability Division’s Sustainability is responsible for providing support to divisions in
terms of the interpretation and understanding of the legal and procedural requirements of this
procedure. The division is responsible for the maintenance and review of this procedure and to
ensure that there is a standard and common understanding of the OHS risk assessment process.
Risk and Sustainability Division shall ensure that this procedure is complied with through conducting
inspections and reviews to measure compliance.
2.5.2. General manager (Risk and Sustainability)
The general manager (Risk and Sustainability) is accountable for the overall direction and function
of Eskom’s risk management programme and reports back directly to the holdings board, through
the Board Risk Management Committee.
The Risk and Resilience Strategic Function has developed a common Eskom Enterprise Risk and
Resilience framework, supported by appropriate methodologies, one common language, and an
executive sponsor (GE – Risk and Sustainability).
2.5.3. Line managers - Responsible managers
The responsible managers of the various OUs, service functions, and strategic functions in Eskom
are responsible for, and committed to, the implementation of the OHS risk management standards,
including the Occupational Health and Safety Risk Assessment Procedure. These aspects include
co-ordinating the risk management strategy, ensuring compliance with these standards, and the
planning and implementation of the procedure in their OUs, service functions, and strategic
functions, as well as projects.
Responsible managers are responsible for the development of baseline OHS risk assessments and
all other associated risk assessments for all activities and processes in their OUs, the implementation
of risk treatment plans, and for ensuring that risk registers are kept up to date. Responsible managers
are responsible for ensuring that all OHS risks that need intervention from senior and executive
management are logged on the Integrated Risk Management system, with appropriate actions
uploaded to mitigate those risks. In addition all OHS risks that have an impact on the department,
OU/BU, divisional or business achieving its objectives shall be assessed and tracked through the
Integrated Risk Management system.
The responsible managers are responsible for the monitoring and review of OHS risks, the
assurance of controls, and the completion of risk treatment tasks.
Risk owners (16(1) and 16(2) appointees and those delegated with authority, for
example, OU/BU Responsible managers) are responsible for ensuring that the
assessment of that risk is up to date and is properly recorded in risk registers.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
Control owners should ensure that appropriate and periodic assurance takes place to
check that the controls on which the organisation relies are in place, are effective, and
cannot be cost-effectively improved.
Task owners will have treatment actions to complete by an agreed date. Of course, these
tasks can be delegated, but the accountable manager will remain fully responsible for
their completion.
2.5.4. Line managers – Supervisors
Supervisors including direct supervisors, senior, middle and “junior” managers are responsible for,
and committed to, the implementation of the OHS risk management standards; including the
Occupational Health and Safety Risk Assessment Procedure. They shall assist responsible
managers by implementing the requirements of this document through facilitation of risks
assessment development sessions and implementing the treatment plans and actions. They shall
ensure that subordinates are trained on the risk assessment and participate where possible in the
risk assessment process.
Supervisors shall ensure that all work activities and tasks and subjected to a risk assessment
process and that issue-based and continuous risk assessments are conducted, documented, and
reviewed when necessary. Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that all employees under their
supervision are included in an active medical surveillance programme depending on the
occupational stressors or hazards they are exposed to.
2.5.5. Employees
Employees are responsible for their own health and safety and the safety of their colleagues in
accordance with the requirements of section 14 of the OHS Act . They are responsible for
complying with the requirements of this document and the outcome of any risk assessment process.
Employees are responsible for assisting the employer with identification of hazards and risks in the
workplace. They shall report all health and safety hazards and risks to the employer and/or health
and safety representatives.
2.5.6. Project and contract managers
Project managers and contract managers are responsible for ensuring that OHS risk assessments
are conducted during the design phases of the project and for ensuring that baseline risk
assessments are conducted for all projects including non-construction work and construction
activities in their OUs. Project managers should ensure that all contractors working on the projects
are informed of, and comply with, Eskom’s risk assessment requirements prior to the
commencement of construction as well as during construction and prior commencement of work and
during performance of the work for non-construction activities.
2.5.7. Safety/OHS professionals
OHS personnel on site are responsible for providing support within their OUs/BUs, service functions,
and strategic functions in terms of the interpretation and understanding of the requirements of this
procedure for their specific processes and activities. They will have to ensure assurance through the
periodic verification of control measures and their effectiveness. OHS personnel are also responsible
for assisting and supporting responsible managers in fulfilling their duties by providing necessary
advice, expertise, and administrative support where required and agreed to by both parties.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
2.5.8. Joint ventures
There may be occasions when Eskom and other organisations combine resources to carry out a
joint venture. Unless otherwise stipulated, where the work is to be managed jointly with a joint venture
partner, the requirements imposed on the responsible manager in this procedure will also apply to
the joint venture and will also be indicated in the memorandum of understanding as such, unless the
joint venture contractual agreement specifies, in writing, the health and safety arrangements as
required in terms of section 37.2 (if applicable) of the OHS Act.
2.6 Process for monitoring
The SS OHS Department and Safety Professionals are responsible for providing guidance on the
risk management process. Line management with assistance from safety/OHS professionals is
responsible for the day-to-day co-ordination of risk management activities and information sharing
between OU, service, and strategic functions.
Compliance with the requirements of this procedure has to be reviewed internally by the OU, service
function, and/or strategic function at least annually as part of an internal review process.
Records shall be audited internally and externally by any authorised entity, which include Eskom
Assurance and Forensic and external certification bodies. The focus areas of this monitoring process
will include training in OHS risk assessment, previous risk assessment reviews, general adherence
to the OHS risk assessment process, and determining the adequacy of risk assessment.
2.7 Related/Supporting documents
[1] 240-70044602 Occupational Health and Safety Risk Assessment template
[2] 240-114036246 Occupational Hygiene Health Risk Assessment (HRA) Work Instruction (Issuebased/Task-specific assessment)
[3] 240-129709629 Fire Risk Assessment Template
[4] 240-106061693 Public Safety Risk Assessment Template
3.1 Risk management in Eskom
Risk management is Eskom is governed by the Eskom Enterprise Risk and Resilience Policy 32-86.
This policy sets out the principles, rules, and associated responsibilities for managing risk and
resilience across all the groups, divisions, and subsidiaries of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and calls for
one standard to be used when managing all types of risks in Eskom. It is aligned with the governance
requirements of in King IV.
The Integrated Risk Management Framework and Standard 32-391 is a document that describes
the process for managing risk in Eskom and is based on the ISO 31001 management system.
Section 8 of the OHS Act and related regulations require an employer to provide a work environment
that is free from health and safety hazards and risks. Thus, the need exists for a proper OHS risk
assessment process for identification, assessment, and control of occupational hazards and risks.
The OHS risk assessment process shall follow the framework set out in the Eskom Integrated Risk
Management Framework and Standard.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
3.2 Types of occupational health and safety risk assessments
3.2.1 Baseline risk assessment
Baseline risk assessment refers to the OHS hazards and risks that are identified and assessed
before the inception of a new project and commencement of operations. The baseline risk
assessment shall include both routine and non-routine tasks.
The output of baseline risk assessments is a set of OHS risk profiles per operation and/or process
and/or activity, which is used to prioritise action programmes.
The OHS Baseline Risk Assessments Template 240-70044602 shall be the tool used to perform
baseline risk assessments within Eskom Holdings.
a) Project baseline risk assessments
i. Client risk assessment
the client to prepare a baseline risk assessment and site-specific health and safety
specifications based on the baseline risk assessment for consideration by the designer
during the project design phase. It also requires the client and the designer to provide
the principal contractor or his or her agent with any information that might affect their
health and safety while performing work on behalf of the client.
as part of the tender documents and during negotiations, so that the potential contractor
can make provision for the cost of health and safety measures during construction.
phase of the project, so as to eliminate hazards and implement OHS engineering
controls before the project is executed among other controls that will enhance our ability
to achieve the desired objectives.
have an impact beyond the site borders as well as external factors that could affect the
health and well-being of persons on site and employees off site (for example, roads).
hazards, or any other factors that have the potential for affecting employees or
contractors health so that an occupational hygiene and medical surveillance programme
can be developed and implemented.
specifications. Where a construction work permit is required, the baseline risk
assessment and health and safety specifications shall be attached as part of the
application.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
project life-cycle changes, incident trend analysis or changes to the scope of work, and
newly introduced risks due to residual risks.
ii. Contractor baseline risk assessment (CBRA)
assessment for all planned activities, which shall form part of the OHS plan submitted to
the client.
evaluation/adjudication/negotiation and/or clarification processes before the contract is
awarded.
of the frequency and duration with which those tasks are expected to be carried out.
of work, changes to work methods/procedures/equipment, organisational changes
(including personnel), incident trend analysis, or new/revised technology.
other factors that have the potential for affecting employees’ health. An occupational
hygiene and medical surveillance programme should be included in the SHE plan.
b) Baseline risk assessments for routine tasks
performs on a daily basis. These will assist the business in developing treatment
measures, such as standard operating procedures or work instructions to reduce the
hazards and risk attached to these activities.
documented, controlled, and communicated.
communicated to all affected employees, so as to inform them of hazards attached to
the work they are to perform.
specifications, so that they can be conducted along with occupational medical
assessments.
changes in the scope of work, new technology, etc.
3.2.2 Issue-based risk assessments
Although most standard activities should already be covered by a baseline risk assessment, the
circumstances surrounding the activities may vary from day to day. Therefore, each task or
activity needs to be assessed and analysed before work starts.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
Issue-based risk assessment can also be conducted for a specific hazard, for example, fire risk
assessment.
All relevant stakeholders need to be involved when an issue-based risk assessment is
conducted.
Issue-based risk assessment looks at assessing the risks attached to each activity and hazard;
for instance, if chemicals were identified as part of the baseline risk assessment, the task-specific
risk assessment needs to assess and analyse each chemical individually.
If there is no baseline risk assessment, the issue-based risk assessment must cover all aspects
of the job, the core activity, as well as the circumstances.
Issue-based risk assessment needs to be performed before every activity or task and it shall be
informed by the baseline risk assessment.
The issue-based risk assessment is essential for the development/review of SOPs/SWPs,
method statements, critical task manuals, emergency plans, and so forth, as it addresses work-
specific hazards and risks.
On construction projects, the contractor shall conduct the issue-based risk assessments and
submit them to the client before the commencement of work.
The client shall sign an acknowledgement that risk assessments have been reviewed. However,
this does not absolve the contractor of his/her duties in terms of the OHS Act.
a) Pre-task (daily) risk assessment
assessment be conducted before any task, as circumstances may change, for example,
the weather and site location.
Life-Saving Rules, Operating Procedures for High Voltage Systems (ORHVS), and Plant
Safety Regulations (PSR).
processes by the responsible and authorised person(s), together with all the people who
will perform the task.
place to ensure that all circumstances can be evaluated properly.
assessment to ensure that they understand the hazards associated with the task.
staff at all levels in the organisation should be able to perform this task with quality. As a
minimum, the checklist should consider the following areas:
Work area
Unsafe conditions
Environmental conditions
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
Condition of PPE, tools, and equipment
Ergonomic risks
Personal risks, health conditions
Emergency response risks
Work permit (ORHVS, PSR)
and risk assessments must be updated and discussed with all involved in the task.
3.2.3 Continuous risk assessment
Occupational health and safety risk assessments should take place continuously, as an integral part
of day-to-day health and safety management. This form of risk assessment is an important tool for
ensuring the reduction of OHS hazards and risks in the workplace, as it addresses day-to-day
changes in the activity.
It is the duty of employees and supervisors to ensure that effective continuous risk assessment
actually takes place in the workplace. Continuous risk assessment includes tool box talks,
behavioural observation, task observations, supervisor, inspections, etc, which are an integral part
of the OHS risk management process. The employer must ensure that all employees are competent
to perform continuous risk assessments.
3.2.4 Occupational Hygiene Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment (OH HIRA)
The OH HIRA shall be conducted for all activities and processes, by a person who in respect of
conducting HIRA for occupational hygiene stress factors, has:
a) at least two years’ experience in conducting risk assessments;
b) have successfully completed Eskom training for OH HIRA through the Eskom Academy of
Learning (EAL);
c) required knowledge in accordance with the OSH Act and the relevant regulations; and
d) comprehensive knowledge of the Occupational Hygiene Hazard Identification and Risk
assessment Work Instruction (240-114036246).
The OH HIRA shall consider, but not be limited to:
a) the Hazardous Chemical Agent (HCA) to which an employee may be exposed;
b) what effects the HCA can have on an employee;
c) where the HCA may be present and in what physical form it is likely to be;
d) the route of intake by which and the extent to which an employee can be exposed; and
e) the nature of the work, process, and any reasonable deterioration in, or failure of, any control
measures.
Occupational health risk assessments shall be developed according to the 240-114036246: OH HRA
Work Instruction (Issue-based/Task-specific assessment) guideline.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
The outcome of the OH HIRA shall inform the implementation requirements for OH monitoring
programme and medical surveillance programme, and to also recommend exposure control
measures such as elimination/substitution, engineering, administrative, and PPE control measures.
Where exposure is anticipated to exceed the maximum limit (control limit), the control of the exposure
shall be regarded as adequate if the exposure is at a level as low as is reasonably practicable below
that maximum limit (control limit); provided that in the case of temporary excursions above the
maximum limit (control limit), measures shall be put in place to ensure
i. that the excursion is without a significant risk from exposure; and
ii. that the excursion is not indicative of a failure to maintain adequate control.
3.3 Occupational health and safety risk assessment process
Note: Before conducting risk assessments, proper planning and preparation shall be done.
3.3.1 Communication and consultation
Conduct a stakeholder analysis to define the relevant stakeholders, their roles, and
communication needs.
Stakeholder analysis shall include internal and external stakeholders relevant issues that
can have an impact on the health and safety of employees, including risks and opportunities
presented by those issues.
Identify who is exposed to risks, who is responsible and accountable for the management of
risk (risk owner), who needs to be included in the risk analysis process, and who needs to
be consulted and informed.
Communicate information on OHS risks and opportunities to management, the employees,
and other affected stakeholders.
3.3.2 Hazard identification
Determine the scope, purpose, or objective of risk assessment, which can include walk-
through inspections, incident analyses, etc.
List all the activities that are to be performed by the business, taking into account routine and
non-routine activities, potential emergency situations, third-party stakeholders, such as the
community, and other social factors.
Identify hazards or stress factors that have an impact on the health and safety of employees,
the environment, and third-party stakeholders. Note: hazards are generally tangible and can
be seen, heard, felt, measured, smelt, or determined through the use of one’s senses.
The hazard identification process shall take into account, but not be limited to:
o how work is organised, social factors (including workload, work hours,
victimisation, harassment, and bullying), leadership, and the culture of the
organisation;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
o how the work is performed;
o past relevant incidents, internal or external to the organisation, including
emergencies, and their causes; and
o situations occurring in the vicinity of the workplace caused by work-related
activities under the control of the organisation and situations not controlled by
the organisation and occurring in the vicinity of the workplace that can cause
injury and ill health to persons in the workplace.
Classify the OHS hazards into one of these broad areas (but not limited to them):
o Physical, for example, light, heat and cold, or vibration
o Chemical, for example, hazardous substances, poisons, vapours, or dust
o Biological, for example, plants, bacteria, parasites, or viruses
o Mechanical/electrical, for example, working at height, or plant and equipment
o Ergonomic, for example, posture, weight, or repetition
o Psychological, for example, stress, boring/repetitive work, or
violence/aggression
3.3.3 Risk identification
Identify risks attached to listed hazards, and list the implications and causes of such risks.
Describe the risks in terms of an event, changes in a situation, circumstances, and how these
lead to consequences, for example, when you identify a risk of fire, it should also describe
the source of the fire instead of only identifying the fire (fire caused by flammable liquid).
Record the identified risks in the risk registers, with the following information:
o A description of the risk, its possible cause, and consequence
o The risk owner (typically a responsible manager)
o The risk category (safety or health)
3.3.4 Assess and analyse (quantifying) risk
This is a step where risks are analysed in order to determine the effectiveness of existing
control measures and implement further control measures to minimise the consequences of
those risks for the health and safety of employees and the environment.
Both qualitative and quantitative techniques can be used to assess and analyse risks, for
example, qualitative incident investigation reports or quantitative data/measurements.
Assessing and analysing the risk will be using these steps, a) determine existing controls
(RCE), b) determine consequence rating, and c) determine likelihood rating.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
Determine existing controls
performance, while taking into account planned changes to the organisation, its policies,
its processes, or its activities and opportunities to adapt work, work organisation, and
work environment to workers, opportunities to eliminate hazards, and reduce OH&S
risks.
the organisation.
and observations.
PPE controls.
account both the adequacy and effectiveness of controls. RCE will be a measure of the
completeness, relevance, and efficacy of the existing controls when compared with that
which is reasonably achievable.
control taking into account both the adequacy and effectiveness of each control in light
of the objectives of that particular control.
treatment tasks will be created in an endeavour to enhance controls for controls that
were not fully effective and others that included control tasks to enhance the ineffective
controls.
RCE Guide
Nothing more to be done except review and monitor the existing Fully effective
controls. Controls are well designed for the risk, are largely preventive
and address the root causes. Management believes that they are
effective and reliable at all times. Reactive controls only support
preventive controls.
Mostly effective Most controls are designed correctly and are in place and effective.
Some more work to be done to improve operating effectiveness or
management has doubts about operational effectiveness and reliability
of the controls.
Mostly While the design of controls may be largely correct in that they treat
ineffective most of the root causes of the risk, they are not currently operationally
very effective. There may be an over-reliance on reactive controls, or
some of the controls do not seem correctly designed in that they do not
treat root causes.
None Virtually no credible control. Management has no confidence that any
degree of control is being achieved.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authoriszed version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Occupational health and safety risk assessment Unique Identifier: 32-520
procedure
Revision: 4
Page:
Determine consequence rating
When determining the consequences of the risk, take into account existing controls and their
adequacy and effectiveness.
Consequence Description
rating
Eskom’s SHEQ Policy sets out principles and rules that underpin the way in which Eskom
approaches occupational health and safety, the environment and quality.
Incident management is an integral function of risk management. The aims and objectives of
incident management are as follows:
a) Reduce risk and prevent any recurrence of incidents.
b) Ensure that incidents are managed effectively.
c) Ensure that incidents are classified and recorded accurately.
d) Ensure prompt and appropriate investigation.
e) Promote the proactive use and value of near-miss incident reporting.
f) Improve the quality of occupational health and safety by learning from incidents, including
near-misses.
g) Share incident information.
h) Report to internal and external stakeholders, as required.
i) Promote the analysis of trends, and review practices accordingly.
j) Involve and communicate information to all stakeholders.
Incident management is not a mechanism for assigning blame or monitoring staff performance, but
rather a way of identifying and addressing areas for improvement in order to reduce future risks.
Eskom is committed to Zero Harm as a value, this value forms an integral part of Eskom’s
operations.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
This document describes the high-level intention and requirements for the effective management of
incidents that occur during the course of Eskom’s business that result in, or could result in, near
misses, property damage, injuries, occupational diseases/illnesses or fatalities.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, its groups/ divisions, subsidiaries,
and entities in which Eskom has a controlling interest. Where Eskom does not have a controlling
interest, this procedure shall apply if no such similar document exists.
This document is applicable to Eskom employees, contractors (unless it is explicitly mentioned
otherwise in this document) and members of the public affected by activities of, or on behalf of,
Eskom.
For the purpose of Eskom benchmarking with other organisations, the applicable Responsible
Manager may use the relevant classification criteria required for such benchmarking process.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
In the case where a site consists of multiple employers, this procedure must be complied with for
Eskom reporting purposes.
For the interpretation of requirements related to occupational health and safety incidents, this
document will supersede any other procedures and instructions. This procedure is supported by
sup[ported by Standard – “Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Definitions and
Classification Parameters: 240-131838225”.
2.1.3 Effective date
The document is applicable as of 1 April 2021.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] 240-62582234: OHS Roles and Responsibilities and Statutory Appointments Standard.
[2] 32-727: Eskom, Safety, Health, Environment, and Quality Policy.
[3] 32-123: Eskom Emergency Planning Procedure.
[4] 32-124: Eskom Fire Risk Management Standard.
[5] 32-256: Emergency Response Procedure – Communications.
[6] 240-51122806: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Incident Management.
[7] 240-49308149: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Occupational Health and Safety
Management.
[8] Aviation Act, No. .
[9] Occupational Health and Safety Act, No. .
[10] Labour Relations Act, No. .
[11] Medicine and Related Substance Control Act, No. .
[12] Mine Health and Safety Act, No. .
[13] Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, No. .
[14] Basic Conditions of Employment Act, No. .
[15] National Health Act, No. .
[16] 240-62946386: Vehicle and Driver Safety Procedure.
[17] 240-84733329: Medical Surveillance Procedure.
[18] 32-425: Hearing Conservation Procedure.
[19] COIDA Occupational Disease 2 Form – as per COIDA.
[20] 240-131838225: Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Definitions and
Classification Parameters.
[21] 240-58554227: Health & Safety Agreement.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.2.2 Informative
[22] I240-47560170: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Quality Management.
[23] 240-51367318: Process Control Manual (PCM) for Assurance and Advisory Audits.
[24] 32-450: Safety and Occupational Hygiene Performance Management.
[25] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[26] ISO 45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems.
[27] OHSAS 18001 Occupational Health and Safety Systems.
[28] EPM0060: Measurement Specification Document for Headcount.
[29] Criminal Procedures Act, No. .
[30] Electricity Act, No. .
[31] Explosives Act, No. .
[32] Inquest Act, No. .
[33] Law of Evidence Amendment Act, No. .
[34] National Road Traffic Act, No. .
[35] 240-75512977: Noise-Induced Hearing Loss Investigation Form.
[36] 240-75512947: Noise-Induced Hearing Loss Notification Form.
[37] 240-154786986: COVID-19 Investigation Form.
The list of legislation and documents for further information is not exhaustive and/or not limited to
the legislation and documents listed above.
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Accident: Any unplanned event, arising out of, and in the course of, an Eskom or
contractor employee’s employment and resulting in human injury, illness, or death of the
employee, as well as death of, or injury to, any member of the public or damage to property.
2.3.2 Fatality: an incident occurring at work, or arising out of, or in connection with, the activities
of persons at work, or in connection with the use of plant or machinery, o r direct or
indirect exposure to Eskom’s product or activities, in consequence of which, any person
(that is, employee, contractor, or member of the public) dies, regardless of the time
intervening between the injury and/or exposure to the date of death. The date of the
incident will reflect the date on which the incident occurred, irrespective of the date of
death.
Note: Incidents related to the death of a person (employee or contractor employee) while
at the workplace and on duty who dies as a consequence of any activity or cause not
directly related to the course and scope of the deceased’s employment (for example, death
from natural causes, etc.) will not be regarded as a work related incident.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.3 First-aid injury: An injury due to a work-related incident, where that injury requires first aid
treatment within the scope of a first aider and content of a first aid box and does not require
further treatment by a health professional. Therefore, the following injuries will be regarded
as first-aid injuries:
a) If there was no medication required.
b) No subsequent medical treatment is required.
c) Where an employee was involved in an OHS incident where there was contact with a
person’s body part, whether there was an injury or not, the involved employee shall at
least be assessed by a first aider/health professional, for the purpose of this document,
this assessment/examination will be regarded as First Aid. At the minimum, the incident
shall be classified at least as a first-aid injury.
d) First-aid treatment can also be offered by a medical professional as long as it is in the
scope of the first aider.
e) The affected employee is able to resume work after the injury has been treated.
Note 1: Classification is based on the level of treatment, not on the person
administering treatment. For example, health professionals or emergency teams can
provide first-aid treatment.
Note 2: This excludes Incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at
the workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
2.3.4 Lost-time injury (LTI): A work injury, including impairment and a fatality that arises out of,
and in the course of, employment and that renders the employee or contractor to be booked
off work. A work injury, including impairment and a fatality, that arises out of, and in the
course of, employment and that renders the employee or contractor to be unable to perform
his/her regular/normal work longer than seven calendar days or shifts other than the day or
shift on which the injury occurred.
Note: Normal work refers to any work where a person can perform his/her normal duties,
as per job profile, without restriction. Lost-time injury will apply if a person is booked off
work by a medical practitioner due to an incident, including being booked off for acute
stress or post-traumatic stress disorder by a relevant medical practitioner after an OHS
incident.
A lost-time injury includes the following:
a) Where an employee/contractor is booked off, regardless of the number of days or
shifts.
b) Incident resulting to a person being booked on restricted/ light duty longer than seven
calendar days.
Note: This excludes incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at the
workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.5 Medical injury: an injury resulting from a work related incident where treatment was
rendered by a medical/health professional within a 24-hour period, and medication was
either prescribed, dispensed, and/or applied. The affected employee is able to resume
work after the injury has been treated.
Note 1: Treatment, for the purpose of this document, excludes any diagnostic or
examination procedure or method used in the establishment of the extent of injuries or
illnesses (for example, X-rays or scans).
Note 2: Where medication was prescribed and/or dispensed after an injury and it was not
obtained and/or used, the injury shall be classified as a medical injury.
Note 3: Where medication is prescribed, dispensed and/or applied, whether to treat an injury
or prevent an illness or medical condition after an incident, the incident must be regarded at
least as a medical injury.
Note 4: any work-related noise-induced hearing loss with a PLH shift between 3.2% and
9.9% will be regarded as a medical injury.
Note 5: This excludes Incidents which are not caused by OHS events that arise at the
workplace or not directly related to the course and scope employment.
2.3.6 OHS Event: any occurrence where humans were involved and this occurrence poses a risk
of injury or illness/disease to those involved humans.
2.3.7 Occupational health and safety incident (OHS incident): an unplanned OHS event that
could, or does, result in human injury or illness or property damage, excluding:
a) crime-related incidents where there was no potential for injuries; and
b) motor vehicle incidents where the vehicle was stationary and unoccupied, incidents
where there were scratches on the vehicle with no potential for injury, windscreen or
glass-related incidents with no potential for injury.
Note: For recording and performance purposes, when there is an incident where multiple
divisions/groups are involved, divisions/groups must capture the incident for their
involved/injured.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.3.8 Occupational safety near-miss incident: Any OHS event that did not result in human
injury or damage but had the potential, under different circumstances, to cause human
injury or property damage.
2.3.9 Occupational hygiene near-miss incident: An OHS event where a person is exposed to a
single or combination of occupational hygiene hazards, which occurred in the work
environment, due to failure/insufficient/absence of control measures for that hazard(s) that
could result in medical treatment, impairment or an occupational disease/illness.
2.3.10 Occupational impairment: Partial or total loss of bodily function or part of the body
attributed to exposure at the workplace.
2.3.11 Noise-induced hearing loss (NIHL) incident: Where an individual experiences a bilateral
sensorineural hearing loss with a confirmed percentage hearing loss of 10% or more
measured from the baseline, which must be based on two diagnostic audiograms, as per
Instruction 171 issued by the Compensation Commissioner.
2.3.12 Occupational disease/illness: Any confirmed disease/illness arising out of, and in the
course of, an employee’s employment and that is listed in Schedule 3 of the COID Act or
any other condition as determined by an occupational medicine practitioner. In the case of
employees placed through a labour broker, the onus is on the relevant OU/BU to ensure
that the pre-employment medical examinations are done.
2.3.13 Public fatality: The death of a member of the public.
2.3.14 Public incident: Direct or indirect exposure to Eskom’s product or activities caused by
substandard acts and/or conditions that result in, or have the potential to cause, physical
harm to members of the public, damage to property or interruption of business.
If an Eskom vehicle is used for commuting (the employee is not on standby, nor has he/she
been called out for work) and the employee is involved in an MVA resulting in injuries either
to himself/herself or a member of the public, this incident should be classified as non-work-
related. If there were injuries to the member of the public, the incident shall be captured on
SAP as a public incident and investigated but regarded as non-work related incident.
2.3.15 Public Recordable Fatality Incident (PRFI)
a) A PRFI is an incident resulting in the electrocution of a member of the public by coming
into contact with Eskom apparatus within the point of supply, but excluding
electrocution resulting from criminal activities. A minor being electrocuted as a result of
criminal activity will be regarded as a public recordable fatality incident.
b) Any work-related incident where an Eskom employee or contractor is responsible for
the death of a member of the public, excluding incidents where a member of the public
is solely at fault.
2.3.16 Serious incident:
a) Any incident that results in a person being admitted to ICU for four days or more.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
b) Any incident involving persons where there was electrical contact, uncontrolled release
of energy (for example steam release, electrical flashover, etc.).
Note: OU/BU must inform Sustainability Systems immediately regarding the incident, where
after a decision will be made regarding the activation of an independent Subject Matter
Expert.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
A&F Audit and Forensic
CC Compensation Commissioner
DoE&L Department of Employment and Labour
Eskom Eskom Holdings SOC Limited
Exco Executive Committee
HR Human Resources
ICU Intensive Care Unit
INO Initial Notification of Occurrence
LTI Lost-Time Injury
LTIR Lost-Time Injury Rate
MHSA Mine Health and Safety Act
NIHL Noise-Induced Hearing Loss
NPA National Prosecuting Authority
OEL Occupational Exposure Limit
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
OHS Act Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. )
OMP Occupational Medical Practitioner
OU/BU Operating Unit/Business Unit
PCM Process Control Manual
PLH Percentage Loss of Hearing
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PRFI Public Recordable Fatality Incident
SAIOH Southern African Institute for Occupational Hygiene
SAP Systems, Applications and Products in Data Processing
SAP EH&S SAP Environmental Health and Safety (system)
SDIC Safety Data Integrity Committee
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment and Quality
SOC State-Owned Company
SS OHS Sustainability Systems Occupational Health and Safety
TRIR Total Recordable Injury Rate
WCL Workman’s Compensation Letter
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd and its subsidiaries shall take all reasonably practicable steps to prevent
all incidents and harm to any person, including members of the public and damage to property.
The Responsible Managers shall be responsible for:
a) Implementing this procedure;
b) Communicating to all their employees, contractors and contractor employees the
importance of compliance with this procedure and the consequences of non-compliance.
This includes communicating duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe task to all new
employees and new contractors;
c) Implementing a monitoring process for ensuring understanding of, and compliance with,
duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe task; and
d) Ensuring understanding of, and compliance with, the requirements of this procedure.
Note: Joint ventures: There may be occasions when Eskom and other organisations combine
resources to carry out a joint venture. Unless otherwise stipulated, each company in the joint
venture is liable for its own contraventions and could, therefore, be prosecuted in its own name,
without reference to any of the other companies involved.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
Compliance with the requirements of this procedure shall be audited as per the first- to third-tier
audit process. The OU/BU is responsible for its own monitoring; all other assurance providers will
monitor compliance with this procedure.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below:
[1] Annexure 1: as required by the OHS Act – document number 240-100003427.
[2] OHS Incident Investigation Report template – document number 240-77046688.
[3] WCL forms – as per the OHS Act.
[4] Preliminary Brief on OHS Incidents document – document number 240-99618317
[5] Process Flow on the process of Capturing, Verification and Validation of Occupational
Diseases – document number 240-134597296
The following steps describe the process of incident management and are described in detail in the
remainder of the document:
Incident identification.
Initiation and execution of emergency response.
Notification and reporting to relevant stakeholders.
Incident prioritisation.
Classification and recording of incidents.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
Incident investigation.
Management of corrective actions - implementation and monitoring of corrective actions of
incidents.
Incident close-out.
Incident communication – occurs throughout the incident management process and is not
necessarily a stand-alone step.
3.1 Incident Identification
Identify or recognise that an incident has occurred. There are two types of identification or
recognition, that is, direct observation and indirect observation.
To ensure identification of incidents, the Responsible Manager should provide employees with
knowledge and skills as well as create a culture and environment that motivate employees to
immediately identify incidents as they occur.
Direct observation includes seeing the incident happening or being involved in the incident. For
potential occupational disease incidents/impairments, direct observation includes assessment
results by any medical practitioner or medical surveillance conducted by an occupational health
practitioner.
Where in doubt whether the incident is an OHS incident or not, test the description of the incident
against a definition of an occupational health and safety incident.
Any medical practitioner who examines or treats a person for a disease described in schedule
three of the COIDA, or any other disease that he believes arose out of that person’s employment,
shall within the prescribed period and in the prescribed manner report the case to the person’s
employer and to the chief inspector and inform that person accordingly.
Identification of occupational hygiene-related near-miss incidents must be classified by the
occupational hygiene/safety practitioner.
Indirect observation includes learning of the incident through, for example, complaints, feedback,
or information provided by internal stakeholders (for example, Eskom employees or contractor
employees) or external stakeholders (for example, authorities, members of the public, etc.).
3.2 Initiation and Execution of Emergency Response
a) Emergency response includes, but is not limited to, the following:
i. Rescue operations.
ii. Ensuring that the scene is safe during and after the incident.
iii. Providing emergency care (that is, first-aid treatment) to the injured to stabilise him/her
and prevent further injury and obtaining medical assistance, where necessary and/or
applicable.
b) Activate the appropriate emergency response actions in terms of the site or area
emergency preparedness plan/procedure.
c) In order to prepare for proper emergency response, the Responsible Manager must assess
the potential risks and develop a suitable response plan to address the risks. In the event
of an incident, emergency care must be provided in accordance with the emergency
response plan for the area.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The supervisor/manager must ensure that the injured person receives the best medical
care and, when required, is transported to the doctor/hospital and that the relevant
Employer’s Report (WCL 1 or 2) is duly completed.
e) The supervisor/manager must ensure that a copy of the person’s identity document is
available to the treating doctor/hospital, which will facilitate prompt treatment. The
Supervisor / Line Manager should ensure that the injured is accompanied for medical
treatment, for the purpose of ensuring that the injured person receives the best medical
care and that the relevant medical reports are completed correctly and appropriate
feedback is received from the treating doctor.
f) The OU/BU Responsible Manager is to ensure that specific work instructions relating to
emergency response are available on site and executed accordingly.
g) Emergency response includes collection of evidence, which will assist in establishing the
root cause. When collecting evidence, take cognisance of the 5 Ps (people, position, parts,
paper and process evidence).
h) Collection and preservation of evidence:
i. Immediate actions at the scene following an incident can disturb or potentially remove
vital physical items and information important for the investigation.
ii. The Responsible Manager is responsible for ensuring that complete and correct
evidence and records are identified, collected, recorded and obtained, archived, stored
and preserved to support the investigation of the incident.
iii. The Responsible Manager must take steps to preserve physical items, computer data
and other relevant information until the incident investigation begins.
iv. No person should be allowed to remove, disturb or tamper with any evidence until
authorised to do so by the Responsible Manager or regulatory authority.
3.3 Notification and Reporting
All occupational health and safety incidents must be reported to relevant stakeholders. If
information is not readily available, the available information must be used, an updated notification
must be distributed to all stakeholders as more information becomes available. The action and
responsibility requirements under the Incident Prioritisation section must be referenced to identify
who needs to be notified.
When: when did the incident occur (exact time and date)?
Who: who was involved in the incident?
Where: where did the incident occur?
What happened: what work was being done at the time, what materials, equipment or
substances were involved?
Note: In the case of incidents involving crime and firearm-related incidents, the relevant Security
Department shall be notified.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.3.1 Internal stakeholders to be notified for occupational health and safety-related
incidents include the following:
a) All incidents
i. Supervisor.
ii. Responsible Manager.
iii. Occupational health and safety representative.
iv. Safety Department.
v. Occupational Health Department (if applicable).
b) Specific incidents
i. In the case of a fatality or a serious incident, notify OU/BU Management and
Sustainability Systems Department immediately.
ii. In the case of receiving any notification in terms of the OHS Act, sections 31 or 32, or in
the case of a summons received from the NPA, or any incident where there is a
possibility of liability, immediately contact the Legal Department regarding the
appointment of the attorney. If there are reasons to believe that such an attorney is not
required, the OU/BU must provide, without delay, a detailed motivation which will be
assessed by Legal Department and thereafter a decision will be communicated to the
Ou/bu.
3.3.2 Eskom employees performing work temporarily at another Eskom OU/BU
a) The Responsible Manager at the OU/BU where the incident occurred shall report to the
relevant stakeholders.
b) The affected employee’s own OU/BU Responsible Manager is responsible for reporting the
incident to the Compensation Commissioner (CC).
3.3.3 Eskom employees performing work at another organisation
If an incident occurs during regular/normal work, the reporting to the CC must be done by the
original OU/BU, although the external organisation (where reasonably practicable) must assist with
completing the documentation for submission to the CC.
3.3.4 Notification requirements for employee and contractor fatalities
a) The OU/BU must provide to the Sustainability Systems Department, immediately, the
detailed information relating to the circumstances of the incident, including details of the
deceased’s next of kin, in order for the announcement to be compiled for communication to
Eskom’s Board, Exco and the rest of the organisation.
b) The fatality announcement to be sent throughout Eskom must be signed off by the Group
Executive.
c) Only the Eskom Communication Department and/or the Eskom spokesperson may disclose
information to the media and/or the public.
d) Information can only be released to any external party after verification by the Eskom Legal
Department.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.3.5 Notification requirements for potential occupational diseases
Any potential occupational disease/illness must be referred to an Eskom occupational medicine
practitioner (OMP) for confirmation. Once confirmed, the OMP shall inform the Responsible
Manager, who must ensure that the incident management process is followed after confirmation.
Feedback on confirmed occupational diseases:-
a) Incidents to be recorded on SAP EH&S.
b) Each case must be discussed at the OU/BU statutory committees as required by law.
3.3.6 Capture initial notification
3.3.6.1 Capture and communicate the initial notification
a) Initial reports are reports that are submitted by any individual who is reporting an incident to
the relevant OU/BU Occupational Health and Safety Department. They can be provided in
any form, for example, email, OU/BU internal flash report or INO.
b) Initial reports are brief and limited to an outline of the known facts (that is, date, time, place,
what happened, immediate actions taken and persons involved).
c) The Responsible Manager must ensure that the initial notification is communicated in
accordance with the time lines.
3.4 Incident Prioritisation
From the initial reports, the Responsible Manager, in conjunction with, and advised by, the
occupational health and safety practitioner, must use the matrixes provided to determine the
priority rating of an incident. The Responsible Manager is responsible for ensuring that all those
involved in the prioritisation of incidents are in a position to understand and use the relevant
matrixes.
3.4.1 The priority rating is utilised to:
a) Ensure that appropriate management of the incident takes place;
b) Determine the level of action following notification of the incident;
c) Assist Responsible Managers with prioritising and classifying incidents; and
d) Provide clear direction about the incident reporting and communication requirements.
3.4.2 Steps involved in incident prioritisation:
3.4.2.1 Step 1
Determine the actual or potential outcome, consequence and severity of the incident by using the
Consequence table. Note: Use the actual outcome for injuries and the potential outcome for
near-miss incidents.
3.4.2.2 Step 2
Determine the likelihood of a recurrence of this incident by using the Likelihood table.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.4.2.3 Step 3
Quantify the level of risk associated with the incident by assigning a priority rating to the incident.
Using the information obtained in Steps 1 and 2 of this process, use the priority matrix to determine
the priority rating.
3.4.2.4 Step 4
Determine the appropriate action to be taken, as described in the Action and Responsibility
Requirements Table.
3.4.2.5 Step 5
If the severity of the incident changes, e.g. medical injury to a lost-time injury, the priority rating of
the incident must be reviewed and amended where necessary, including updating relevant
information in SAP EH&S.
3.5 Classification and Recording of Incidents
All occupational health and safety incidents, regardless of their rating, must be classified,
prioritised and recorded on the SAP EH&S system according to the CARAT (complete, accurate,
relevant, accessible, timely) principles. Contractor employees working under the Mine Health and
Safety Act will be classified and recorded as contractor employees and not as Eskom employees
for the purposes of this document.
3.5.1 Classification
Classification of incidents is based on the consequence as a result of the incident.
Note: the onus is on the OU/BU to determine the work relatedness and classification of the
incident. Sustainability Systems will not classify incidents on behalf of the OU/BU, but will assist in
interpretation of the procedure, should the OU/BU be unable to classify the incident or if there is a
dispute regarding classification, that particular incident shall be referred to Safety Data Integrity
Committee (SDIC).
3.5.1.1 Involved person’s relationship with Eskom: The aim of classifying the type of
relationship with the person is to determine whether the person(s) involved in the incident
was/were an Eskom employee(s), contractor employee(s) or member(s) of the public.
3.5.1.2 Work-relatedness: In order to classify the work status and to determine whether the
incident arose out of, or in connection with, the person at work, one needs to consider the workrelatedness of an incident. Unless otherwise specified in this procedure or in Occupational Health
and Safety Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameters standard, as a general
rule, an affirmative answer to all of the following questions is required:
a) Did the incident or exposure occur at any workplace or within workplace boundaries?
b) Did it arise out of, or in connection with, the activities of persons at work, or as a result of a
Hazard present in the workplace?
c) Did it occur in the course of a person’s employment?
d) Did it result, or could it have resulted, in personal injury or health impairment?
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.5.1.3 Responsible unit (OU/BU)
a) Eskom employees: An incident must be captured against the OU/BU/subsidiaries based
on the employee’s organisational structure at the time of the incident.
b) Contractor employees: An incident must be recorded against the OU/BU/subsidiary with
which the contractor has a contractual relationship and/or any other contractual agreement
(including hand-over documents). In the case of incidents involving a service provider
procured through a national contract, incidents shall be recorded against the
OU/BU/subsidiary or end-user that requested a service from the contractor/supplier, this
request may be in a form of releasing services from a contract, in writing or otherwise,
including emails, telephone, etc.
3.5.1.4 Classification of occupational diseases and occupational health impairment
Classification of occupational diseases and occupational health impairment incidents must be
undertaken by the occupational hygiene/safety practitioner based on the confirmation received
from the Eskom medical practitioner with the supporting documentation (refer to 240-134597296 –
Process Flow on the process of Capturing, Verification and Validation of Occupational Diseases).
The following will be excluded from the Eskom performance measure:
conditions.
exposed to any excessive noise at the workplace after 16 November 2003.
3.5.1.5 Reclassified incidents
Reclassified incidents must be communicated by means of an updated SAP EH&S flash report to
relevant internal stakeholders, together with an explanation of the reclassification. Supporting
documentation or proof must be made available for incident classification, verification and audit
purposes and electronically attached to the incident in SAP EH&S. Downgraded incidents affecting
performance indicators must be submitted to SDIC for ratification. Third Party at Fault incidents
affecting performance indicators must be submitted to SDIC for ratification.
3.5.1.6 Clarification regarding incident classification of occupational health and safety-
related incidents
Where clarification is required for the interpretation of rules and examples for the classification of
incidents or in order to resolve disputes with regard to occupational health and safety incidents, the
Responsible Manager must send all relevant information to the Safety Data Integrity Committee
(SDIC) for review, the committee will evaluate information and provide direction in accordance with
the Terms of Reference of the SDIC.
3.5.1.7 Classification dispute and appeal process
In order to deal with disputes or clarification, OHS incidents requiring clarification must be tabled at
the Safety Data Integrity Committee (SDIC). These incidents will be reviewed in terms of this
procedure and/or other relevant documentation. Should the OU/BU be not satisfied with the
findings/outcome of the SDIC, the OU/BU is entitled to appeal the decision at the Safety Data
Integrity Appeal Committee.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.5.2 Recording
3.5.2.1 General requirements
All work-related occupational health and safety incidents must be recorded on SAP EH&S.
All non-work-related occupational health and safety incidents that occur within workplace
boundaries must be recorded on SAP EH&S and it is not necessary to communicate the flash
report.
The following generally agreed principles must be followed with regard to which information is
recorded:
The date on which the incident occurred, as opposed to the date of subsequent
reclassification on severity, for example, deterioration of condition or death.
Any preceding incident, including an occupational disease/illness, that occurred as a result
of exposure to the same agent, impacting the same body part or target organ on a different
occasion and resulting in similar symptoms or health effects, must be reported and
recorded as a new/different incident.
3.5.2.2 Recording of occupational diseases or illnesses
The date of the incident for occupational diseases shall be the date of confirmation by the Eskom
Occupational Medicine Practitioner as reflected on the First Medical Report in respect of an
Occupational Disease (WCL22).
This incident must be captured on SAP EH&S as work-related within 48 hours as per information
provided on the First Medical Report. Once the outcome of the investigation proves that the
incident is not work related, SAP EH&S must be updated immediately to reflect changes on the
work relatedness. All Occupational Diseases where after the investigation, are regarded as not
work related, or where the OU/BU requires clarity/assistance, those Occupational Diseases must
be submitted to SDIC for final classification. An Occupational Disease involving a pensioner shall
be submitted to SDIC for final classification.
The date of an occupational health impairment incident shall be the date reflected on the NoiseInduced Hearing Loss Notification form (240-75512947). Occupational diseases/illnesses will be
recorded against the OU/BU to which the employee belongs at the date of confirmation by the
Eskom Medicine Practitioner, unless it can be proven that the occupational disease/illness was
caused by the activities of another OU/BU.
3.6 Incident investigation
3.6.1 General
a) All investigation reports must be considered controlled disclosure documents in accordance
with the Eskom document management process.
b) All health and safety incidents must be investigated, excluding non-work-related incidents
occurring outside workplace boundaries.
c) During the investigation of repeat incidents, ineffective corrective actions from previous
incidents must be considered.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The chairperson of an incident investigation committee shall be at a level as per the “Action
and Responsibility Requirements” table contained in the Occupational Health and Safety
Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameter Standard (240-131838225).
Where there is perceived conflict of interest (an interest which is likely to adversely affect
the investigation process), if the conflict is found to exist, the chairperson of an investigation
committee shall not be a direct manager/supervisor of the injured/involved person. It is the
responsibility of the Responsible Manager to ensure that incidents are not chaired by the
chairpersons who are conflicted in that particular incident.
e) In the case of incidents involving crime, the applicable Security Department must be
involved.
f) The employer’s investigation report (Annexure 1 in terms of the OHS Act) must be
completed by the OU/BU investigator and signed off by the applicable OU/BU Responsible
Manager as the representative of the employer/user. Annexure 1 for contractor incidents
must be signed off on a similar basis, unless the Contractor’s Policies and Procedures
stipulates otherwise.
g) All investigations shall be completed within 30 days of the occurrence of an incident, if the
investigation could not be completed within 30 days, the OU/BU manager shall write a
signed off letter indicating the reasons why the Internal OHS Investigation could not be
completed within 30 days. This letter shall be loaded on SAP EH&S.
h) The results of the OHS investigation must be captured on the Eskom Internal OHS
Investigation template: Form 240-77046688 and signed off by the chairperson within 20
calendar days after conclusion of the investigation.
i) All investigation results must be documented and captured on SAP EH&S, including root
cause analysis and identified corrective measures. The root cause analysis must be
electronically attached to the incident in SAP EH&S. Investigations by government
agencies could also trigger a review of the initial incident information captured.
j) Records must be kept by the OU/BU of all OHS Act section 24 incidents, lost-time injuries
and medical treatment cases on the Annexure 1 form (as required in the OHS Act –
General Administrative Regulations for Recording and Investigation of Incidents) for all
employees, contractors and members of the public. All investigation reports must be kept
and archived for at least 25 years, unless another period has been specified in legislation or
in any court proceedings that may ensue.
k) To determine the estimated cost of an incident, the Compensation Commissioner Cost
Calculations should be utilised.
l) The Eskom Internal Investigation Report’s disclosure is controlled, it is for internal use only.
It may only be disclosed to third parties with specific authorization or consent from Legal
and Compliance Department.
m) This information includes a wide spectrum of internal business data that can be used by all
employees and can be shared through authorized business process.
n) The completed Annexure 1 form, as required in terms of the OHS Act – General
Administrative Regulations for Recording and Investigation of Incidents, may be made
available to a third party on request.
o) Chapter 23 of the MHSA Regulations sets out the manner in which incidents are to be
reported to the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate on the following forms: SAMRASS 1,
2, 4, and 9 in accordance with Chapter 21 of the MHSA Regulations, as may be required, in
consultation with the Eskom Legal Department.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
p) In the case of incidents involving contractor employees, the contractor must investigate
those incidents as an employer in his/her own right (employer’s investigation) and generate
a report. The report and Annexure 1 must be submitted to the applicable OU/BU or on
request to the Department of Employment and Labour by the contractor. Eskom may
participate during these investigations.
q) During Eskom’s investigation, a contractor/member of the public may be requested to
provide information/ evidence. The contractor/member of the public is entitled (at their own
cost) to be represented by a legal representative whilst giving information/evidence. The
contractor/member of the public legal representative’s attendance in the investigation
process is limited to the period within which they are providing information/evidence. While
the contractor is giving evidence, the contractor executive may sit-in in the investigation.
Once the contractor personnel have finalised giving information/evidence to the committee,
the contractor executive to be excused. They must not sit in for the duration of the
investigation or question Eskom witnesses/committee members or to seek evidence from
Eskom.
r) When the contractor conducts its own investigation, Eskom employees may participate in
such an investigation. If an Eskom employee is required in that investigation to be a
witness, formal request must be submitted to the manager of the required employee.
s) Should the contractor or any third party need information or evidence from Eskom, the
manager of the employee from whom such evidence is requested, shall evaluate this
request and if required, seek assistance from Legal and Compliance Department who will
give guidance or determine whether such information can be provided.
t) The investigation report must include the following information:
i. The details of the incident (type of incident, what occurred, sequence of events when
and where the incident occurred).
ii. Incident consequences and impacts.
iii. The risk of the incident reoccurring using a root causes analysis technique and the
likelihood and consequence table within this document.
iv. Direct or immediate cause(s).
v. Root causes, taking into consideration human, workplace and natural factors (who, what
and why).
vi. Identify system failures (procedure non-conformance, training, plant failure, etc.).
vii. Corrective actions to remedy and prevent a reoccurrence of the incident.
viii. Lessons learnt and recommendations.
3.6.2 Investigation requirements
a) All incidents occurring within workplace boundaries must be investigated regardless of work
relatedness. Such incidents must be investigated to identify any possible contributing
causes and to make recommendations on preventing any repeat incidents.
b) The investigation of non-work-related incidents that do not occur at the workplace, including
non-work-related commuting incidents is not required. In some cases an investigation can
be requested by the Responsible Manager where the Responsible Manager has a very
good reason to request such an investigation (where Eskom has an interest to understand
the reasons/root causes) with permission from an employee. These lessons could be
shared in the organisation to prevent repeat incidents.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
c) It must be noted that the employer does not have the mandate to investigate incidents that
occurred at an employee’s home, unless the person was performing work from home
(defined as telework) at the time of the incident, in which case the incident would be
regarded as work related.
d) Eskom investigations will consist of an OU/BU investigation, or depending on the severity of
the incident (as determined in the incident prioritisation section), a corporate investigation
will be held.
e) After every incident that requires an investigation, regardless of the seriousness of the
incident, the responsible manager shall ensure that preliminary evidence collection process
is conducted within 72 hours of occurrence.
f) In cases of incidents involving contractor employees, the contractor must investigate those
as an employer in his/her own right (employer’s investigation) and generate a report. The
report and Annexure 1 must be submitted to the applicable OU/BU or on request to the
Department of Labour by the contractor. Eskom may participate during these investigations
g) The employer’s investigation under the MHSA must be conducted as set out in section
11(5), as revised, of the MHSA.
h) Root cause analysis techniques.
A root cause analysis technique must be used for all employee and contractor OHS
investigations.
3.6.3 Eskom Internal OHS Investigation
3.6.3.1 OU/BU investigations (excluding serious and fatality investigations)
The Investigation Committee must consist of the following, given the nature of the incident:
a) A chairperson (appointed in writing by the employer) as the investigator of the incident. The
chairperson of an incident investigation committee who shall be at a level as per the
“Action and Responsibility Requirement” table contained in the Occupational Health and
Safety Incident Management Definitions and Classification Parameter Standard (240-
131838225),
b) Where there is perceived conflict of interest (an interest which is likely to adversely affect
the investigation process), if the interest is found to exist, the chairperson of an
investigation committee shall not be a direct manager/supervisor of the injured/involved
person. It is the responsibility of the Responsible Manager to ensure that incidents are not
chaired by the chairpersons who are conflicted in that particular incident.
c) Where applicable, a subject matter specialist(s) may be appointed by the OU/BU.
d) Representatives from all entities, where multiple organisations and/or Groups/Divisions are
involved in an incident.
e) The relevant supervisor/manager under whose supervision the incident occurred shall be
the first person to give evidence related to the incident and may be allowed to remain in
attendance at the investigation as an observer, provided there is no conflict of interest.
f) The applicable local workplace statutory health and safety representatives, as required by
the OHS Act.
g) The OU/BU shall invite the respective Division/Group’s Full Time Health and Safety
Representative (where applicable), as per Health and Safety Agreement.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
h) The relevant local union representative as per Eskom’s recognised trade unions may
participate during an employee employer’s investigation, including the process of evidence
collection, investigation, formulation of findings and corrective actions. The relevant union
representative must be from the union in which the involved person is affiliated to.
i) An applicable OU/BU OHS Department representative.
j) In case of an incident involving a person with disability, the investigation committee must
consist out of a representative from Human Resources (HR) and an Occupational Hygiene
Practitioner (where required). Depending on the complexity of the incident, the
Occupational Hygiene Practitioner in consultation with HR will recommend additional
specialist if and when required to assist with effective investigation of the incident.
k) Where relevant and applicable, the Construction Health and Safety Agent.
l) Where relevant and applicable, the OHS Act GMR 2(1) person appointed for plant-related
incidents or his/her assistant in terms of GMR 2(7).
Witnesses: Direct and indirect witnesses as determined by the investigation committee.
Note: A witness may be recalled to answer further questions by the committee, as determined by
the chairperson.
The Investigation Committee chairperson is responsible for the process of evidence collection,
investigation, formulation of findings, identification of root causes, formulation of corrective actions,
compilation of an investigation report.
Note 1: In the case of a committee member who needs to testify as a witness, such a member
needs to be excluded from the investigation sitting until such time as he/she has given his/her
testimony and thereafter the chairperson can exercise his/her prerogative to allow such a person to
become a member of the committee.
Note 2: The investigation may not continue if either the chairperson, the Responsible Manager or
his/her delegate (provided there is no conflict of interest), the statutory Health and Safety
Representative and the subject matter specialist(s) determined by the chairperson is not present
Note 3: The Sustainability Systems Department, as well as an identified subject matter
specialist(s), may attend on invitation.
Note 4: The initiation of the incident investigation must not be delayed due to the unavailability of
any witness.
Note 5: Sustainability Systems has the prerogative to participate as it may deem fit, after
consulting with the relevant OU/BU Responsible Manager, in any incident investigation
notwithstanding the priority rating or incident classification. Sustainability Systems may also
request, through the relevant management structures, any incident investigation report and enquire
on the contents of such a report. Sustainability Systems may lead any investigation at the request
of any relevant senior manager.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
3.6.3.2 Public Incidents
a) The OU/BU shall conduct an investigation for fatal and non-fatal public incidents.
b) The OU/BU shall immediately mobilise for a specialist to respond to the scene and collect
evidence.
c) In the case of electrical related incidents that occurred beyond the point of supply or
involving electrical related criminal activities (theft), the onus is on the OU/BU to conduct
its own investigation. If there is any reason to believe that there is a legal liability, the
OU/BU needs to provide a motivation accompanied by an investigation report and
supporting documentation/information to Sustainability Systems and Legal Departments
and seek a legal opinion from Legal Department.
3.6.3.3 Employee and contractor serious incidents (see definition of a serious incident)
a) OU/BU must inform Sustainability Systems immediately regarding the incident, whereafter
a decision will be made regarding the activation of an independent Subject Matter Expert.
b) Where required, Sustainability Systems Department will appoint and mobilise an
independent subject matter specialist/expert to facilitate and coordinate the collection of
evidence, statements and to support the OU/BU personnel
c) In the case of an extreme serious incident, the OU/BU must appoint an independent
chairperson (at least MPSG17) from another OU/BU to chair the investigation, where
required, the OU/BU to liaise with the Divisional/Group head office for assistant in the
appointment of the independent chairperson. Liaise with Sustainability Systems OHS
regarding attendance of the Sustainability Systems OHS representative.
d) The OU/BU’s Internal OHS investigation chairperson/investigator must provide the
investigation final report in accordance with the Internal OHS Investigation template (240-
Manager and Sustainability Systems Department. The independent subject matter
specialist(s) (referred to in a) above, may provide a separate technical report.
e) If there is potential liability, the Legal Department and Sustainability Systems Departments
must be provided with a motivation for such possible liability in order to advise the OU/BU
on the way forward.
f) The composition of the investigation committee for serious incident is similar to the OU/BU
investigation, with the exception of point a), b) and c) above.
g) The OU/BU where the incident occurred shall support the investigation by assisting with
logistical arrangements and providing a resource for the secretariat role, i.e. for taking
notes and assisting the chairperson with the draft report.
3.6.3.4 Corporate investigation (fatalities)
a) In the case of employee and contractor fatalities, the Sustainability Systems Department
will initiate a corporate investigation and immediately mobilise personnel, who will facilitate
and coordinate the collection of evidence.
b) The OU/BU must ensure that a preliminary investigation is conducted and a report is
generated before the corporate investigation.
Note: In cases where the MHSA applies, the investigation process set out in it will be followed.
Thereafter, a corporate investigation will continue, as required.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
c) The Corporate Investigation Committee must consist of the following members:
i. Chairperson – appointed by Sustainability Systems.
ii. OU/BU Responsible Manager, or his/her delegated person.
iii. Relevant and applicable departmental senior management representative(s) (provided
that he/she have no direct involvement in the particular incident and no conflict of
interest exist).
iv. Risk & Assurance/SHEQ Department representative.
v. Subject matter specialist/ expert.
vi. Sustainability Systems Department representative.
vii. The local statutory health and safety representative (for employee incidents). Where
relevant, the applicable Full Time Health and Safety Representative, as per Health and
Safety Agreement. The OU/BU shall extend the invitation to the applicable Full Time
Health and Safety Representative.
viii. The applicable local union representative as per Eskom’s recognised trade unions may
participate in employee investigations, including the process of evidence collection,
investigation, formulation of findings and corrective actions. The applicable union
representative must be from the union in which the involved person is affiliated to.
ix. Representatives from other divisions in cases involving multiple divisions.
x. In cases where the MHSA applies, the following members may be included as
committee members: 4(1) employer’s representative, 3(1) (a) mine manager, and
2.13.1 engineering manager (mining equipment)/mine engineer.
xi. Where relevant and applicable, the Construction Health and Safety Agent.
xii. Where relevant and applicable, the OHS Act GMR 2(1) person appointed for plant-
related incidents or his/her assistant in terms of GMR 2(7).
xiii. In case of the contractor employee incidents, contractor management representative(s)
are not part of the committee as they would have conducted their own investigation as
the employer. Should the contractor management representative(s) strongly feel that
they need to be part of Eskom’s investigation, the representative shall request (with
reasons) for such permission from the chairperson. Granting of this permission is at the
discretion of the chairperson.
xiv. In case of contractor fatalities, the contractor management representative may be
present while his or her employee is giving evidence. He or she can only seat-in when
their employees are being interviewed since this is an Eskom investigation and the
contractor would have done its own investigation as an employer.
Note: Should any person find it necessary to be an observer, such person shall request the
chairperson for an observer status.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
d) The investigation committee shall identify and confirm the required witnesses:
i. Direct and indirect witnesses as determined by the investigation committee.
ii. A witness may be recalled to answer further questions of the committee, as
determined by the chairperson.
e) The OU/BU where the incident occurred shall support the investigation by assisting with
logistical arrangements and providing a resource for the secretariat role, i.e. for taking
notes and assisting the chairperson with the draft report.
3.6.4 Inquiries, investigation and hearings initiated by government agencies
a) National, provincial, and regional government agencies have the legal authority to inquire
into, or investigate, certain OHS incidents.
b) Any inquiry or investigation by any of these agencies should be preceded by giving proper
notice to the organisation.
c) When any of the following notices are received:
Notifications issued by the DoE&L (in terms of the OHS Act sections 31 and 32
and section 56 of COID Act – Application for Increased Compensation).
Where the MHSA applies, the Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate may convene
an investigation in terms of section 60 of the MHSA and/or an inquiry in terms of
section 65 of the MHSA.
Summons/subpoena received from the NPA or any third party.
Any incident where there is a possibility of liability.
The OU/BU must immediately (not later than 24 hours of being notified) inform
Sustainability Systems and Legal Departments of such notice or requests received
by providing a copy of the notice, completed Annexure 1 form as required in terms
of the OHS Act (where applicable), the OU/BU’s relevant investigation report and
supporting documents and a completed Mandate of Instruction in order for Legal
and Compliance Department to appoint an external legal representative.
If there are reasons to believe that such an attorney is not required, the OU/BU
must provide, without delay, a detailed motivation to Sustainability Systems and
Legal Department, such motivation will be assessed where after a decision will be
communicated to the OU/BU.
d) Requests by government agencies for access to the site’s investigation reports and
related materials must be made in writing and where the OU/BU is unsure regarding the
submission of the requested documentation or information, the OU/BU shall request
advise from Legal Department and Sustainability Systems before they are granted.
e) Employees have the right not to incriminate Eskom or themselves.
f) In the case of incidents involving contractor employees, the investigation will require the
contractor’s involvement.
g) In the case where a contractor does not cooperate during any part of the Eskom
investigation, in terms of contractual and legal obligations, Eskom shall take further steps
to ensure that the immediate and root causes of the incident have been identified and to
ensure that workable corrective actions are identified and implemented and that actions
that will prevent the repeat of such an incident are implemented in order for Eskom to fulfil
its legal obligation.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
h) When required, all persons must be available and cooperate during any investigation by
the Department of Employment and Labour or NPA.
3.7 Management of Corrective Actions
3.7.1 Implementation and monitoring of corrective actions of incidents
a) There must be at least one corrective action for each root cause identified during the
investigation.
b) The Investigation Committee must consider the following hierarchy of control when
formulating corrective actions:
i. Engineering control for the purpose of designing/redesigning in order to eliminate
the risk.
ii. Barriers to isolate/insulate between the source and employees or animals.
iii. The provision of personal protective equipment should be the last resort.
c) Planned start and end dates for all corrective actions must be clearly defined and must be:
i. Specific;
ii. Measureable;
iii. Achievable;
iv. Realistic, with clearly allocated responsibilities; and
v. Timeous, with clear deadlines.
d) Corrective actions and restart criteria/conditions that have to be completed before
operations may resume must be clearly identified in the investigation report. Other
corrective actions (for example, longer-term system-related improvements or evaluations)
often have a completion date that extends beyond the start-up date.
e) Identify potential risks that can influence the achievement of the corrective actions, and
document in the investigation report how these risks should be mitigated.
f) All corrective actions must be verified by the person responsible in order to determine
effective implementation. Documentary evidence of the implemented corrective actions
must be available and attached electronically to the incident in SAP EH&S before the
corrective action is closed on SAP EH&S.
g) Where a corrective action that has been implemented is deemed ineffective and, therefore,
unsuccessful, the corrective action(s) must be revised by the Investigation Committee and
implemented. An alternative corrective action measure must be identified to address the
root cause(s).
h) The revised corrective actions must be approved by the chairperson of the Investigation
Committee, and the report must be revised accordingly. The chairperson must provide the
motivation and/or justification for the decision. The previous ineffective corrective actions
must be closed out on SAP EH&S and a new corrective action must be identified and
captured on SAP EH&S.
i) Risk assessment must be done to ensure that any corrective actions that constitute an
improvement does not create an additional risk or increase the existing risk.
j) To ensure the prompt follow-up and close-out of corrective actions from an incident
investigation report, periodic status reports must be provided from SAP EH&S to site
management until all recommendations have been acted on and closed out.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
k) The Statutory Occupational Health and Safety/SHEQ Committee meeting must also track
the corrective actions, target dates and responsible person(s) identified during
investigations and note, in the minutes, the discussion points on the progress made with
the implementation of corrective actions. The minutes must be kept for at least three
years.
l) The OU/BU manager, as the Responsible Manager, is responsible for reviewing/analysing
the recommendations made in the incident investigation report, assigning responsibilities
to the relevant applicable Responsible Managers and providing the necessary resources to
implement the recommendations made, within a reasonable time frame that does not
expose persons to risk for an unnecessarily long period and to prevent recurrence of the
incident.
3.8 Incident Close-Out
a) Close-out is the final step in the incident management process. The action of closing out
an incident signifies that all corrective actions have been effectively implemented and case
studies have been effectively communicated and all relevant documents have been
attached on SAP EH&S.
b) The incident must then be closed out in SAP EH&S as an action.
3.9 Incident Communication
3.9.1 The communication means for occupational health and safety incidents:
a) Initial incident notification reports must be submitted by any individual who is reporting an
incident to the relevant OU/BU Occupational Health and Safety Department. They can be
provided in any format, that is, email, OU/BU flash report, or INO.
b) The SAP EH&S flash report is the formal notification informing all relevant stakeholder/s
(specified in the Action and Responsibility Requirements Table) that an incident has
occurred.
c) Fatality announcement – Sustainability Systems Department will send out an SMS and an
announcement for employee and contractor work-related fatalities. This communication shall
be signed off by the applicable Group Executive.
d) Occupational health and safety preliminary brief – the preliminary brief report must state the
key learning points, which need to be shared in accordance with the Action and
Responsibility Requirements Table in order to create immediate awareness and to prevent
reoccurrence. The Responsible Manager where the incident occurred is responsible for
compiling an incident preliminary brief. Where required, the preliminary brief must be
communicated to the Sustainability Systems Department for further distribution to all
relevant stakeholders.
f) When compiling the preliminary brief, consider the following:
i. The key learning points should be those points that are obvious (not necessarily the
root causes, as they might not be available at the time of communication).
ii. They must only cover a few main points.
iii. Focus on positive points as well.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
iv. Protect individuals by excluding names and places or any other information that could
be sensitive. Where reasonably practicable, use photos that are relevant to the
incident. Be sensitive towards the reader. Do not include any sensitive photos or
information.
v. The OU/BU must ensure that this information is disseminated to all affected and
interested parties who could benefit from the feedback. The OU/BU Responsible
Manager must ensure that the effectiveness of shared key learning points is monitored.
vi. The communication of the preliminary brief should not be delayed by waiting for the
incident investigation outcome/report. Key learning points are, therefore, not findings or
recommendations.
3.9.2 Fatality Presentations to Executive committee
a) Presentations must be made to the applicable executive committee on all employee and
contractor fatalities by the relevant General Manager or delegated senior manager.
b) Any additional and/or amended information provided at the applicable executive committee
must be updated on SAP EH&S and a revised case study must be republished immediately
on the Eskom publication tool, e.g. Hyperwave.
3.9.3 Case studies must be published for the following incidents:
a) For all occupational health and safety incidents rated with a priority rating of moderate, high
and extreme. In the case of near-miss incidents, publish those rated as extreme.
b) Public fatalities and injuries (excluding public crime-related incidents and incidents that
occurred beyond point of supply) publish those with a priority rating of modetate high and
extreme.
c) The case study must be generated and formally communicated within the OU/BU within five
(5) working days after finalising the investigation report (5 days from date of signature).
d) For fatalities, the OU/BU must, within seven working days after the initial presentation of the
incident at the executive committee, compile and forward the case study to Sustainability
Systems, where after it will be communicated Eskom wide. The OU/BU must ensure that all
case studies are published on an Eskom publication site, for example, Hyperwave.
and safety incident management
In addition to the above outlined procedural requirements, non-compliance to any of the
following will be treated as violation of the procedure:
a) If misleading information is deliberately supplied or information is deliberately withheld.
b) If evidence is wilfully withheld, removed, disturbed, tampered with or distributed without the
relevant permission.
c) If a witness or any person involved in the incident investigation process is victimised or
intimidated.
d) If notification of the incident is not given within the specified time frames.
e) If prioritisation of the incident is deliberately or wilfully manipulated to indicate a lower
priority.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
f) If any incident is not fully investigated within the time frames specified.
g) If incidents are deliberately classified wrongfully.
h) If any incident is not recorded.
i) If corrective actions are not implemented within the time frames agreed and captured in
Sap eh&s.
j) If the effectiveness of corrective actions is not assessed within the required time frames.
Note 1: The collection of evidence for the purpose of the disciplinary process must be conducted
separately from the occupational health and safety incident investigation process.
Note 2: The disciplinary process must collect its own evidence.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
This document has been seen and accepted by:
OHS Steering Committee.
Risk and Sustainability Management Committee.
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
Procedure reviewed due to
March 2021 9 M Zondi
request from business.
June 2018 8 M Zondi Inclusion of the Full Time Health
and Safety Representative in OHS
Investigation as committee
members.
October 2017 7 M Zondi Align to current business
requirements, e.g. Management of
Occupational Diseases, review
classification of incidents.
Exclusion of environmental
requirements from the document.
November 2015 6 SN Middel Clarification required as requested by
the Legal Department with regard to
the investigation process into cases of
serious incidents and fatalities in so
far as alignment with the employer
investigation and the corporate
investigation process. To clarify the
corporate investigation process for
incidents where no injuries occurred
or in the case of third party
investigations with serious
consequences for the business.
April 2015 5 SN Middel OHS Steering Committee raised a
concern regarding the practicality of
managing incidents at the operational
level as some of the processes are
complex. This initiated a procedure
review.
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
As per the list below.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Unique Identifier: 32-95Occupational Health and Safety Incident
Management Procedure Revision: 9
Page:
Group/division name group/division name
Human Resources Duke Lebethe
Group Capital Division Ndiaphe Maphanga Division
Group Capital Division Sheryl Isaacs Eskom Rotek Industries Thanduxolo Zulu
Group Capital Division Frans Durand Eskom Rotek Industries Eunice Hamilton
Group Capital Division Althea Stuart Eskom Rotek Industries James Lubisi
Group Capital Division Albert Mogapi Eskom Rotek Industries Joyce Leshiba
Group Capital Division Loraine Smit Assurance and
Forensics Lesley Motshelanoka
Generation Division Marc Lebea Finance Division Theresa Nuthall
Generation Division Bob Phahle Finance Division Sekete Pule
Generation Division Fundisa Dangazele Risk and Sustainability Brenda Njotini
Generation Division Nompilo Dlamini Risk and Sustainability Mara De Kock
Generation Division Tendani Mukhuba Risk and Sustainability Sivendri Govender
Generation Division Happy Sithole Risk and Sustainability Mpapadi Monyela
Generation Division Nkosinathi Makhanya Risk and Sustainability Ntokozo Ngubane
Generation Division Jcp Coetzee Risk and Sustainability Mike Townsend
Transmission Division Refilwe Maswanganyi Risk and Sustainability Miranda Moahlodi
Transmission Division Revive Mkansi Risk and Sustainability Sibongile Masipa
Transmission Division Petrus Motsumi Risk and Sustainability Refilwe Sebothoma
Transmission Division Sifiso Ndlovu Risk and Sustainability Amy Seherie
Transmission Division Pieter Human Risk and Sustainability Sivuyisiwe Mqanto
Distribution Division Paulene Pirthi Executive Support Wandile Katoo
Distribution Division Donald Kekana
Distribution Division Laetitia Smith
Distribution Division Lenny Babulall
Distribution Division Bertie De Jager
Distribution Division Nicholas Sibiya
Distribution Division Silindokuhle Sithebe
Group Commercial Mikateko Chauke
Group Commercial Meisie Sindane
Group IT Pumeza Mabunda
Human Resources Jan Olckers
Division
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, © copyright Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30
Eskom is committed to health and safety excellence, which forms an integral part of its operations.
Eskom and its subsidiaries will conduct business with respect and care for people to ensure that no
operating condition or urgency of service endangers the life of anyone or causes injury or damage
to the environment.
Although the Bill of Rights entrenched in the South African Constitution makes no specific
reference to health and safety in the workplace, the rights relevant to health and safety in the
workplace include the right to life, the right to a safe and healthy environment, and labour rights.
Employees have a duty to take reasonable care of their health and safety and the health and
safety of other persons, to cooperate with the employer, to carry out lawful orders, to report unsafe
situations and incidents, and engage in a manner following the behavioural safety observations
elements (SMAT), which will ensure that unsafe behaviour does not continue or repeat itself.
The aim of this Procedure is to ensure that an environment is created that promotes Zero Harm by
empowering employees and contractors to take responsibility for their own safety and that of
others.
2.1 Scope
This Procedure shall apply to all Eskom sites with the intention of promoting a safe working
environment for all Eskom employees (permanent, non-permanent, employees placed by a
Temporary Employee Services provider (TES), learners, and bursary students), agents,
consultants, and contractors.
2.1.1 Purpose
This Procedure clarifies Eskom’s intention to ensure that no one is exposed to unsafe conditions or
is in a position, with respect to any behaviour, that can result in serious risk at the workplace.
2.1.2 Applicability
This Procedure shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd divisions and subsidiaries.
2.1.3 Effective date
1 July 2015.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
2.2.1 Normative
[1] Occupational Health and Safety Act .
[2] 32-727: Eskom, Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Policy.
[3] 32-407 Behavioural Observation Procedure.
2.2.2 Informative
[4] DPC 34-846: Operating Regulations for High-voltage Systems.
[5] GGR 0992: Plant Safety Regulations (Low-voltage Regulations).
[6] GGR 0568: Pulverised Fuel Firing Regulations.
[7] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[8] NEMA 107: National Environmental Management Act.
[9] MHSA: Mine Health and Safety Act.
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Absolute (or strict) requirement: A requirement designed for a safe working environment,
which means that the particular duty must be complied with, irrespective of cost or likelihood
of injury.
2.3.2 Unsafe situation: Any situation involving an unsafe act from an individual or an unsafe
condition.
2.3.3 Safety rules: Rules designed to prevent accidents and injuries when followed.
2.3.4 Contractor: Any employer formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by Eskom and who
performs work or supplies a service, product, equipment, or material for the purposes of
advancing Eskom’s business and other interests. This includes personal
contractors/consultants and third-party contractors (vendors, suppliers, agents, joint
ventures, principal contractors and subcontractors).
2.3.5 Suppliers: Any person or organisation that supplies any product, equipment, or material;
and this includes courier services.
2.3.6 Agents: Any person who acts as a representative for Eskom (as the client), as defined in
the OHS Act. (With specific reference to the Construction Regulations).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
2.3.7 Joint ventures: An entity formed through a decision and agreement to work together
between two or more persons, parties, and/or organisations to undertake an economic
activity together and which entity is managed by means of this agreement. The parties
agree to create a new entity by both contributing equity, and they then share in the
revenues, expenses, and control of the enterprise.
2.3.8 Treat: to apply/administer a process to improve or remedy a risk/hazard/unsafe condition(s)
or situation(s).
2.3.9 Mitigate: to control/prevent a hazard from causing harm and to reduce a risk/hazard/unsafe
condition(s) or situation(s).
2.3.10 Eliminate: to remove/eradicate a risk/hazard/unsafe condition(s) or situation(s).
2.3.11 Workplace: Any premises or place where a person performs work in the course of his
employment.
2.3.12 Behavioural Safety Observation (SMAT): Technique use to assess and address the
actual safe and unsafe behaviours of people in the workplace; as well as workplace
conditions - which are caused by the actions or non-actions of employees, contractors or
their supervisors.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
BU Business Unit
EDC Eskom Documentation Centre
ExCo Executive Committee
H&S Health and safety
OH&S Occupational Health and Safety
OU Operating Unit
TES Temporary Employee Services
SMAT Safety Management Audit Technique
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
2.5.1 The Sustainability Systems Department (OH&S): The OH&S Department shall review the
Procedure every five years or as required by the OHS Steering Committee.
2.5.2 Group and divisional executives: Group and divisional executives are responsible for
ensuring adherence to this procedure within their respective groups/divisions.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
2.5.3 Operating units/ Business units: The management at Business Unit level shall be
responsible for:
importance of compliance with this Procedure; and the consequences of non-
compliance. This includes communicating duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe
task to all new employees and new contractors;
duty of care and refusal to perform an unsafe task; and
2.6 Process for Monitoring
Compliance with the requirements of this Procedure has to be audited by the Operating/Business
Unit,
Service Function and/or Strategic function at least annually as part of an internal review process.
All records have to be audited by Assurance and Forensics Department or any person appointed
by it to do so, on its behalf, at its discretion and at a frequency determined by it.
The focus areas of such monitoring will include the following:
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
2.7.1 Refusal to work in an unsafe workplace. (Unique identifier 240-53716047).
3.1 General
The employer has the duty to inform each person of his or her right to refuse unsafe work, which
includes that every employee shall, at work:
a) take reasonable care of his or her own health and safety and that of any other person who may
be affected by his or her acts or omissions;
b) co-operate in order to enable that any duty or requirement, including absolute (or strict)
requirements imposed on the employer in order to achieve a safe workplace, are performed
and complied with;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
c) carry out any lawful order given to him or her and obey the health and safety rules and
procedures laid down by his or her employer or by anyone authorised to do so by the employer
in the interest of health and safety;
d) if any situation that is unsafe or unhealthy comes to his or her attention, as soon as practicable
take immediate preventative and corrective action and report such situation to his or her
employer or to the health and safety representative for his or her workplace or section thereof,
as the case may be, who shall, in turn, report it to the employer; and
e) exercise the duty so as not to interfere with, damage, misuse or intentionally or recklessly
interfere with anything that is provided in the interest of health or safety.
3.2 Standard Procedure for when an Employee Exercises his or her Right of Refusal to
Work in the case of an Unsafe Work Situation
Where an employee is directed, required, or instructed to perform a task in relation to equipment, a
machine, device, thing, or physical condition and he or she reasonably believes in good faith that
the:
a) equipment, machine, device, or thing; or
b) physical condition of the workplace;
c) is in contravention of any health and safety requirement, may endanger, endangers, causes an
undue hazard, or may cause an undue hazard to his or her health and safety, (collectively
referred to as an unsafe work condition) or those of his or her co-worker or any person, such
an employee has the right to refuse to perform such a task until such time as it has been
corrected and made safe.
d) The employee may refuse to return to perform such a task until the unsafe work condition(s)
has/have been mitigated, treated or eliminated.
e) An employee cannot refuse to work when high-risk work condition(s) and processes form part
of his or her normal contractual duties, where following approved safe work procedures will
ensure a safe working environment. (Example: a live line worker involved in live line work
following safe work procedures).
f) Should any employee at any time reasonably believe, in good faith, that the performance of
work or a task is unsafe, the following procedures shall apply:
Stage 1:
condition or unsafe act. The supervisor shall give the situation immediate attention.
available, the applicable health and safety representative the reasons for believing that the
work to be performed is unsafe. The employee has the right to invite his/her union
representative.
and the applicable health and safety representative responsible for that particular area.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
outline the corrective actions in order to mitigate/treat/eliminate the unsafe situation.
Alternatively, if it is found that the perceived threat is unfounded, the supervisor shall give a
clearance notice to the employee, co-signed by the applicable employee, indicating that the
identified perceived threat has been thoroughly investigated and that the situation has been
declared to be safe. (See form referenced in Paragraph 2.7.1.)
threat to employees or any other person, only qualified and properly instructed employees
or persons will be permitted to correct such unsafe condition. Every possible effort must be
made to control the hazard while this is being done.
the employee shall return to work. If the issue has not been resolved, proceed to the
following stage.
Stage 2
The manager of that section or, if not readily available, any other person with the necessary
knowledge, skills, and experience who understands the task and associated risks must then
review the risk assessment and mitigation plans and, where necessary, make changes to
further reduce/treat/eliminate the risk. If the issue is resolved and the appropriate corrective
action has been taken, the employee shall return to work.
If the issue has not been resolved, then the work will be considered as unsafe and cannot
continue until the applicable Responsible Manager (BU/OU Manager) have introduced all
steps to ensure the work place is safe as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act,
Eskom’s policies, procedures and best practices.
3.3 Participation by Subject-Matter Specialist
If a supervisor requests that a subject-matter specialist should participate in the resolution of an
issue, the BU Responsible Manager:
a) must ensure the appointment of the appropriate subject-matter specialist to enter the
workplace for the purpose of participating;
b) must give every reasonable assistance necessary to enable participation by the subject-matter
specialist; and
c) shall:
i. ensure that the necessary steps are taken to make the workplace healthy and safe; and
ii. jointly advise the employees of the steps that are being taken
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
3.4 Report
The supervisor, together with the subject-matter specialist (if applicable), must prepare a report as
stipulated in form referenced in Paragraph 2.7.1, which must be tabled and discussed at the next
Statutory Health and Safety Committee meeting. The chairperson of the Health and Safety
Committee must enter the refusal to work into the register and ensure that all events involving any
person exercising his or her right of refusal to work in unsafe situations have been recorded in the
minutes of the Health and Safety Committee.
3.5 Victimisation Prohibited
Employees who exercise their right to refuse to work in accordance with the steps set out in this
Procedure are protected by the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Therefore, no employer or
person acting on behalf of an employer shall:
a) dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee;
b) discipline or suspend or threaten to discipline or suspend an employee;
c) impose any penalty on an employee; or
d) intimidate or coerce an employee
Solely because the employee has acted in compliance with the applicable requirements set out in
this Procedure.
Notwithstanding this, any employee who without good reason refuses to work and who fails to
follow this Procedure may be dealt with in terms of Eskom’s applicable policies and procedures.
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Neo Tsholanku General Manager Legal
Phillip Mashego Senior Manager Human Resources
OHS Steering Committee
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
June 2015 1 SN Middel Confirmed still valid. Revision date
updated
August 2013 0 SN Middel
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unique Identifier: 240-43848327
Unsafe Situation Procedure Revision: 1
Page:
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Eskom and its subsidiaries will conduct business with respect and care for people to ensure that no
operating condition or urgency of service endangers the life of anyone or causes injury or damage
to the environment. Eskom is committed to preventing all work-related injuries. In fulfilling this
commitment to protect people, the environment and property, management will provide and
maintain a safe and healthy work environment, in accordance with industry standards and in
compliance with legislative requirements.
At-risk behaviour leads to incidents. Life-saving Rules are safety rules that have been created to
enforce zero tolerance for serious at-risk behaviours. These rules have been determined in terms
of the consequences of the behaviours they describe, that is, if a particular set of behaviours or
actions has a very high probability of causing disabilities or fatalities when performed.
The Eskom Life-saving Rules complement our existing safety best practices and are safety rules to
be followed at all locations.
The Life-saving Rules apply to all Eskom employees, agents, consultants, and contractors. Visitors
to Eskom should also respect and adhere to these rules as applicable and could be instructed to
leave the Eskom premises with immediate effect should they refuse to do so.
2.1 Scope
This standard shall apply at all Eskom sites with the intention to promote a safe working
environment for all Eskom employees, agents, consultants, and contractors. Visitors to Eskom
should also respect and adhere to these rules, as applicable.
2.1.1 Purpose
This standard clarifies the five most prominent causes of serious injuries and fatalities within
Eskom, and Eskom’s intention to enforce “ZERO TOLERANCE” with respect to non-adherence to
these rules, due to the potential consequences of serious injury or fatality at the workplace.
2.1.2 Applicability
This standard shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings SOC Limited, its divisions, subsidiaries, and
entities wherein Eskom has a controlling interest and/or Eskom contractors, unless specifically
exempted by Sustainability Systems, where the business transacted may be of a completely
different nature to the core business of Eskom.
2.1.3 Effective date
This document will be effective from the date of authorisation.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 32-37: Substance Abuse Procedure
[3] 32-95: Environmental, Occupational Health and Safety Incident Management Procedure
[4] 32-136 Contractor Health and Safety Requirements
[5] 32-345 Eskom Vehicle Safety Specification
[6] 32-407 Behavioural Safety Observations
[7] 32-418: Working at Heights Standard
[8] 32-477 Safety, Health and Environment Training and Development Procedure
[9] 32-520 Occupational Health and Safety Risk Assessment Procedure
[10] 32-524 Developing a SHE Specification
[11] 36-681: Plant Safety Regulations
[12] 32-726 SHE requirements for Eskom Commercial Process
[13] 32-727: Safety, Health, Environment and Quality Policy
[14] 32-848: Operating Regulations for High Voltage Systems
[15] 32-1112: Disciplinary Code
[16] 32-1113: Disciplinary Procedure
[17] 240-44175132 Eskom Personal Protective Equipment Specification
[18] 240-62946386: Vehicle and Driver Safety Management Procedure
[19] 240-43848327: Right to Refuse Employees’ Right of Refusal to Work in an Unsafe Situation
Procedure
[20] 240-84733329: Medical Surveillance Procedure
[21] 240-100979499 Personal Protective Equipment for Working at Heights Specification
2.2.2 Informative
[22] National Road Traffic Act
[23] Occupational Health and Safety Act
[24] 34-104 Earthing Standard
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 Contractor: Any person (juristic/individual) formally contracted (directly or indirectly) by
Eskom and who performs work; supplies a service, product, equipment or material for the
purposes of advancing Eskom’s business and other interests. This includes consultants,
and third party contractors i.e. vendors, suppliers, agents, joint ventures, fixed term
contractors, principal contractors and subcontractors.
2.3.2 Life-saving Rule: Rules that, if not adhered to, have the potential to cause serious harm to
people. The consequences of a person knowingly and wilfully violating this rule will result in
a disciplinary process in accordance with the Eskom Disciplinary Code and Procedure.
2.3.3 Visitors: Any person who visits an Eskom site/office during working hours to attend a
meeting or for any reason whatsoever. This could include a minor.
2.3.4 Work at height: Means any work performed above a stable work surface or where a
person puts himself/herself in a position where he/she exposes himself/herself to a fall from
or into. Work at height is, as a result, work in any place (except a staircase in a permanent
workplace ), including a place at, above or below ground level, where a person could be
injured if he/she fell from that place. Access and egress that present a risk of fall can also
be classified as work at height.
2.3.5 Zero Tolerance: The standard that provides for the imposition of severe consequences for
a proscribed offence or behaviour without making exceptions for the extenuating
circumstances.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
ORHVS Operational Regulations for High Voltage Systems
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PSR Plant Safety Regulations
PTW Permit to Work
SHEQ Safety, health, environment and quality
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
2.5.1 Sustainability Systems Department
The sustainability Systems Department shall:
a) Compile and review the Life-saving Rules for Occupational Health and Safety;
b) Develop awareness material;
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
c) Ensure that the rules are communicated throughout the business;
d) Ensure compliance is monitored; and
e) Ensure that violations and sanctions are consolidated and communicated by Sustainability
Systems to the organisation.
2.5.2 All Groups/Divisions/Operating Units/Business Units
The management at Group/Divisional/Operating Unit/Business Unit level shall be responsible for:
a) Implementing the Eskom Life-saving Rules in their Groups/Divisions/Operating
Units/Business Units.
b) Communicating to all their employees, contractors, contractor employees and visitors the
importance of compliance with the Eskom Life-saving Rules and the consequences of non-
compliance therewith. This includes communicating Life-saving Rules to all new
employees and new contractors.
c) Ensuring that the awareness material is made available, distributed and displayed at all
units.
d) Ensuring all employees sign confirmation that the rules have been discussed with them,
that they understand the rules and the consequences of violating these rules, and retain
copies thereof.
e) Investigating any violation of a Life-saving rule and initiate the disciplinary process within
five (5) working days.
f) Ensuring consistency in the application of appropriate sanctions on employees, contractors
and contractor employees.
2.5.3 All employees (Eskom and contractors)
a) Always observe and adhere to the Life-saving Rules.
b) Avoid taking shortcuts when executing tasks. Always do the right thing even when no-one
is watching.
c) Only perform work that you are authorised to do.
d) All employees to exercise the right to refuse to perform work in an unsafe situation, or when
required to ignore a Life-saving rule.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
Groups/Divisions/Operating Units/Business units are responsible for ensuring the understanding
of, and compliance with, Life-saving Rules. Line management shall monitor compliance and report
on analysis and trending through performance reporting. The amendments to the revised standard
shall be implemented with immediate effect and may be audited after a period of six (6) months
from date of implementation.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
[1] 240-62196227 - Life-saving Rules – revision 5 (superseded).
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
[2] 240–63942960 - Life-saving Rule Acknowledgement Form Document Content.
Life-saving Rules are safety rules that, if not adhered to, have the potential to cause serious harm
to people. The consequences of a person knowingly and wilfully violating these rules will result in a
disciplinary process in accordance with the Eskom Disciplinary Code and Procedure.
The objective of this standard is to clarify Eskom’s intention to enforce “ZERO TOLERANCE” with
respect to behaviour resulting in serious risk to an individual at the workplace.
It must be noted that the content of this standard does not detract from the requirements for safe
behaviour for all other work-related activities or other safety requirements, but emphasises the
importance thereof.
3.1 Eskom Life-Saving Rules
3.1.1 Rule 1: open, isolate, test, earth, bond, and/or insulate before
Touch
With the aim to ensure a safe electrical work environment, no person may work/operate on, around
or near any electrical network, line or apparatus, electrically connected to the power system and/or
electrically charged and/or not electrically charged unless:
a) He/she is trained and authorised as competent for the task to be done;
b) There is a valid permit to work, where required;
c) A pre-task risk assessment to identify all risks and hazards has been conducted prior to any
work commencing;
d) He/she follows the requirements on OPEN, ISOLATE, TEST, EARTH, BOND and/or
INSULATE BEFORE TOUCH, correctly based on applicable/related standards, procedures
and outcome of risk assessment fit for the type of work or task to be performed;
e) The authorised person (team leader) has certified and physically shown all team members that
the apparatus is safe to work on;
f) He/she makes the specific electrical environment safe prior to performing the work; and
g) All the appropriate PPE (including face shield and insulated gloves for low voltage work) are
worn.
3.1.2 Rule 2: hook up at heights
Working at height is a significant part of work in Eskom Holdings and is regarded as a high-risk
activity, and as a result all precautions must be taken to prevent incidents while working at height.
Wherever reasonably practicable, preference must be given to the performance of work at ground
level as opposed to work in an elevated position. Where work in an elevated position is necessary,
the requirements in this document shall apply.
No person may work at height where there is a risk of falling unless:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
a) He/she is medically fit to work at height;
b) A pre-task risk assessment to identify all risks and hazards has been conducted prior to
commencing any work of this nature;
c) He/she is appropriately trained as determined by the risk assessment;
d) He/she is appropriately secured during ascending and descending; and
e) He/she is using an Eskom approved fall arrest system where applicable.
3.1.3 Rule 3: buckle up
Where required, the proper wearing of seat belts for any driver, operator and passenger is
mandatory in all vehicles/equipment when driving and/or travelling for Eskom business purposes.
The driver is obligated to ensure that he/she as well as all passengers are properly seated and
wearing their seatbelts at all times while being transported in the vehicle, as per Eskom
specifications.
Note: This rule is applicable on any road or parking lot, irrespective of the speed, and when the
vehicle moves in a forward or backward direction.
3.1.4 Rule 4: be sober
No person who is under the influence or who appears to be under the influence of intoxicating
liquor or drugs will be permitted to enter, or remain on an Eskom site or conduct Eskom business
or drive/operate a vehicle/equipment for Eskom business purposes.
This includes any level of alcohol or the presence of any drugs, controlled substances, and/or
illegal substances in the body that impairs or could impair mental and physical functioning,
irrespective of when the substance was used.
3.1.5 Rule 5: ensure that you have a permit to work
Where an authorisation limitation exists, no person shall work without the required Permit to Work
(PTW), which is governed by for example the:
a) Plant Safety Regulations; or
b) Operating Regulations for High Voltage Systems (ORHVS); or
c) Any other activity where a permit is required.
No plant is to be returned to service without the cancellation of all permits on that plant in
accordance with procedure, unless permission is granted for a particular plant to be returned to
service with permits still open, like in the case of redundant systems.
NOTE: In the case of live work, a “live work declaration form” is to be completed by the authorised
person, who is the person responsible for the safe execution of work according to relevant
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
standards and procedures. Outline the key principles or rules to support the implementation of the
standard statement.
3.2 Consequences of violating a Life-Saving Rule
In terms of general health and safety in Eskom, if any of the Life-saving Rules are violated, it will
be treated as a serious misconduct, and result in a disciplinary process in accordance with the
Eskom Disciplinary Code and Procedure.
It must be highlighted that Eskom takes a ZERO TOLERANCE stance to violation of these rules.
Depending on the circumstances, Eskom reserves the right, where a contractor
manager/supervisor allows the violation of a Life-saving Rule, to suspend the contractor’s activities
while determining an appropriate sanction.
In the light of a contractor employee allegedly violating a Life-saving Rule, the contractor shall
immediately remove the employee from site and initiate the disciplinary process. The contractor
shall investigate any violation of a Life-saving Rule and initiate the disciplinary process within five
(5) working days of the violation. The contractor shall after the disciplinary process furnish Eskom
with a copy of the sanction.
This document has been seen and approved by:
Name Designation
Thava Govender Group Executive – Generation and (Acting) Risk and Sustainability
Divisions
Kerseri Pather General Manager – Sustainability Systems
Jace Naidoo Senior Manager – Sustainability Systems – OHS
Alex Stramrood Senior Manager – Sustainability Systems – OHS
Risk and Sustainability Members of the Risk and Sustainability Management Committee
Management Committee
HR Policies and Procedures Members of the HR Policies and Procedures Committee
Committee
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
January 2017 6 A Stramrood Substituted the words “Disciplinary
hearing” with Disciplinary process.
Updated the Purpose and
Applicability to specify that this
Standard is applicable to
contractors. Updated Normative
and Informative References.
Updated Definition section by
removing Agent and Consultant as
these have been incorporated into
the definition of Contractor.
Updated the definition of Work at
Height and Zero Tolerance.
Reviewed and updated the Roles
and Responsibilities section and
Process for Monitoring. Added
permit requirement to Rule 1,
updated Rule 2 - Removed the
words “psychologically fit to work”
as this is no longer a requirement
in terms of the Construction
Regulations, 2014 and updated
Rule 3 – Removed the words “(for
example transporting people on
the back of trucks in a cabin)”
Updated Consequences of
violating a Life-saving Rule with
regard to contractors.
October 2015 5 A Stramrood Revision date needed to be
extended. Content still valid and
same.
May 2012 4 S Govender Amended Section 3.6
Consequences of Violating a Life-
saving Rule to align with EXCO
decision.
March 2013 3 S Govender Changed Cardinal Rules to Life-
saving Rules, and amended
content to ensure better
understanding of the intent and
requirements.
September 2010 2 K Terblanche Content of Rev 1 was incorporated
into the new Policy template.
Content was revised and updated.
December 2008 1 K Terblanche Annexure 1: Acknowledgement of
Eskom Life-saving Rules of this
document was removed. The
references made to Annexure 1 in
paragraphs 3.5.2 and 3.8 were
also removed.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
Life Saving-Rules Unique Identifier: 240-62196227
Revision: 6
Page:
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
August 2008 0 K Terblanche The document with reference
number 32-421 was developed
and approved.
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Alex Stramrood
Kerseri Pather
Loraine Smit
Marc Lebea
Mike Townsend
Nosipho Noveve
Sheryl Isaacs
Sivi Govender
SN Middel
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system.
No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd,
Reg No 2002/015527/30.
The aim of the Health & Safety (H&S) specification is to provide principal contractor/s and suppliers
with:
compliance to legal and Eskom’s/ NTCSA H&S requirements.
contract.
NTCSA strives to exceed the minimum standards prevailing in the construction industry and requires
full commitment from all parties to be pro-active to achieve best H&S business practice.
This H&S Specification is intended for principal contractor and their contractors to develop a H&S
plan that meets the specified requirements.
2.1 Scope
This H&S specification sets out the minimum legal and NTCSA requirements for construction work
that is specific to the scope of work, site, and type of project.
2.2 Purpose
To indicate to principal contractor the H&S requirements on the project, upon which their planning
for the management of H&S will be based on and thus produce their H&S plan.
2.3 Applicability
This specification is only applicable to the project as mentioned on the first page, title all principal
contractors, contractors, service providers, suppliers and all the activities and processes carried out
for and on behalf of PD.
This specification shall be implemented from the date of approval.
Parties using this specification shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below.
3.1 Normative
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Standards – SANS)
Note: only latest documents must be used and all pertinent OHS Regulation as per the scope of
works must be included. Remove this note prior authorising this specification.
3.2 Informative
[1] ISO 45001:2018, Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems-Requirements
[2] ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Systems- Requirements
Baseline risk assessment: (32-520) baseline operational risks refer to the H&S risks associated
with all standard processes, as well as routine and non-routine activities in the business.
Critical Lifts: (1) any lift weighing in excess of 20 tons, (2) any lift involving a crane suspended work
platform (man cage), (3) any lift over critical operating and/or process equipment and (4) any lift that
exceeds 85 % of the crane’s load chart (5) any lift that utilises more than one lifting device (Tandem
Lift).(6) Load transfers.(7) night lifting.
Eskom Requirements: Eskom requirements, which evolve from directives, policies, standards,
procedures, specifications, work instructions, guidelines, or manuals.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Hazard identification: the identification and documenting of existing or expected hazards to the
health and safety of persons, which are normally associated with the type of construction work being
executed or to be executed.
Medical surveillance: a planned programme or periodic examination (which may include clinical
examinations, biological monitoring, or medical tests) of employees by an occupational health
practitioner or, in prescribed cases, by an occupational medicine practitioner.
Method Statement: is a written document detailing work procedures and sequences of operations.
On Site/Site: any workplace where the contractor or his employees perform construction related
work as agreed contractually with the client.
Planned Task Observation: an independent observation made during the planned period in which
the task is being executed.
Pre-Task Risk Assessment: a meeting held prior to the commencement of the day’s work with
relevant personnel (client representative included) associated with the task at hand.
Risk Assessment: a programme to determine any risk associated with any hazard at a construction
site in order to identify the steps needed to be taken to remove, reduce, or control such hazard.
H&S File: a file or other record in permanent form, containing the information on the H&S
management system during construction including all information relating to construction phase after
the handover to Client.
Safe Work Procedures: a series of specific steps that guide a worker through a task from start to
finish in a chronological order. Safe work procedures are designed to reduce the risk by minimizing
potential exposure.
Abbreviation Explanation
AIA Approved Inspection Authority
COIDA Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act
CR Construction Regulations
DMR Driven Machinery Regulations
DSTI Daily Safety Task Instruction
EA Environmental Authorization
ECO Environmental Control Officer
FAS Fall Arrest Systems
GSR General Safety Regulations
RHCA Regulations for Hazardous Chemical Agents, 2020
H&S Health and Safety
HIRA Hazard identification and risk assessment
LDV Light Delivery Vehicles
LMI Lifting Machine Inspector
LME Lifting Machine Entity
LTIR Lost Time Incident Rate
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Abbreviation Explanation
NEC New Engineering Contract
NEMA National Environmental Management Act
NTCSA National Transmission Company South Africa
NQF National Qualifications Framework
OHNP Occupational Health Nursing Practitioner
OHS Act Occupational Health and Safety Act No.
OHS Occupational Health and Safety
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PTO Planned Task Observations
RSA Republic of South Africa
SANAS South African National Accreditation System
SANS South African National Standards
SACPCMP South African Council for the Project & Construction Management Professions
SAQA South African Qualifications Authority.
SDS Safety Data sheets
SHEQ Safety, Health, Environment Quality
SETA Skills Education Training Authorities
SWP Safe Work Procedure
PD Project Delivery
VFL Visible Felt Leadership
Manages the contract signed with the principal contractor and ensures that H&S specifications are
developed and issued with tender enquiries, and that the principal contractor’s H&S plan is approved
prior to commencement of work. He must ensure that applicable legal and other requirements are
complied with by the principal contractor and (if applicable) their contractors. The project manager,
thus takes the overall accountability of this project as
Is responsible for the overall management of the project design as well as ensuring the management
of the compliance of the completed works to the design during and after construction on site.
Provides assurance, advice, and support to the project in the management of the H&S issues on the
project. They will also assist in the development of project’s H&S Specifications which will be issued
with enquiry documents, and that the principal contractor’s H&S plan is submitted; evaluated and
approved. They will be responsible for auditing and ensuring compliance to legal requirements. The
H&S Senior Advisor shall approve the principal contractor H&S plan in all projects that does not have
a CWP.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
7.1 Visible Commitment
Visible commitment is essential in providing a safe work environment. managers, supervisors, and
employees at all levels must demonstrate their commitment by being proactively involved in the dayto-day operations, in particular H&S aspects of the project / contract.
A minimum of one (1) Visible Felt Leadership engagement (VFL) per month shall be conducted by
the contractor’s senior manager and the project manager shall be submitted to Eskom Project
Manager.
7.2 Designers
The designer of a structure must comply with Construction Regulations 6 and ensure that cognizance
is taken of ergonomic design principles and foreseeable constructability health and safety risks
during construction and life cycle of the structure.
7.3 Principal Contractor’s Accountabilities
a. The principal contractor shall comply with provisions of Construction Regulations 7.
b. Where a principal contractor procures the services of a contractor, the principal
contractor shall first inform the client. Such contractor shall also comply with relevant
sections of this H&S specification.
c. The principal contractor must demonstrate how activities of various contractors will be
coordinated to mitigate the risks.
d. The principal contractor shall ensure that his/her H&S plan is approved by the client
before gaining access to site. The same principle will apply to its contractor, where he/she
shall approve his/her contractors H&S plan.
e. A comprehensive & updated list of all contractors on site, also indicating the type of work
being done.
f. The principal contractor shall coordinate, consolidate, and submit H&S performance and
that of contractors on the last day of each month to the client.
g. The principal contractor must ensure that their senior management and that of their
contractors conduct VFL, at least once a month.
h. The principal contractor must incorporate the client's induction into their induction and
induct their contractors before site access. The principal contractor shall keep all
induction material including registers.
a. The principal contractor shall comply with provisions of Construction Regulations 8.
b. The principal contractor shall appoint one (1) full-time competent construction manager
responsible for a single site. In a case where a construction manager is not available, an
alternate construction manager shall be appointed in writing for a specified duration.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
c. Having considered the size of the site one or more assistant construction manager shall
be appointed in writing.
d. The principal contractor shall appoint (1), (full time) Safety officer in writing in accordance
with the provisions of Construction Regulations 8(5).
e. Construction supervisors and their assistance must be appointed in accordance with
Construction Regulations 8(7) & (8) respectively.
f. The appointed safety officer shall be registered with SACPCMP.
Note: no construction work must commence or continue without a competent supervisor and a safety
officer being on site.
This document is under revision control and is valid for the duration of the works and will be
amended, as and when necessary, as requirements are being amended and therefore it will be
required for the principal contractor and contractor’s H&S plan to be amended accordingly.
Conformance to this document shall be via regular safety inspections and by Monthly Audits.
9.1 Related/Supporting Documents
Annexure A – Eskom SHEQ Policy Statement 32-727
Annexure B – 20230726 SACPCMP Registration Categories
Annexure C – Contractor Manpower Sourcing and Verification
Annexure D – Pre-Task Planning Template
Annexure E – Flash Report template
Annexure F – Portable Toilet Specification
Annexure G – Contractor OHS File Handover Record Template
Annexure H – PD Loading and Offloading
Annexure I – Tender Evaluation Criteria
Annexure J – Site Readiness Evaluation Criteria
Annexure K - Health and Safety Requirements Acknowledgement
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
10.1 Scope of Work
Supplying, delivering and constructing of the new equipment shelter, suitable for housing the
Telecommunications equipment. The equipment shelter shall be 6 x 3 x3m with a floor capable of
carrying a weight of 1000kg/Sq. meter.
10.2 Location: Insert where the construction site is situated:
GPS Coordinates: (S24 12 08.6 E28 55 16.0)
10.3 Program details:
Anticipated date for the commencement of work on site: April 2026
Project completion date or project duration: December 2026
10.4 The Client Project Organogram:
Senior Manager
Projects
Mosebo Dikgale
Programme Intergration
Manager Manager Senior Advisor H&S Safety Risk Manager ConstructionAgent H&S
Suella Ramathibela N/A Johannes Sibanyoni Vusi Mthiminye N/A
Project Manager Project Scheduler H&S Officer
Fako Pitsi Karren Nel Andani Munyai
Project coordinator Site Supervisor Cost Engineer Risk Advisor
Sakhile Zulu TBC
Tbc tbc
Project Officer Quantity Survey
TBC Tlou Kgomo
10.5 Principal Contractor Organogram
The principal contractor shall provide an organisational organogram related to this project, listing all
the levels of responsibility from the Chief Executive down to the supervisors responsible for the
project. The organogram must list the names of appointees and their roles and responsibilities
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
including the statutory requirements appointees. All organograms shall be updated timeously when
appointments are changed and filed in the project H&S file.
For the duration of the contract, the principal contractor shall ensure that competent persons are
appointed in writing in terms of the requirements of the OHS Act and its Regulations; and
or other statutory and Eskom/ NTCSA requirements and that all their appointees are made aware of
their accountabilities and responsibilities and have been suitably trained in terms of their
appointment.
The principal contractor shall notify in writing in a form similar to annexure 2 the relevant Provincial
Director (Labour Centre) of the Department of Employment and Labour of the intention to carry out
construction work as defined in the Construction Regulations 4, at least 7 days before construction
work is to be carried out. No construction work shall commence without a proof of submission of
such notification to the client.
12.1 OHS Act Section 37 (2) (Legal) Agreement
a. An OHS section 37(2) agreement shall be signed between the client and the principal
contractor at the time of contract award.
b. The original copy of an OHS section 37(2) agreements shall be retained by the contractor
and a copy retained by the client project manager.
c. A copy of OHS section 37(2) agreement must form part of the respective contractor’s H&S
file.
12.2 CR 5(1)(k) Appointment
a. At contract award the principal contractor shall be appointed in writing by the PD Project
Manager for the construction site. Therefore, site access shall be granted once all the
contractual requirements are met.
b. A copy of OHS section 37(2) agreement must form part of the respective contractor’s H&S
file.
12.3 Designated employer, Sec 16(2) and other competencies appointments
The principal contractor shall ensure that a designated employer is appointed in writing for the for
the duration of the project.
The principal contractor shall ensure that competent persons are appointed in writing for OHS
statutory and non-statutory functions in line with their organisational structure.
The principal contractor shall ensure that the appointees understand their roles, responsibilities and
accountabilities. Copies of relevant appointments shall be kept on an OHS site safety file.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
The scope of training shall include, but not limited to, the type of work being performed and the
relevant procedures. Where training is provided by the external service providers, the principal
contractor shall ensure that the service providers are accredited by SAQA.
The principal contractor must demonstrate how he/she intends managing training/awareness within
their organisation including method of informing visitors and other persons entering the site about
hazards prevalent onsite.
Persons with foreign qualifications and registrations to convert these to equivalent local registrations
in that level or category (this shall be in accordance with SAQA and SETA requirements). The letter
from SAQA shall form part of the tender and site readiness submissions to PD.
The principal contractor shall develop an OHS Policy authorised by their Chief Executives that states
overall OHS objectives and commitment to improving OHS performance and must be conspicuously
displayed and shared with all stakeholders.
The principal contractor shall comply with relevant legal and other requirements as part of the
contract. Expenses to the principal contractor, which result from such compliance, as well as any
site-specific requirements, will be for the principal contractors’ account.
Where the principal contractor appoints another contractor(s), the same roles, and responsibilities
in relation to the contractor as the client has in relation to the principal contractor shall apply.
The client reserves the right to stop work and issue a non-conformance report and/ Prohibition
notice(s) whenever H&S violations are observed from the principal contractors and their contractors,
after engaging and making both aware of such. Expenses incurred because of such work stoppage
and standing time shall be for the principal contractor’s account. Any nonconformances/findings/observations found during the audits/inspections on the contractor shall be
raised and discussed with the relevant principal contractor (with whom the contractor is contracted
with).
16.1 Legal and Other Requirements
The principal contractors shall comply with the relevant applicable legislation, specifications, and
standards in accordance with the scope of the project.
The principal contractor shall compile a legal register listing all applicable legislation and standards
that may have an impact on the scope of work that they are performing on the construction project.
The register shall be updated as and when there are amendments.
The Bill of Rights in the Constitution of the Republic of South Africa is clear on the rights of
children, especially when it comes to child labour. Child labour shall not be permitted in any of
NTCSA, PD sites.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
The principal contractor shall develop a Risk Assessment in line with Construction Regulation 9 in
alignment to Eskom/NTCSA, 32-520 procedure.
Detailed Risk Assessment must be conducted to ensure that all the applicable scenarios are covered
and documented per site activities including practical controls. High Risk Activities
When the principal contractor and/or his/her contractors are working in an area where a high health
and safety hazard exists, the principal contractor shall:
a) Develop a SWP.
b) Ensure that permanent and adequate supervision is available for the duration of the work
performed.
c) Provide, erect and maintain the required barricading, lighting, flags, flashing lights, or other
safety control equipment to enable operations to proceed in a safe manner.
d) Maintain defined access ways, which are clear of obstructions, to allow for emergency vehicle
entry.
e) Provide any temporary protective shielding required for protecting nearby operations from
the construction activities, at their own cost.
The principal contractor shall ensure that the submitted tender adequately makes provision for the
cost of H&S.
Note: the costing for H&S must be itemised based on the overall scope of the project eg: resources,
provision of PPE, occupational hygiene, occupational health, etc.
The principal contractor shall not permit any person to enter the construction site where their health
and safety may be at risk. Notices at every entrance prohibiting the entry of unauthorised persons
shall be posted:
a. No one should enter the construction site without being inducted. The principal contractor
shall demonstrate how site access shall be manage on site.
Note: Access to the site is through entering a private property , Principal contractor to follow
all the rules laid down by the land owner.
Symbolic safety signs shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1186.The display of the following
signage is mandatory:
a. The principal contractor sign shall be posted at their site offices and shall have the name
and contact details of the: Construction Supervisor; Health and Safety Manager/ Officer; First
Aider; Health and Safety Representative and Evacuation warden. Emergency numbers, principal
contractor name (including a logo), construction manager and contact number.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
b. The Contractors shall provide signage in accordance with the scope and work area.
c. All safety and warning signs shall be always obeyed.
Site facilities shall be established and maintained by the principal contractor. The facilities include
but are not limited to the following (refer to OHS Act, Construction Regulations 30). See also
Annexure F for portable toilet specifications. The design of the toilet should not expose employees
to splashes of other people’s human waste.
Principal contractors shall in their H&S plan, factor how they would safeguard members of the public
and the wild animals against their activities during the project.
24.1 Life Saving Rules
The Eskom Life Saving rules applies to NTCSA employees, agents, consultants, contractors, and
visitors. Failure to adhere to these rules will be considered a serious transgression which will lead to
serious disciplinary action, which may include dismissal. The client reserves the right to suspend the
contractor’s activities pending the outcome of the disciplinary processes.
These rules are implemented to prevent serious injury or death of any employee, labour broker or
contractor working in any area within Eskom/ NTCSA.
The rules are:
Rule description of rule
Open, isolate, test, earth, bond, and/or insulate before touch
Rule 1
(That is plant, any plant operating above 1000 V)
Hook up at heights
Rule 2 Working at height is defined as any work performed above a stable work surface or where a
person puts himself/herself in a position where he/ exposes himself/herself to a fall from or into.
Buckle up
Rule 3 No person may drive any vehicle on Eskom business and/or on Eskom premises:
Unless the driver and all passengers are wearing seat belts.
Be sober
Rule 4
No person is allowed to be under the influence of intoxicating liquor or drugs while on duty
Permit to work
Rule 5 Where an authorisation limitation exists, no person shall work without the required permit to
work.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
24.2 Smoking
Smoking is only permitted at designated areas in accordance with the requirements of the
smoking policy (32-1126: Eskom Smoking Policy). Add to the appendix A.
24.3 Cellular Phones
A contractor shall develop and implement a risk-based cell phone policy for a particular
construction site. Cellular phones shall not be used in areas where their usage is prohibited.
24.4 Fire Extinguishers
A Principal Contractor shall have a layout plan where fire-fighting equipment is located.
24.5 Vehicles and Traffic Rules
a. The principal contractor shall ensure that the driver of the vehicle has a valid driver’s licence.
b. Principal contractor shall ensure that drivers and passengers wear seatbelts while travelling
in a motor vehicle.
c. No passengers shall be permitted to be transported at the back of trucks or light delivery
vehicles (LDV).
d. Passengers shall only be permitted to be transported at the back of such vehicles if fitted with
a specially designed crew cab with appropriate seating and seat belt per passenger, by the
manufacturer and manufacturer appointed fitment centre. The test certificate shall be
submitted for consideration to the client.
e. Where a vehicle licence condition stipulates the number of persons to be transported on the
vehicle, such number shall not be exceeded.
f. The principal contractor shall ensure that the vehicles are inspected daily and maintained
regularly as per the manufacture’s specification.
24.6 Substance and Drug Abuse Management
a. The principal contractor must develop a substance abuse management procedure to manage
substance abuse on site. The procedure shall be in line with the client substance abuse
management procedure were applicable. Eskom Substance Abuse Procedure 32-37.
b. All testing equipment shall be calibrated as per the manufacturer’s recommendation and the
calibration be available on the safety file.
c. The alcohol testers must be trained and appointed in writing.
The principal contractor shall conduct a daily pre-task risk assessment with employees involved with
the task, such as DSTI. This assessment will be the basis of daily pre-job briefings or toolbox talks
before work begins, highlighting critical steps from the SWP to ensure safety. Proof of
communication and confirmation of understanding will be recorded and kept at the job site during
execution. The signed pre-task risk assessment form shall be filed in the safety file.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Upon receipt of the task for the day, the principal contractor manager or his/her assignee the site
supervisor, shall perform a pre-task planning in accordance with the Telecommunication Projects,
559-1432317009 Rev 1, Pre-Task Planning Template, see, Annexure D.
The principal contractor shall compile a project/ site-specific SWP for all the high-risk activities as
identified in the risk assessment and scope of work, which will be submitted to client. (i.e Transporting
the container to site taking into account the road conditions, Constructing of the foundation,
Offloading the container e.t.c)
The construction manager / supervisor shall conduct Planned Task Observations (PTO).
PTOs shall be conducted in such a way that the employee is observed against the actual steps of
the safe work procedure (SWP)/ method statements and marked against compliance with each step.
This will assist in determining employee competence and compliance. Record shall be kept.
The minimum items that must be in the PTO but not limited to:
a. Project name.
b. Title of the SWP, reference number and revision number.
c. Specific activity.
d. Steps.
e. Safety Steps.
f. Critical steps.
g. Follow-up action.
h. Observation conducted by (full name).
i. Designation (e.g., supervisor).
j. Individual/Team observed names.
k. Date of observation.
l. Signature.
Work at Elevated Positions
The Principal Contractor shall ensure that all work performed at elevated positions conform to
the requirements of the Construction Regulations, the relevant Unit Standard (US) and 32-418
(Working at Height Procedure).
reviewed, and communicated to all employees working at heights.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
at intervals to be determined by the principal contractor, and taking into consideration:
a. Incident trend analysis, or new/revised technology.
b. Changes to scope of work, changes to work methods/procedures/equipment, etc.
weather.
be worn when working at an elevated position, refer to SANS 50361.
person in accordance with US 229995.
possible:
a. Fall protection equipment shall comply with Unit Standards and other recognised
international standards.
b. The Principal Contractor and/or his contractor shall compile a fall protection equipment
inspection, testing and maintenance procedure (Refer to SANS 50365 and manufactures
requirements for safe use and for inspections).
the protection of persons working below. A drop zone shall be established with barricading and
necessary signs.
29.1 Ladders (Portable)
a) Ladders used on the site shall comply with the OHS Act and Regulations, the relevant
SANS standards, or other recognised international standards.
b) Damaged ladders shall be clearly marked and quarantined and removed from the project
site.
c) Prior to work being performed, an adequate risk assessment shall be conducted, and
work shall be conducted in accordance with General Safety Regulation 6 and 13A and
Construction Regulation 10 of the OHS Act
29.2 Training and authorization
a) Every employer shall ensure that no person engages in any activity in relation to work at
heights unless they are competent to do so.
b) Only training providers that use competent training instructors and assessors who are
SETA-Accredited and SAQA-registered in terms of the relevant unit standards shall be
used.
c) All persons who work at heights or who are required to do rescue at heights shall receive
three days of Fall Arrest System (FAS) training and two days of rescue training in
accordance with the Unit standards 22998 and 229995.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
d) The Contractor must ensure that all persons who work at heights and those who will be
required to do rescue at heights shall receive training according to the relevant unit
standards. As a minimum, individuals who work at height and are not responsible for
performing a rescue must undergo three days of FAS training (Unit Standard 229998)
and rescuers must further undergo two days rescue training in accordance with the Unit
Standard 229995. Rescuers must be appointed in writing for the site/project.
e) Official FAS training shall not have an expiry date on the certificate.
f) Only the training date shall be indicated on the certificate.
g) Official rescue training shall expire every three years from the date of issue.
h) The principal contractor shall ensure that there is a Level 2 First Aider trained for every
team working at height.
NB: All work at heights appointments and competency certificates shall be kept in the Health and
Safety File.
The principal contractors and contractors shall identify the occupational stressors which could
include exposure to chemical and biological hazards, noise, dust, vibration, heat, etc., to which any
person may be exposed because of his work activities.
30.1 Medical Surveillance Programme
The Principal Contractor and contractor shall ensure that their employees are registered on a
medical surveillance programme and are in possession of a valid medical fitness for duty certificate
specific to the construction work to be performed. The Fitness for duty certificate shall be in form of
Construction Regulation, Annexure 3, and be relevant to the type of work (risk based) that the
employee will be exposed to.
The principal contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees have undergone pre-entry
medical examination before starting work on site. No employee shall access site without a valid
medical fitness for duty certificate.
The principal contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees undergo a periodic medical
examination as and when a need arise.
The Principal Contractor and contractors shall ensure that employees undergo an exit medical
examination at the end of the project or when the service of the specific employee has been
terminated or has expired.
Note.: The client will only accept medical surveillances conducted by an Occupational Health
Practitioner who holds a qualification in occupational health.
30.2 Pre-Existing / Current Medical Condition
30.2.1 Disclosure of pre-existing injuries or medical conditions
A pre-existing condition as defined by the OHS Incident Management Definitions and Classification
Parameters Standard (240-131838225), is a medical condition/medical impairment as a result of an
incident arising out of, and in the course of employment, shall be considered:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
a) Non-work-related if the incident arises solely because of a pre-existing medical
condition/medical impairment and if a worker without such a condition/medical impairment
would not have suffered such an incident; or
b) Work-related if the incident arises where the pre-existing condition/medical impairment may
have been a contributing factor.
Note 1: Principal contractors are to follow their own processes and procedures for classification. At
a minimum, the decision about the impact/implication of such pre-existing medical condition/medical
impairment must be confirmed by an occupational medicine practitioner (as defined in the OHS Act,
section 1).
Pre-existing medical conditions can include health issues such as cancer, diabetes, lupus,
depression, acne, hypertension, asthma, arthritis, ulcerative [Allergies] colitis etc or just about any
other health condition such as previous medical operational condition in any part of the body.
An injury are any old injuries that existed prior to the work injury that may or may not have fully
healed. Some workplace environments could aggravate pre-existing conditions even if they would
not necessarily have caused a new condition in an otherwise healthy individual. Examples may
include amongst others, traumatic injury worsening back pain, joint pain (condition), sore neck, knee
injuries etc.
30.2.2 A prospective employer duties
A prospective employer shall:
a) request a prospective worker to disclose all pre-existing injuries or medical conditions existing
during the period of the employment process that could reasonably be expected to be
aggravated by performing their employment related duties.
b) request disclosure in writing and this request must be accompanied by details of the nature
of the duties that are subject to the employment.
c) advise prospective workers that if they knowingly supply false or misleading information, they
will not be entitled to compensation or damages under the Compensation for Occupational
Injuries and Diseases Act, Act for any event that aggravates the non-disclosed
pre-existing injury or condition.
d) ensure that pre-existing or current condition is part of:
i). Individual employment contract. Because the contract defines the terms and
conditions of employment
ii). Included in the employment induction.
iii). Person Job Specification shall be developed to have a portion where the individual
when visiting the occupational medical practitioner, it has been completed by the
employer, employee and the medical practitioner can complete the document.
iv). The employee shall reveal any pre-existing or current medical condition to the
Occupational Medical Practitioner prior the assessment.
v). Part of toolbox talk at least monthly, and awareness conducted more often, and
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
vi). Records shall be kept.
30.2.3 A prospective contractor employee duty
A prospective employee must, where requested in writing by a prospective employer, disclose all
pre-existing injuries or medical conditions of which they are aware of, that could reasonably be
expected to be aggravated by performing the employment related duties. If the prospective
employee is engaged before making the disclosure (or being requested to make the disclosure),
his or her entitlement to compensation is unaffected.
However, if the prospective employee does not disclose pre-existing medical condition or injury,
this may have an impact on the future management of incidents in particular the work relatedness
or not of an incident which may be attributed or not to pre-existing conditions.
30.2.4 Key considerations for employers
Employers considering implementing changes to their employment conditions and processes in
relation to these amendments shall note:
a) it is the prospective employer's duty to request disclosure of pre-existing injuries or medical
conditions from prospective workers during the pre-employment, periodic and post
screening process, and such information shall be kept confidential.
b) when providing details of the nature of the duties that are subject to the employment, it is
important that this information is accurate and provides specific details of the nature of the
duties. The prospective employee must receive information that will enable them to make
an informed decision about whether their pre-existing injury or condition might be
aggravated by the duties.
c) if the Workers' Compensation Commissioner has previously provided a copy of the
employee's claims history summary the employer shall not:
i). disclose to anyone else the contents of or information contained in the
summary.
ii). give access to the document to anyone else.
iii). use the contents of or the information contained in the summary for any
purpose other than for the purposes of the employment process (penalties
apply).
d) changes to employment conditions and processes should be made in consultation with the
employer's human resources or advisor and employee representative. Employers who may
have queries concerning equal employment condition and processes should seek
independent advice.
e) employers shall keep accurate records relating to this disclosure as this information will be
requested where applicable during the claim determination process.
f) The employer shall follow their own disciplinary procedure and share the outcome with the
client.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
Note:
I. The employer shall ensure that the employees are not exposed or expected to execute
an activity that will exacerbate the pre-existing or current medical condition. Risk
assessment shall be conducted to determine the area where the individual shall be
expected to execute the duties.
II. The pre-existing or current medical condition shall be applicable to new or current
employees within a specific employer.
III. The employer shall manage all the pre-existing or current medical condition (this
include referrals medical conditions) as per legal requirements as all information shall
be kept private and confidential all the time.
30.3 Emergency Care
A list of emergency numbers (local emergency numbers and Eskom ER24(084 124/010 205 3400)
numbers)) shall be posted where it is visible in the office’s places such as information H&S board,
eating area etc. The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall ensure that all employees are familiar
with the emergency numbers. Where the principal contractor or/and contractor(s) has established
their own contract with a specific service provider, those numbers must be part of the induction and
be used in conjunction with local or Eskom numbers. The principal contractor must make clear to
the employees that in any event one of the numbers must be used or the combination to ensure that
the life of the individual is preserved.
30.4 Rehabilitation
The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall ensure rehabilitation of employees injured where
rehabilitation is required.
The treating Doctor/Hospital will recommend and refer. The principal contractor must comply with
recommendations, communicate with employee and provide transport according to the planned
appointment.
The process shall continue until the rehabilitation of an employee is declared fit by the
Doctor/Hospital.
30.5 Compensation of Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act (COIDA)
The principal contractor and contractor(s) shall submit a valid letter of good standing with the
compensation fund or a licensed compensation insurer relevant for the construction sector.
a) The principal contractor shall provide a site-specific emergency preparedness and
response plan of which it shall include the specific activities being executed for site and
office and submit this plan to the client for review.
b) The Emergency Preparedness Plans must be relevant to the scope of works and to the
prevailing surrounding environmental risks.
c) The principal contractor shall ensure that all the employees are fully conversant with this
plan.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the
user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any
manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No
2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1
HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474
Revision: 1
Page: of 35
d) The Principal Contractor shall plan, conduct emergency drills at specific intervals and
identify areas for improvement. The report shall be written and action plan where
applicable be developed and all the records shall be made available for inspection/audit
by the client and/or authorities.
e) When preparing worksite Emergency Preparedness Plans, cognisance must be made
as to the locality of the site and the response time for the emergency services. Where
sites are remote, contractor management shall ensure that enough employees are
trained in the various disciplines to be able to afford prompt response attention.
Contractors shall develop a fire safety procedure for the site, which must meet the requirements of
the local authority fire department and Section 9 of the Environmental Regulations for Workplaces.
The principal contractor must develop a comprehensive site layout plan with the following as a
construction, Employees. PM Daily Advanced driver training, 4x4 Training, Safe 3 B III Mostly effective contractor 4 IV III II I I Possibleor fatality Contractorand rating post implementation of these additional controls. Eskomon Contractor OHSand its Regulations Lackconditions,Incompetence in driving in 4x4 terrain awareness Consequences not applicable
substitution, Engineering controls not
poisonous bites and stings Awareness on snake identification, how
the site, Poor site maintenance
appointment of contractors or suppliers for the commencement of
work
Construction Manager
(Note, as may be applicable, where no formal
qualifications are available, proof of Recognition of
Prior Learning.
Public
When downloaded from the document mana
Telecommunications
Title: LM-Container Replacement Document Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspuit RS
Alternative Reference
Number:
Area of Applicability: National Transmission
Company South Africa SOC
Ltd
Functional Area: NPAE Telecommunications
Revision: 2
Total Pages: 14
Next Review Date: N/A
Disclosure Controlled Disclosure
Classification:
Compiled by Functional Authorized by
Responsibility
L J Lamola M Molea T Morule
Senior Technologist Senior Engineer Manager NPAE North
Date: 26/09/2025 Date: 26/09/2025 Date: 26/09/2025
File name: 559-242117675 - Scope of Work Zandspruit RS rev 2
Template ID: 559-751375159 Document template (for procedures, manuals, standards, instructions, etc.
Formatted by:DRM_TLN_17.03.2024 (Document Controller to update)
LM-Container Replacement Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Revision: 1
Page:
Content
. Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Scope ............................................................................................................................... 3
2.1.1 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 3
2.1.2 Applicability ........................................................................................................... 3
2.1.3 Effective date ......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Normative/Informative References ................................................................................... 3
2.2.1 Normative .............................................................................................................. 3
2.2.2 Informative............................................................................................................. 4
2.3 Definitions ........................................................................................................................ 4
2.4 Abbreviations ................................................................................................................... 4
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................................................... 5
2.6 Process for Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 5
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents ........................................................................................ 5
3.1 High Level Scope of Work Zandspruit RS ......................................................................... 6
3.2 Scope of Work for Contractor (Concrete Plinth & Container) ............................................ 6
3.3 Scope of Work for Engineering and O&FS ....................................................................... 7
3.4 Scope of Work for SHEQ .................................................................................................. 8
Acceptance ............................................................................................................................... 9
Revisions ................................................................................................................................ 10
Development Team ................................................................................................................ 10
Acknowledgements ................................................................................................................ 10
Appendix A – Zandspruit RS Document Hierarchy ........................................................................ 11
Figures
Figure 1: Proposed Site layout ........................................................................................................ 9
Tables
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
In 1994 Zandspruit RS was established to provide the telecommunications services in the
Mogalakwena municipality area. The site was established with two Fiber glass container, erected on
an uneven surface which has been a problem especially with heavy equipment like batteries sinking
the floor of this containers. These containers have served their purpose for over twenty years, their
condition has deteriorated, and they must urgently be replaced with a new equipment shelter that
will meet ever increasing and evolving telecommunications requirements.
This document outlines the technical requirements that must be met in the construction, supply and
delivery to site of the equipment housing or container.
2.1 Scope
The scope will provide the requirements for supply, deliver and construct the new equipment shelter
suitable for housing the Telecommunications equipment with sufficient DC system to handle existing
load as well as the future growth.
2.1.1 Purpose
This document is prepared to provide scope of work for supply, delivery and construction of the new
equipment shelter at Zandspruit RS and ensure that the site complies with Telecommunications
standards and procedures.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions/ National Transmission
Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30.
2.1.3 Effective date
This document shall be effective upon the authorisation date.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 240-56362336 Standard for the Installation of a Telecoms Equipment Cabinet.
[3] 240-132190480 Telecommunications Equipment Installation Standard
[4] 240-73198174 SHE Specification
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
[5] 240-89498731 Equipment Container for AC-Powered Sites
[6] 240-138065940 Anti-Intrusion Measurements for Equipment Container at AC-Powered Sites.
[7] 240-56177186 Battery Room Standard
[8] 240-141785049 Technical Evaluation Criteria for Equipment Container for AC-Powered Sites.
[9] 240-56872119 Telecommunication Concrete Plinths.
[10] 240-82172806 Standards for air-conditioning in Transmission substations buildings and
Telecommunications sites.
2.2.2 Informative
[11] 240-73198174 SHE Specification
[12] 240-56176168 DC Systems Settings Standard.
[13] 240-118870219 Standby Power Systems Topology and Autonomy for Eskom Sites
[14]
2.3 Definitions
Customer satisfaction: A commitment to meet and strive to exceed the needs of the receivers of
products and services.
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
AC Alternating Current
ATP Acceptance Test Procedure
CoC Certificate of Compliance
DC Direct Current
EAS Environmental Alarm System
ERA Execution Release Approval
LM Limpopo
NMC Network Management Centre
NPAE National Planning and Application Engineering
NTCSA National Transmission Company South Africa
O&FS Operations and Field Services
QA Quality Assurance
REH Regional Engineering Head
RS Radio Station
SLA Service Level Agreement
TDRT Telecommunications Design Review Team
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
from a design perspective.
replacement project.
Container replacement.
replacement.
new container.
2.6 Process for Monitoring
National Planning Application and Engineering (Limpopo) regional engineering is the custodian of
document.
2.7 Related/Supporting Documents
This document aims to provide scope of work for supply, delivery and construction of the new
equipment shelter at Zandspruit RS and ensure that the site complies with Telecommunications
standards and procedures. Replacing the old Fibre Glass Containers will ensure safekeeping of
assets is effective and DC upgrade will be possible which will lead to network availability and
reliability even in AC power failure days. Sites will adhere to Eskom standards and procedures. There
will be less maintenances and system related faults. Adequate data transmission from stations to
NCC and NMC. Efficient remote network management. Manageable faults response with a use of
minimal human resources
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
The detail will include, but not limited to the following,
▪ The Civils design includes landscaping and construction of Concrete plinth for the new
container suitable to house the Telecommunications equipment in Zandspruit RS
▪ Construction and Assembly of the 6m x 3m x3m container with divider to house both the
equipment and batteries
▪ Incorporate the anti-intrusion measures during manufacturing, assembling and construction
of the equipment shelter.
▪ Reticulation of the new equipment shelter and installation of overhead racking inside the
equipment room.
▪ Supply and installation of the Overhead Feeder Cable Gantry with supporting poles to the
existing Telecoms Tower
▪ AC connection from the Municipality meter point.
▪ New Equipment Cabinets in the equipment room
▪ Supply a 4.5kg CO2 fire extinguisher in the battery room
▪ Supply a typist chair and a fold down table (450mm x 900mm x 850mm)
3.1 High Level Scope of Work Zandspruit RS
Telecommunications equipment. The equipment shelter shall be 6m x 3m x 3m (Vented lead
acid batteries with room divider) with a floor capable of carrying a weight of 2000kg/Sq. meter
as per standard “240-89498731 – Equipment Container for AC powered Sites”.
Criteria for Equipment Container for AC-Powered Sites”.
container to the tower.
theft or vandalism.
proceed.
3.2 Scope of Work for Contractor (Concrete Plinth & Container)
▪ The contractor to ensure that all SHEQ documents are submitted and approved.
▪ The approved SHEQ files must always be available onsite during construction.
▪ The contractor to attend the kick-off meeting and NTCSA induction.
▪ The contractor to construct the civil works including the landscaping and concrete cement
plinth as per the approved civil design “Zand23P01SE-D65”
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
▪ The contractor to supply, deliver and construct the equipment shelter, 6m x 3m x 3m (Vented
lead acid batteries with room divider) with a floor capable of carrying a weight of 2000kg/Sq.
meter as per standard “240-89498731 – Equipment Container for AC powered Sites”.
▪ Incorporate the anti-intrusion measures during manufacturing, assembling and construction
of the equipment shelter as per “240-138065940 – Additional Anti-Intrusion
Measurements for Equipment Container At AC-Powered Sites.
▪ Supply and install the overhead feeder cable gantry supported by steel poles from the new
container to the tower.
▪ Recommended approach would be for the horizontal feeder tray to allow for cables to be
suspended underneath the tray. A support pole must be supplied and installed for every 5m
of horizontal gantry. The feeder gantry must be at least 300mm wide.
▪ The cable tray shall be a heavy-duty cable tray pre galvanised standard finish and the
splicing method must be overlap with M6 gutter bolts and square nuts. Where bend
are required it shall be of horizontal bend see annexure A.4 cable tray.
▪ Supply a 4.5kg CO2 fire extinguisher in the battery room
▪ Supply a typist chair and a fold down table (450mm x 900mm x 850mm)
▪ The contractor to connect AC supply from the municipality meter box into the container.
▪ The contractor to trench for the AC cable, poured with concrete underground for security.
▪ Supply and install a generator plug and change over switch as per standard 240-89498731
▪ The AC supply to the Container is 3 Ø
▪ The input circuit breaker on the internal AC board must be 80A, 3 Ø
▪ The circuit breaker for the Charger in the internal AC board must be 63A, Ø
▪ The contractor to complete the electrification as per standard and issue the Certificate of
Compliance.
▪ The contractor to do the site handover to NTCSA team.
3.3 Scope of Work for Engineering and O&FS
▪ O&FS must ensure all SHEQ requirements are met by the contractor when providing
supervision.
▪ O&FS to provide access to site and supervise Contractor.
▪ O&FS to install the three cabinets into the equipment container as per the container layout
drawing, and secure cabinets onto the floor.
▪ O&FS to install the dc cables from the cabinets to the battery charger system cabinet trip
switches.
▪ O&FS to arrange outage with NMC and notify NMC before cut-over
▪ O&FS to relocate existing equipment into the new container
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
▪ O&FS to install the new Feeder cables to the existing tower and restore services
▪ O&FS to scrap the old equipment and dispose as per NTCSA standards.
▪ Accept Site Handover from Contractor.
▪ On project completion, ensure that all changes in this Project Documentation are RED lined
and returned to PM to update the as-build documents
3.4 Scope of Work for Project management
▪ Project Management must ensure that the landlord or farmer is notified before constructions
can start onsite.
▪ Project management and O&FS to provide access and supervision during construction.
▪ Project management and O&FS to arrange outage and liaise with NMC.
▪ Appoint and co-ordinate contractor.
▪ Ensure compliance to all standards, specifications, and procedures as per Civils design
report.
3.4 Scope of Work for SHEQ
▪ Coordinate project specific SHEQ Specification and Plan/File evaluation template and
requirements internal session
▪ Facilitate Session for presentation of SHEQ plans by contractors and approval.
▪ Facilitate Session with contractor to explain the requirements
▪ Facilitate SHE induction onsite (Kick-off meeting)
▪ Conduct site inspections (SMAT and JOB Observations) during construction
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
Figure 1: Proposed Site layout
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Thabo Morule Manager Application & Engineering North
Thabo Ringani Manager Operation & Field Limpopo
Petrus Masoka Middle Manager Northern Region
Fako Pitsi Project Manager Northern Portfolio
Matlou Molea Senior Engineer NPAE North
Mandla Bhiya Senior Supervisor Polokwane
Phillip Nthabalala Senior Supervisor Plant
Obed Aphane Senior Supervisor Implementation
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
Name Designation
Siboniso Zungu Project Engineer NPAE North
Edward Rakgwahla Project Engineer NPAE North
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
May 2025 1 LJ Lamola Scope of work for supply, deliver
and construct equipment shelter
September 2025 2 LJ Lamola Added anti-intrusion and
miscellaneous items
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
Appendix A – Zandspruit RS Document Hierarchy
A.1 Zandspruit RS Proposed Site Layout
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
A.2 Zandspruit RS Battery Room Layout
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
A.3 Zandspruit RS Equipment Room Layout
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Scope of Work LM-Container Replacement Unique Identifier: 559-242117675
Zandspruit RS
Revision: 1
Page:
A.4 Feeder Gantry Cable Tray
Horizontal bend
Straight cable tray heavy duty pre-galvanised
Width (mm) 304mm
Height (mm) 19
Finish fasteners Electro-galvanised
Number of gutter bolts & square nuts per joint 3
Cable tray parameters
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
This document covers the technical evaluation criteria for the equipment containers for AC powered sites.
2.1 Scope
The document contains the technical evaluation criteria to be used for evaluating the tender submissions for
Equipment Containers for AC powered sites enquiry. The criteria consist of the mandatory technical
requirements and qualitative criteria for the enquiry.
2.1.1 Purpose
This document sets out the technical evaluation criteria to be used for evaluating Request for Proposal
(RFP) and Request for Quotation (RFQ) submissions for Equipment Containers for AC powered sites
enquiry.
The criteria consist of functional technical requirements, as prescribed in 240-89498731 Equipment
Containers for AC powered sites.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply in Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions.
2.2 Normative/informative references
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the following
paragraphs.
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems.
[2] 240-89498731 Equipment Containers for AC powered sites
2.2.2 Informative
[1] 240-48929482 Tender Engineering Evaluation Procedure.
[2] 32-1034 Eskom procurement and supply management procedure
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
Definition Description
Submission The tender in accordance with the requirements of the enquiry
Technical evaluator End-users, technical experts nominated by the end-user and Divisional
technical functionaries with the necessary technical expertise.
2.3.2 Disclosure classification
Controlled disclosure: controlled disclosure to external parties (either enforced by law or discretionary).
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR EQUIPMENT Unique Identifier: 240-141785049
Containers for ac powered sites
Revision: 1
Page:
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
CoE Centre of Excellence
TET Technical Evaluation Team
SME Subject Matter Expert
RFP Request for Proposal
RFQ Request for Quotation
2.5 Roles and responsibilities
Procurement: Enquiry Process Owner
Technical Evaluation team (TET): The delegated engineers / technical specialists who are responsible to
review and evaluate technical aspects of the tender documentation as per the Tender Technical Evaluation
Strategy.
2.6 Process for monitoring
Not Applicable.
2.7 Related/supporting documents
Not applicable.
In 1994 Zandspruit RS was established in order to provide the telecommunications services in the
Mogalakwena municipality area. The site was established with two Fiber glass container, erected on
an uneven surface which has been a problem especially with heavy equipment like batteries sinking
the floor of this containers. These containers have served their purpose for over twenty years, their
condition has deteriorated, and they must urgently be replaced with a new equipment shelter that will
meet ever increasing and evolving telecommunications requirements.
Network availability, dependability and service level agreement are compromised at this site, as
suitable batteries for example cannot be installed to meet the standard standby time required during
AC power failure. The new equipment shelter will enable other refurbishments onsite, thereby
ensuring that the site complies with all standards and SLA. The existing 70m x 70m servitude is more
than sufficient for the supply and construction of the new 6m x 3m x 3m container.
2.1 Scope
2.1.1 Purpose
This document is prepared to investigate the equipment shelter replacement at Zandspruit RS, as per
the approved Northern Region 10-year plan project, LM – Container Replacement Phase 1. The
project will replace the old, unsafe Fiber glass container with a proper container suitable for housing
the Telecommunications equipment.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings Limited Divisions/ National Transmission
Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30.
2.1.3 Effective date
The document will be effective once approval has been granted by the Civil Technical Review (CTR)
committee
2.2 Normative/Informative References
Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed in the
following paragraphs.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] 240-56576361 Telecommunication Transport Network Equipment Commissioning Standard
[3] 240-56362336 Standard for the Installation of a Telecoms Equipment Cabinet.
[4] 240-132190480 Telecommunications Equipment Installation Standard
[5] 240-73198174 SHE Specification
[6] 240-118870219 Standby Power Systems Topology and Autonomy for Eskom Sites
2.2.2 Informative
[7] 240-89498731 Equipment Container for AC-Powered Sites
[8] 240-138065940 Anti-Intrusion Measurements for Equipment Container at AC-Powered Sites.
[9] 240-56177186 Battery Room Standard
[10] 240-141785049 Technical Evaluation Criteria for Equipment Container for AC-Powered Sites.
[11] 240-56360034 Stationary Vented Lead Acid Batteries Standard.
[12] 240-53114248 Specification for Thyristor and switch mode chargers, AC/DC to DC/AC
converters and inverter/uninterruptible power supplies.
[13] 240-56176168 DC Systems Settings Standard.
[14] 240-89797258 The Safe Handling, Transportation and Disposal of Cells, Batteries and
Electrolyte.
[15] 240-75340750 Alarm Wiring Standard on EAS Unit.
[16] 240-56872119 Telecommunication Concrete Plinth.
2.3 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Explanation
BB Bus-bar
CT Current transformer
CTR Civil Technical Review
DL Dead load
kN Kilo Newtons
kNm Kilo Newton meter
kPa Kilo Pascals
kV Kilo Volts
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
Abbreviation Explanation
MTS Major Transmission Substation
SLS Service Limit State
Trfr Transformer
ULS Ultimate Limit State
WL Wind Loading
2.4 Roles and Responsibilities
Mr Nelson Shandu is the Civil Engineering Technician responsible for this project.
2.5 Process for Monitoring
National Planning Application and Engineering (Limpopo) regional engineering is the custodian of
document.
2.6 Related/Supporting Documents
ETFM 1846 ET Project Planning Book Rev 1
3.1 Problem Scope
The scope will investigate the requirements for supply, deliver and construct the new equipment
shelter which will be suitable for Telecommunication equipment’s, and with sufficient DC system to
handle existing load as well as the future growth.
3.2 Design Requirements
The container plinth design.
3.3 Design options considered
A 150mm thick concrete plinth was considered, reinforced with 6mm steel rebar. However, the mesh
reinforcement option allowed for easier constructability.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
3.4 Siting
3.4.1 Site Characteristics
3.4.1.1 Geotechnical
A desktop study was carried out to determine relevant loading factors i.e., wind loading. A
geotechnical investigation was not required for the project.
3.4.1.2 Topographical Survey
The Survey was carried out by Ripfumelo Valoyi and Samukelisiwe Mpungose (Both GITs) under
supervision of Maipfi Nedzungani (Land Surveyor GPr LS1456) and Nomvelo Moagi (Land Survey
Officer GTc ES 1963), on the 17th of October 2023.
The following Equipment was used:
3.4.1.3 Hydrological Characteristics
Due to the small area of this project hydrological characteristics do not play a major part.
3.4.2 Site Layout
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
3.5 Civil and structural design
3.5.1 Earthworks
The drawing number for the earthwork information is:
The consistency of the soil is discovered to be Dense to very dense after the DCP test were
conducted.
3.5.2 Foundation, plinths and trenches
The design for foundation and plinth was done as per SANS 10400 under the following condition.
Slab-on-the-ground foundations on class C, H, R and S sites
Slab-on-the-ground foundations for single-storey buildings on class C, H, R and S sites shall be in
accordance where such foundations
a) have a surface area that does not exceed 200 m2,
b) are free of joints,
c) do not contain any changes in surface levels with steps that exceed 400 mm, and
d) do not support any chimneys or walls which support concrete roofs.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
4.1 Overview
This document is prepared to investigate the equipment shelter replacement at Zandspruit RS, as per
the approved Northern Region 10-year plan project, LM – Container Replacement Phase 1. The
project will replace the old, unsafe Fiber glass container with a proper container suitable for housing
the Telecommunications equipment.
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
4.2 Detail Description
A 250mm thick concrete plinth was considered, reinforced with 6mm steel rebar. However, the mesh
reinforcement option allowed for easier constructability.
4.3 Use
This has been designed to accommodate the new 500MVA transformer and upgrading associated
bay equipment to current standards.
Refer to [3] to [8] in Section 2.2.2
This document has been seen and accepted by:
Name Designation
Azhar Mayet Chief Engineer
Andile Maneli Civil Manager: Substation Engineering
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
LM-Container Replacement Phase1 - Zandspruit RS Unique Identifier: Zand23P01-SE-D65
Revision: 0
Page:
Date Rev. Compiler Remarks
01/2025 1 Mr Nelson Shandu First Issue
The following people were involved in the development of this document:
Mr Nelson Shandu
Controlled disclosure
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by
third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
Cell A3: Description of Project: LM Container Refurbishment at Zandspruit Radio Station
Cell D6: The Tenderer is advised to read and understand all aspects and documentation associated with this Enquiry BEFORE inserting his Prices and or Rates and or Amounts.
Drawn chkd auth date reference drawings g 250 approved by
ESKOM holdings limited
REG No
MESH REF. 395 T (COVER = 25mm) 250 MIN. SLAB ON 2002/015527/06
Venterjm gunplas USB green under surface bed membrane date
On existing terrace and selected fill. Checked by
A. Mayet zandspruit radio station
Date 09/10/2024 elevation
Drawn by new generator plinth
Drawn chkd auth date 0.54/ 32 12 650 05 83 200 150 100 100 reference drawings
Import 150mm G7 material from commercial source, APPROVED BY
Total Mass = 22.5 kg Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd compacted to 93% MDD
Reg No 2002/015527/30
Date venterjm
Drawn chkd auth date reference drawings g 250 approved by
ESKOM holdings limited
REG No
MESH REF. 395 T (COVER = 25mm) 250 MIN. SLAB ON 2002/015527/06 DATE 08/11/2024 VENTERJM GUNPLAS USB GREEN UNDER SURFACE BED MEMBRANE
On existing terrace and selected fill. Checked by
A. Mayet zandspruit radio station
Date 05/11/2024 elevation
Drawn by new generator plinth
This document specifies the necessary earthing and bonding of a typical radio / microwave station.
The earthing and bonding arrangement described constitutes an integral, primary lightning protection
system for the radio / microwave station and its installed equipment.
Some radio / microwave stations will present slightly different geometry’s to that described here. In
such cases, the earthing and bonding arrangement adopted should follow this standard as closely as
possible. This standard will be periodically revised as appropriate.
The standard does not cover the secondary and tertiary protection of the equipment. The secondary
protection is concerned with the stopping and shunting to the primary protection system, at the
building access point, of lightning currents induced in the conductors such as power cables for
tower/mast lighting and feeder cables. Therefore, no specification of circuit arrestors or spark gaps
has been given. The tertiary protection involves the inclusion of protective devices inside the
equipment and this is generally left to the equipment manufacturers.
To provide the Telecommunications Department with a standard earthing and bonding guide for radio
stations. This will not only ensure uniformity but also clarify some of the matters over which general
consensus have never been reached in the past.
1.1 Purpose
The following standard is to provide uniformity and best practicing earthing and bonding requirements
at Eskom Telecommunication’s radio sites.
1.2 Applicability
This standard is applicable to Eskom Holdings Limited, its divisions Eskom Telecommunications.
The following documents contain provisions that, through reference in the text, constitute requirements
of this standard. At the time of publication, the edition indicated was valid. All controlled documents
are subject to revision, and parties to agreements based on this standard are encouraged to
investigate the possibility of applying the most recent edition of the documents listed below.
Information on currently valid national and international standards and specifications can be obtained
from the Information Centre and Eskom Documentation Centre at Megawatt Park.
SANS 10199: “The Design and Installation of an Earth Electrode”
When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV
240-56872313 3
Of 16
3.1 Definitions
3.1.1 Air Termination: The conductive rod (lightning spike) installed to provide a point of lightning
strike or departure.
3.1.2 Antenna: The signal radiating / receiving point of communications equipment.
3.1.3 Auxiliary Supply: The external AC supply to the station.
3.1.4 Bonding: The joining of two or more materials in such a way that they are electrically connected.
(Either by exothermic weld or by nut and bolt.)
3.1.5 Earth: The conductive mass of the earth, whose electrical path to carry the lightning current from
the point of strike to the ground
3.1.6 Earth Termination: A conductive part, or group of conductive parts, of an earthing system in
contact with and providing an electrical connection with the earth.
3.1.7 Ground: See Earth.
3.1.8 Ground Ring: A group of conductive parts buried in the earth to provide an electrical connection
with it and so connected as to enclose the facility being protected
3.1.9 Radio Station: Term being used to also mean radio / microwave terminal or radio / microwave
repeater. This is a telecommunications facility forming part of a radio / microwave communication link
or network. Also referred to as a High Site.
3.1.10 Radials: Conductive strips buried in the soil and radiating from a point at which a low
impedance path to earth has to be provided.
3.1.11 Tower/Mast Structures: Tower - metallic lattice or concrete, Mast - metallic lattice stayed,
Construction on which antennas are mounted at a High Site.
3.2 Abréviations
N/a
A typical radio station will basically have antennas mounted on a tower from which signal feeder
cables run to the equipment building. See basic layout in Figure 1. The following can be identified as
the areas, which need to be protected in a radio station: antennas, tower structures, the building
structures which house the equipment, the equipment inside the building, the auxiliary supply and
lastly the fence with all the other miscellaneous items within it.
5.1 Where the tower structure requires protection with an air termination, then a single spike of
galvanised steel, at least two (2) meters high and 150mm2 cross-section should be bolted to the
uppermost point of one of the structures legs.
5.2 All tower structures that have working platforms at the top of the structure must have a spike
installed with dimensions as in section 5.1, unless an antenna installed at the highest point and the
lightning spike has been removed. See 5.3 below.
When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV
240-56872313 3
Of 16
The earthing of the tower structure and that of the equipment building is shown in Figures 2a and 2b.
The following should be done:
6.1 Lay a 150mm2 cross-section copper bar ground ring to a depth of no less than 500mm around the
tower.
6.2 All tower legs should be bonded to the externally buried ground ring surrounding the tower with
copper strips of cross section 150mm2. Bonding should be made below ground level by means of
braising the 150mm2 copper strap directly onto the lower end of the cage bolts of each leg using Sebra
alloy braising rods.
6.3 Two radials of copper strip 150mm2 cross-section, buried to a depth of not less than 500mm,
should be bonded at one end to the tower ground ring furthest from the building and to the fence posts
at the other end.(see Figure 2a & 2b) When braising copper to copper then copper-flow braising rods
should be used.
7.1 Bond the metallic antennas to the metallic support structure.
7.2 Feeder and equipment will be bonded to cat ladder bonding plates by connecting the lugged ends
of the earthing cables with M8 brass bolts, nuts and washers. The cat ladder bonding plates will in turn
be clamped to the flat bar of the cat ladder. These cat ladder-bonding plates must be clamped onto
the same side of the cat ladder as the feeder run. See Figure 5. Note that the copper earth strip
running the length of the tower is no longer required.
a. A cat ladder bonding plate will be fitted 500mm below the top of the tower and will be used as
the first bonding point.
b. Further cat ladder bonding plates can be fitted for equipment installed lower down the tower
but always 500mm below the equipment to be bonded.
c. A cat ladder bonding plate will be fitted at the bottom of the tower and used for bonding cables
/ wave-guides.
The equipment building’s external earthing is shown in Figures 2a and 2b. The following must be
noted:
8.1 Provide an external buried ground ring for the equipment building using a copper strip of crosssection 150mm2. The ring should be buried to a depth of not less than 500mm and 100mm from the
building foundation. Bond the ground ring to the tower structures as explained in section 6.
8.2 Two radials shall be run from the ground ring to the corner posts of the fence. See Figure 2a.
8.3 If the building does not fall in the cone of protection of the tower structure (45°-protection angle),
then a separate air termination must be provided for it.
8.4 All the cables, both signal and power, must enter the building from the same side and at the same
point. The container or building should be earthed at one point (single point earthing). All lightning
protection should take place at the same point.
When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV
240-56872313 3
Of 16
On containers the copper T piece should be bolted to the aluminium strip. Copper slip should be used
to provide a good connection. See photograph 1 below.
Photograph 1 Copper T-piece connection.
Any metallic objects, pipe works, metal trunking etc. (buried or otherwise), which unavoidably run
through the building, must be bonded to the building earth ring at both the point of entry into and exit
from the building.
Photograph 2 Broad aluminium strip is used to bond RF & AC earthing points.
When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV
240-56872313 3
Of 16
Photograph 3 RF protection on inside of building or container.
When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV
240-56872313 3
Of 16
The earthing and bonding of the inside of the equipment building is shown in Figures 2a and 2b. The
following should be noted:
9.1 Provide an earth bus inside of the building in the cable tray for the equipment and run it as close to
the equipment to be earthed as possible using 25mm X 3mm flat copper bar.
9.2 Effect the earthing terminal connections of the equipment frameworks, racks and other metallic
objects inside the building with as short and straight conductors as possible of cross-section not less
than 16mm2.
9.3 Bond the inside equipment earth bar to the external building ground ring.
9.4 Bond all the miscellaneous metallic objects inside the building, such as IDF, doors, (including the
roof if metallic), etc., to the earth bar.
10.1 All metallic objects within the station fence should be bonded to the ground equipotential ring.
10.2 Bond the station fence to the tower ground ring as explained in section 6. Also bond the two
gateposts of the station fence together using bonding strap of 150mm2 cross-sections.
10.3 All earthing / bonding strips crossing each other or in close proximity must be bonded together.
11.1 The auxiliary supply cables must be routed in such a way that they enter the building from the
same side as the other cables. See Figure 3.
11.2 The armouring of the supply cables must be bonded to the grounded metal at the point of entry to
the building.
11.3 Run an earth strip of cross section 150mm2 parallel to the AC supply cable. Bond it to the
building earth ring at one end and to the secondary neutral ground at the other end. Ensure that the
primary surge arrestor ground is interconnected to the secondary neutral ground. See Figure 4.
11.4 In the case where the radio / microwave station is supplied by a feeder from a substation in the
vicinity, then the earthing strip running parallel with the supply cables mentioned in section 11.3, must
be bonded to the substation earth mat.
This document outlines the technical requirements that have to be met in the construction, supply and
delivery to site of the equipment housing or container.
2.1 Scope
This specification covers the design detail for insulated electronic equipment housing as required by Eskom
Telecommunications.
2.1.1 Purpose
This document outlines the technical requirements that have to be met in the construction, supply and
delivery to site of the equipment housing or container.
2.1.2 Applicability
This document shall apply throughout Eskom Holdings limited.
2.2 Normative/Informative References
The following document(s) contain provisions that, through reference in the text, constitute requirements of
this standard. Parties using this document shall apply the most recent edition of the documents listed below:
2.2.1 Normative
[1] ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems
[2] SANS 10142-1 (The wiring of premises Part 1: Low-voltage installations)
[3] SANS 10108 (The classification of hazardous locations and the selection of equipment for use in
such locations)
[4] SANS 10086-1 (The installation, inspection and maintenance of equipment used in explosive
atmospheres Part 1: Installations including surface installations on mines)
[5] SANS 10089-2 (Electrical and other installations in the distribution and marketing sector)
[6] BS 1088 (British standard specification for plywood)
2.2.2 Informative
None
2.3 Definitions
2.3.1 General
None
2.4 Abbreviations
Abbreviation Description
CE Chief Executive
ETDC Eskom Telecommunication Documentation Centre
MD Managing Director
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
2.5 Roles and Responsibilities
Not applicable.
2.6 Process for monitoring
Not applicable.
2.7 Related / Supporting Documents
240-56872119 Telecommunications concrete plinths Rev4
240-56872313 Radio station earthing and bonding Rev 3
240-82172806 Standards for air-conditioning in Transmission substations buildings and
Telecommunications sites
The housing shall be designed to protect communications equipment and built to withstand the following
environmental conditions:
a) Altitudes ranging from sea level to 3 000 m.
b) Ambient temperatures ranging from -10 degrees C to + 50 degrees C.
c) Maximum relative humidity of 95%.
d) Wind Speeds of up to 180kph (50m/s).
The following standard equipment housing sizes shall be used:
Note: All dimensions are specified as external
a) 3 x 3m Equipment Shelter for use with - Sealed lead acid batteries:
Length (external) 3000 mm
Width (external) 3000 mm
Height (internal) 3000 mm
b) 3 x 3m Equipment Shelter for use with – Vented lead acid batteries (battery room):
Length (external) 3000 mm
Width (external) 3000 mm
Height (internal) 3000 mm
c) 4 x 3m Equipment Shelter for use with - Sealed lead acid batteries:
Length ( external) 4000mm
Width (internal) 3000mm
Height (internal) 3000mm
d) 4 x 3m Equipment Shelter for use with - Vented lead acid batteries (battery room):
Length ( external) 4000mm
Width (internal) 3000mm
Height (internal) 3000mm
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
e) 6 x 3m Equipment shelter for use with - Sealed lead acid batteries and equipment
Length (external) 6000mm
Width (external) 3000mm
Height (internal) 3000mm
f) 6 x 3m Equipment shelter for use with - Vented lead acid batteries with room devider:
Length (external) 6000mm
Width (external) 3000mm
Height (internal) 3000mm
g) 6 x 3m Equipment shelter for use with - Vented lead acid batteries (battery room only):
Length (external) 6000mm
Width (external) 3000mm
Height (internal) 3000mm
h) Special application (Small confined sites and rural solar)
2 x 2 x 2.5 m Equipment shelter for use with - Sealed lead acid batteries and equipment
Length (external) 2000mm
Width (external) 2000mm
Height (internal) 2500mm
i) A generic floor layout drawing is available on request:
3 x 3m Container
3 x 3m Container as battery room only
4 x 3m Container
4 x 3m Container with battery room
6 x 3m Container
6 x 3m Container with battery room
6 x 3m Container as battery room only
2 x 2 x 2.5 m Limited use special applications
The Equipment shelter shall conform to the following:
a) The structure shall be designed for an expected service life of 20 years.
b) The construction and design shall be such that equipment shelter can be lifted by means of a
mobile crane in the final assembled form as singular unit. Lifting points shall be clearly marked and
the complete fully assembled design weight specified on the ID tag.
c) Because of different climatic conditions in the various regions, all housings shall be constructed to
cater for the coastal regions.
d) The construction shall be fully sealed and be both water and dust proof.
e) A 1200 mm long x 50 mm wide aluminium drip rail shall be fitted horizontally 75 mm above the door
frame and air conditioners, overlapping evenly on either end.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
f) One 8mm stainless steel eyebolt shall be fitted at each top corner of the container. These eyebolts
shall be used for securing the container with stay wires and must be securely fitted for that
purpose.
g) Serial and model numbers for the Equipment Shelters shall be on a metal (aluminium) nameplate
and attached to the chassis in the centre of the doorway.
h) Branding on the door shall be restricted to the top left-hand corner.
i) All containers to be fitted with a “tell-tale” drop indicator, if transported in fully assembled state.
j) The tender company shall state whether the Equipment Shelter is also available in semi-knocked
down/flat pack form.
k) The housing shall be supplied with overhead racking as per Section 12. The configuration shall be
specified in the site specific drawings on order.
l) The security gate shall be supplied as specified per Section 11.The requirement will be specified
on order.
m) Due to the height of the roof, each unit shall be fitted and supplied with a fibreglass type portable
step ladder of length 1.8 m (6 ft) with a mounted hanging bracket on the wall as indicated on floor
layout drawing.
The walls of the container shall have the following characteristics:
a) The walls shall be double with a space in between of range 75 - 85mm with insulation material in
between specified.
b) The wall finish by GRS Global Roofing Solutions (Chromadeck) is selected for coastal conditions
and shall be strictly as follows and:-
Thickness - 0.53 mm
Steelgrade material quality – G550
Coating type – Zincalume
Coating weight – AZ150
Paint system – Colorbond.
c) The insulation range shall be 75 to 85 mm thick, 16kg/m3 polystyrene.
d) The wall allocated for the air conditioners shall be able to sustain its weight of 150 kg.
e) Any equipment, which may be required to be mounted onto the walls, shall be securely fastened to
sustain its weight. Mounting methods should not impede the waterproofing or integrity of the
structure.
The floor shall be constructed as follows:
a) The floor shall be a suspended floor and be capable of carrying a weight of 2000kg/ square meter.
Extra strengthening to be installed. This will be specified in the site specific drawing indicating the
estimated total weight and space footprint.
b) The floor shall be constructed from 18mm Maranti marine ply hardwood as per British standard
specification 1088.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
c) The floor shall be finished with MF2002, 2 mm grey vinyl floor tiles or with solid vinyl sheeting as
specified. The tiles must be cleaned with an appropriate stripper and sealed with two coats of
sealer. Battery room floors shall have an acid resistant system on the hardwood base, fully bonded
and have a slight fall to a low collection point. The acid resistant system must also be applied at
100mm up the walls to contain any acid spillage
d) Battery rooms must be fitted with a 50mm diameter outlet pipe with a containment stopper or valve.
The design should allow for the safe removal and draining of any acid spill inside the room in to
containers to prevent environmental contamination of the outside soil.
Figure 1: Sample photo of a drain plug installed
e) The underside and the edges of the floor must be waterproofed with bitumen paint or with
fibreglass and resin prior to installation.
f) The finish between the floor and the interior walls as well as the roof and the interior walls shall be
38 x 38 x 2 mm aluminium angle edging and fixed with pop rivets and sealed with white
polyurethane sealer. (This is mainly for aesthetics).
The base frame of the container shall be constructed as follows:
Note: The lifting requirement in section 5 (b) must be incorporated in the design.
a) The frame shall be constructed using a minimum of 2mm thick grade 304 stainless steel.
b) The frame shall not allow any water entrapment and shall have adequate drainage holes. If C
channel is used it shall face inwards.
c) The frame shall be supported by means of adjustable legs with one adjustable spinout
In the case of a 3x3 m container, six (6) legs with one(1) adjustable spin out leg for
levelling.
In the case of a 4x3 m containers, eight (8) legs with two (2) adjustable spin outs legs for
levelling.
In the case of a 6 x 3m containers, ten (10) adjustable with three (3) spin out legs for
levelling.
d) The legs shall allow a minimum height of 200mm between the container slab and the bottom of the
frame.
e) A 50mm x 13 mm slot in the leg will allow for adjustments on site. M12 x 40mm stainless steel
bolts, washers, spring washers and nuts shall be used to secure the legs in position.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
f) Each leg shall have a 200mm x 200mm x 6mm thick grade 304 stainless steel footplate welded in
the central position of the leg with a continuous weld. One 12mm diameter mounting hole must be
drilled in each footplate in such a position to allow easy mounting of the chemical bolts while
container is place in final position. The leg upright assemblies shall be constructed using minimum
3mm thick grade 304 stainless steel.
g) In the base frame below the feeder entry point, four 10.5 mm holes shall be drilled in the frame
channel for an earth connecting point. These holes shall be co-ordinated with the feeder entry
panel and the AC protection box for single point protection.
h) All the fasteners i.e. bolts, nuts, and washers shall be stainless steel. The pop rivets shall be
aluminium and must seal off to prevent water ingress.
i) A jig shall be used during the construction of the frame to ensure reliable geometric tolerances
(L/500 where L = length in millimetres).
The roof of the container shall have the following characteristics:
a) The roof shall have a pitch fall of between 25mm and 50mm from back to front and away from the
installed air-conditioners
b) Roof construction may incorporate a water catchment design to harvest rainwater, but is not a
requirement.
c) All joints in the roof shall be sealed with a waterproofing material and shall not allow for any
standing water. A lifetime guarantee of 20 years is required on all waterproofed areas.
d) The roof insulation shall be 75 to 100mm thick, 16kg/m3 polystyrene.
The exterior of the enclosure shall be finished as follows:
a) The interior and exterior shall be white, unless Eskom specifies another colour in writing.
b) Include an aluminium connection plate from earth point to the feeder entry as shown in figure 1
Figure 2: Aluminium plate and earth connection points
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
c) Where environment legislation specifies that painting is required, the painting of the shelters shall
be done after the surface has been lightly sanded with water paper or abrasive pads and
thoroughly washed with Sugar soap.
d) Containers shall be painted in a factory environment (controlled) with an SABS approved Nitro
Cellulose paint system (Duco or an approved equivalent) in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. A test patch is recommended to check for compatibility and adhesion. Two coats may
be needed for proper coverage. Metal surfaces to be painted must be treated with the appropriate
prep solution prior to painting.
e) The roof should not be painted and its colour should always be kept white, unless it is specifically
required to do so by Eskom.
The door(s) of the shelter shall be supplied and fitted as follows:
Note: For units with a battery room two (2) doors will be required and all doors shall open to the outside. Door requirements and
fittings must be discussed with Eskom before manufacturing
a) The door(s) shall be of the hinged type, opening outward in such a manner that it may be retained
in the open position. The door opening must be 800mm +/- 20mm wide by 2000mm +/- 20mm
high.
b) An internal stainless steel grade 304 door handle shall be fitted.
c) An internal sliding stainless steel grade 304 barrel lock that locks the door from the inside and
prevents the door from being locked from the outside shall be fitted.
d) An external stainless steel grade 304 power brace lock shall be fitted, and provision made for a 12
mm padlock protected by a lock box. The internal locking mechanism design needs to be inspected
by Eskom Telecomm personnel and accepted in writing.
e) A stainless steel (Grade 304 finish 2B) Tee catch door re-strainer for securing the shelter door in
the open position shall be fitted. A stainless steel grade 304 backing plate must protect the
specified wall.
f) A full perimeter double exterior UV resistant silicone or polyurethane gasket water seal shall be
incorporated in the door design.
g) Tamper proof stainless steel grade 304 hinge with a stainless steel pin and a vesconite bush or a
10 mm brass pin shall be fitted.
h) The door frame shall be aluminium and fit around the whole perimeter and sealed with white
exterior polyurethane sealer prior to fixing.
i) If required a rubber doorstop shall be mounted on the lower section of the external wall behind the
door of the equipment room to prevent the door locking mechanism causing damage to the wall of
the equipment room.
j) A mechanical door alarm switch shall be installed but not wired on all the doors. Specification is a
IP67 limit switch, roller lever, N/O & N/C with adjustable roller arm type AZD1008.
k) The tenderer shall provide, where requested, an additional security door(s) to provide additional
security on the door(s). The proposed design to be signed off by the relevant project designer
implementing the proposed project. Design criteria might vary from region to region.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Figure 3: Sample photo of a security door
Note: Were a battery room is required; the door shall be fitted with the same security door as the equipment room thus some
site will require two(2) security doors
The security door should consist of at least the following:
Bolt on frame of 75 mm x 50 mm mild steel rectangular tubing with fastening from the inside of
the frame
Solid Door panel of 6mm plate thickness or 35 mm x 35 mm square tube trellis door
Door panel fully framed with rectangular and square tubing, fully welded at corners.
The door panel to interlock with the door frame at multiple positions along the circumference of the
door panel.
The door edge frame beam to contain the latch and deadbolt locks option, with additional top and
bottom deadbolts for added security.
Door locks shall be keyed alike and protected.
Lock side fitted with a slam bar from top to bottom.
The hinge to be from top to bottom. Welded to one side and bolted to the other with an additional
lock bolts to secure the final hinge position after the door has been aligned.
The security door hinge shall be on the same side of as that that of the container door.
All components to be electro- coated and powder coated to match the container.
For coastal conditions hot dip galvanizing shall be used.
An open position catch mechanism must be included in the design to hold the security door in the
open position.
The direction of opening depends on site conditions.
The container shall be fitted with overhead cable racking as follows:
Note: No racking is to be installed in battery rooms
a) Type: Wire Mesh
Width: 300mm
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Height: 50mm
Base aperture: 50mm x 50mm
Side Aperture: 25mm x 50mm
Finish: Hot-dipped galvanized
Wire diameter: 4mm
b) Racking shall be fitted inside of the building against the wall and at 90degrees to the wall. It will be
mounted on 350 mm cantilever brackets. Cantilever brackets to be secured to the wall by means of
M10 rivnuts and M10 bolts.
Figure 4:
c) The racking shall run along the entire inside perimeter (except for the door area) as well as across
the centre of the container. The centre racking should be suspended with M8 treaded rods secured
with M8 spring nuts onto P2000 trunking riveted to the roof.
Figure 5: P2000 trunking and M8 spring nut sample photo
d) The racking shall be fitted 300mm below roof height and shall be able to sustain the weight of at
least 1kg/m along its entire length.
Note: Racking layout and routing shall be specified on site specific drawings. Racking height must accommodate the height of
the proposed equipment cabinets and other devices. Consultation with the project designer is recommended before final
installation.
All earthing and bonding shall be in accordance with the Eskom Standard 240-56872313.
a) Provide a 25 x 3mm copper earth strap to the inside of the overhead racking.
b) The routing of the bar to be optimized as to minimize the amount of bolted joints. Joints may be
brazed if no damage will be done to internal components. (Preferably mount copper bar on side of
wire racking)
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
c) An additional copper earth strap shall be connected to the feeder entry panel and from this point
extended externally to the container main earth outside, thus bonding the internal earthing to the
main station earth.( Use the bonding holes as specified in Section 8 (g) )
Where requested, it is to be manufactured and supplied as follows:
a) Made of 2 mm mild steel channel and painted black. (design to be provided as needed)
b) To be fastened to the floor with stainless steel bolts.
c) 2mm aluminium plate should be fitted below the IDF to provide a gland plate for cable access.
Note: These items will be specified in detail if required in the site drawings and may vary from site to site
The ventilation for the various containers sizes in section 4 shall be catered for as follows:
Note: Reference Specification 240-82172806 Standard for air conditioning in Transmission substation buildings and
Telecommunications sites for more detail and compliance to Eskom the standard
a) Two wall mount window mounted air-conditioners are required for each container.
b) The air-conditioners are to be at least 18000 BTU each and utilise R410A gas.
c) Air conditioners shall be installed and tested at the factory and then removed for transportation.
d) The full cut out shall be capped with an aluminium architrave and the opening must be closed
securely with a blanking plate that can only be removed from the inside. The architrave shall be
sealed with white exterior polyurethane sealer.
e) Vandal proofing cages shall be fitted on the outside.
f) One blanking plate shall be provided in case a unit has to be removed for repairs.
g) The blanking plates shall be waterproof and provide security.
h) The air-conditioners are required for cooling only. They are to be fitted with a de-frost thermostat
for de-icing. No heating element is required.
i) The fresh air seal off shall be 100%.
j) Cut outs shall be made in the wall as per the drawings.
k) 1.6mm 3CR12 Stainless Steel White Powder Coated Vandal proofing shall be fitted. An acceptable
alternative is metal cages that are hot dipped galvanizing.
l) All air conditioners shall be fitted with temperature control and auto-restart.
m) The units shall be fitted with a Tautech (or equivalent) AC duty controller. Air conditioners shall
interface with the duty controller using Gweiss 5 pin plugs (Model No GW60009 with interlocking
fitted). The air-conditioner alarm termination points shall to be wired with a 10 pair cable of 10 m
length and left unterminated coiled up with the unit. All relevant programming software and
documentation must be supplied with the installation.
n) White exterior silicon shall be used to seal the perimeter of the air-conditioner and behind the
mounting bracket prior to pop riveting the bracket. The pop rivets shall be sealed with silicon.
o) A flameproof/spark proof AC extractor fan shall be fitted to every battery room.
p) The sizing must be such that a minimum of 4 air volume exchanges are done per hour. (Refer to
SANS 10108 Annex E for calculation information to determine the exact figure).
q) The extraction fan shall be mounted as high as possible in the wall as per the container room
drawing; shall run continuously; shall be resistant against the acid vapour given off by the batteries
during boost charging and be equipped with a front gravity louvre.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
r) A louvered air inlet panel, through which the necessary replacement air would enter the battery
room, shall be fitted as per the container drawing. The air inlet shall be located as close to the floor
as possible to ensure that the incoming fresh air passes around and over the battery cells. The air
inlets shall provide for unobstructed airflow, but designed in such a way that prevent or limit dust
ingress into the battery room. The filter media shall be washable and be able to resist degradation
due to cleaning. A suitable anti-theft cover to prevent access to the room shall be fitted.
A feeder entry panel (see Figure 6 & 7) shall be provided and fitted. At least a minimum of 6 large feeder port
entries are required and 8 smaller 16 mm diameter holes.
The design should incorporate a mounting lip at least 50 mm wide with supporting gussets below the lip. This
is to provide a secure mounting for the overhead gantry from the tower. This mounting point must be able to
support the full weight of the overhead gantry and cables. No pre drilled holes required.
Note: The contractor must discuss the design and type with Eskom Telecoms before ordering and installation of any feeder
entry. The final design shall be documented and agreed upon. The type, make and design model shall be listed for consistency
in design for duration of the contract.
The feeder entry panel shall be as follows:-
a) The top first 6 entry holes shall be at least 40 mm internal diameter. They shall be fitted with
suitable PVC fittings with a screw on endcap externally. All positions shall be sealed off
appropriately.(see Figure 6 for example) Additional to this at the bottom a row of 8 x 16 mm holes
shall be drilled at suitable spacing to allow the fitment of RF surge protection modules for RF
feeder cable. These 16 mm holes must be sealed with removable plastic or PVC plugs.
b) The feeder entry panel shall be sealed with white exterior Polyurethane sealer and pop riveted into
place uniformly.
c) An internal mounting plate of 350 x 350 mm (see Figure 7) for RF lightning surge protectors shall
be provided directly in line with the feeder entry panel mounted on the overhead racking and
bonded to the station earthing. 9 Pre-drilled holes at 16 mm internal diameter spaced at 100 mm
apart (see Figure 3)
d) The surge protector mounting plate shall be bonded by means of 25 mm2 copper wire or bar to the
station earthing.
Figure 6: Feeder entry panel
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Figure 7: Mounting plate for RF lightning surge protectors
The electricals for the container shall be supplied as follows:
Refer to the single phase and three phase wiring diagrams in the annexure.
All wiring to comply with SANS 10142-1 (The wiring of premises Part 1: Low-voltage installations)
Note: No LED lighting to be used due to RF interference produced via their switched mode power supplies
a) The Outside Distribution / Protection box shall conform to the following:
constructed of fiberglass and be installed next to the earth strip of the port entry panel.
(The reason for this placement is to employ the principal of single point earthing).
should be 63A per phase and neutral
IMax=40KA on all phases and neutral. They must be rated class 2. (SANS 61643-1 SABS
IEC 0313-1). SPDs shall be equipped with thermal disconnecting mechanism and visual
inspection to determine end of life.
container. (Connect to pre drilled holes as per section 8 (g) )
(refer to item (g) below)
socket should be mounted separately in a suitable sized fibre glass box with a slot cut for
the generator cable to allow the operation in adverse weather conditions. (refer to item (f)
below foe specification )
Over & Under Voltage Single Phase Relay Comparator (ACDC Dynamics WCPT1 or
equivalent ) and for 3 Phase install a Phase Failure & Sequence Relay (ACDC Dynamics
SMP1/N SPDT or equivalent)
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
b) The inside distribution box shall consist of the following:
18-way Sarel type or equivalent electrical distribution box (250x405x65 mm in dimension).
63 A single (Live & neutral) / 3 Phase main incoming isolator (3 Phases only).
63A single / 3 phase earth leakage switch. ( for plugs only)
Minimum 1 x 20A circuit breaker for plugs fed via the earth leakage unit
10A single pole plus neutral (SP+N) circuit breakers for lights.
10A single pole plus neutral (SP+N) circuit breakers for extractor fan. (Only fitted to
containers that have a Battery room)
supply this should be increased to one each per phase. In the case of a dual charger this
requirement should be duplicated. The supply must not be fed via the earth leakage
switch.
conditioning unit.
and have a 16A rating.
c) Equipment room lights shall be 1.5 m (5 ft) Dual 58 Watt fluorescent lamp with electronic ballasts
covered in vapour proof fittings and ceiling mounted. (Refer to the drawings for placement of light
fittings). Note the requirements for light fittings for a battery room in Section 18
d) Provide an outside a waterproof light with a waterproof external switch at an appropriate height on
the equipment room and battery room side of the shelter unless otherwise specified. The external
waterproof switch shall be a rotary sealed O-ring type. When a battery room is included the internal
lights need to be operated via a waterproof switch of the same type mounted externally.
e) AC power cables shall not be routed with any communication cables on the overhead racking. All
cables shall be in PVC trunking. 100mm x 40mm. Dual ducting shall be used. These shall be
mounted at in the top corners of the wall. Allow for a small spacing gap to facilitate the removal of
the covers when fitted close to the ceiling or corners. The plugs and switches shall be connected to
the PVC trunking by means of 20 mm PVC conduit with suitable mounting glands saddled to the
walls with self-tapper screws or pop rivets.
f) Provision shall be made to connect a mobile 30 kVA 3 phase or 15 kVA single phase generator.
rating on the outside of the container in a suitable weatherproof box.
rating on the outside of the container in a suitable weatherproof box.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Figure 8: Sample picture of generator plug
g) A manual changeover switch rated at 63 A, shall be fitted between the main incoming AC and the
standby generator supply point. This switch must not break the neutral connection in the 3 phase
application. This could be mounted in the outside distribution box or internally next to the main AC
distribution board.
h) The interconnecting wire between the generator supply point, changeover switch and the container
distribution board shall be a minimum of 16 mm2.
i) The supply feed cable must be supplied and shall be a 4 core 16 mm2 armoured cable or 2 core
for single phase. This shall be installed from the Municipal/ Eskom supply point to the main 63A
isolator on the container. A separate external non insulated earth wire of 25 mm2 size should be
run adjacent to the power cable. The length of this cable is site specific. All cables must be buried
500 mm below ground level.
j) The contactor must supply an electrical Certificate of Compliance with every installation.
a) The battery room shall be electrically wired in accordance with SANS10142-1 2017 Section 7.14.3-
Hazardous locations.
b) The classification of the location and the selection of equipment permitted (such as flameproof,
explosion proof and intrinsically safe equipment) shall be in accordance with SANS 10108.
c) The installation of electrical equipment in explosive atmospheres shall be in accordance with SANS
10086-1 and SANS 1008902 respectively. This is where the container is used for a battery room
only or part of it is used for a battery room.
The battery room must be equipped with an aluminium gland plate opening of a suitable size to allow the
installation of 4 battery cables to be fed to the adjacent equipment room. All glands used must be flameproof
(see Figure 9 – Black glands in top right)
The position of this gland plate will be indicated on the site specific drawings but the bottom should always
align with overhead racking.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Figure 9: Battery room gland plate
d) The light fittings shall provide sufficient light output to illuminate the tops of the batteries to a level
not less than a maintained 100 lux, in accordance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act,
85/1993 for battery and charging equipment rooms.
e) The lighting installation shall consist of fluorescent luminaires only of Type Ex n, Class T1, gas
group IIC suitable for installation in zone 2 areas.
f) The luminaires shall be positioned against the walls at a height of 2500mm above floor level, as per
the container layout.
g) The light switch (waterproof) shall be mounted outside in close proximity to the battery room door.
h) The contractor shall supply a Master electrician Certificate of Compliance where the need for a
battery room was included.
a) Supply a smoke detector mounted but not wired.
b) Ceiling mounted photo – electric sensor Spectrum PA1045H.or similar
The container can be transported as a flat pack and erected on site or as a complete unit. Site specific
access condition, terrain and distance to site will determine the optimum transport option.
The container shall be delivered to site and installed on the plinth and secured as follows:
a) The container should be correctly placed as per site-layout drawing provided by Eskom
Telecommunications and its foot-plates secured with M10 stainless steel chemical bolts. The cable
entry panel should align with the underground cable entry pipes of the concrete plinth on site.
Station earth mat connection points and overhead gantry routing must be taken into account. Site
drawings should be provided to the supplier with every order, indicating the container orientation
and all entry points for alignment.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
b) In high wind locations, stay wires shall be required: At each corner at a 250 mm offset from side of
the of the container on the plinth, set a M10 x 60mm stainless steel chemical eyebolt into the plinth
and insert a eyebolt attachment point in the rooftop. Insert the thimble through the 8 mm eye bolt
on the top of the container. Loop one end of the 6mm stainless steel stranded cable (250mm)
through the thimbles and secure the looped cable using two M6 Stainless steel Crosby Clamps,
spaced 100 mm apart. Starting at the thimble tail, so that the “U” end is on the short end of the loop
and the clamp is on the long end. Brass/Aluminium ferules may be used in place of the Crosby
clamps. Turn-buckles may be inserted and used to tension the cables were required.
This is a special order unit mostly for remote solar installations or very small scale sites
Site specific details to be discussed on requisition
Due to site conditions, e.g. the fencing and gates will already be in position, the container may have to be
transported manually and erected on site in position.
a) The antenna entry plate shall be standard fitting as supplied on the larger containers. (see section
16 for details)
b) Antenna entry plate shall not be obstructed by the 19 inch cabinet position.
c) Steel battery tray and working table shall be built into container as per specification and drawings.
d) Contractor to supply, fit and wire as per AC/DC diagram the following:
Specification as per section 17
One 12 way distribution board.
Breakers as per requirement.
One two-way 16 amp wall socket.
One 1.2m double fluorescent light fitting in radio room.
One internal light switch by door for overhead light.
Provision shall be made for a weatherproof bulkhead light over the doorway. A
weatherproof rotary switch on the outside wall must operate the light by the door.
be able to feed supply through bottom of container via conduit to AC board.
e) All wiring inside module shall be surface mounted in conduit/trunking.
f) All outdoor wiring is shall be weatherproof and UV resistant.
g) All fittings shall have a protection rating of IP65.
h) The AC and DC earth shall be braize-welded to the station earth mat.
i) All AC and DC equipment and fittings shall be supplied by the contractor unless otherwise
specified.
j) Unless otherwise specified the container shall be fitted with a thermostatically controlled AC
operated extractor fan. Small floor vents to be fitted to ensure airflow. Air vents to have insect
gauze. Fan fitting must not expose container wall insulation to water ingress.
Name and surname Designation
Joe Manyisa Eskom Telecommunications Manager
Ben van Nieuwenhuizen Manager: Coastal Region
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Name and surname Designation
Jaap Maritz Manager: Limpopo/ Mpumalanga Region
Keith Cornwall Manager: Gauteng and North West Region
Joe Manyisa Manager: Network Management Centre
Craig Pitt Manager: Business Architecture
Cornelius Naidoo Manager: CoE Design Engineer
Mlungisi Mkhwanazi Manager: Programme Management
Mark Ganesan Manager: SHEQ
Sharon Mokoena Manager: Key Sales and Marketing (Acting)
Willie van der Vyver Manager: Network Replacement Portfolio (Acting)
Bheki Nala Manager: National Planning
Mfundiso Hina Manager: Network Replacement (Acting)
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Date Rev Compiler Remarks
Aug 2019 2 Jacques van der Heide Corrected language, typing errors and reference
errors in document.
2.7 Added new 2019 air conditioner spec as
reference
7 d) Clarified Acid drain hole design
8 g) Changed hole diameter
11 k) Added holding catch to security door and
opening details
12 b) Clarified rack mounting design
12 c) Clarified suspended mounting
13 a) Corrected earthing strap size
15 Changed wording removed duplications
Added specification reference to 240-82172806
15 m) Added requirement for software and
documentation.
15 o) Item removed from specification
16 Added mounting lip for gantry
16 a) Changed and Improved design
16 c) Changed wording and added detail
16 d) Changed wording
17 Added SANS 10141-1 reference & corrected
multiple errors
17 a) 1) added IP65 rating
17 a) 2) corrected to Isolator
17 a) 3) Changed to different type and stated rating
17 a) 4) Corrected wording
17 a) 6) added enclosure requirement
17 a) 7) New item – AC fail relay item
17 b) 1) Changed to 18 way larger unit
17 b) 3) Corrected rating to 63 A
17 b) 4) Corrected rating to 20 A
17 b) 5) Corrected rating to 10 A (SP+N)
17 b) 6) Corrected rating and changed wording
17 b) 7) Corrected rating to 20 A Curve 2
17 b) 8) Added SANS 164-1 rating at 16 A
17 e) added detail on installation standard
17 f) Upgraded rating to 63 A and corrected to 3 pin
plus changed gender of socket to male type for both
units Added IP44 rating
17 g) Specified 63 A rating and neutral caution.
17 h) Downgraded cable size to 16 mm square
17 i) Reworded and clarified specification to 16 mm
square and added more detail
18 c) Included omitted battery room cable gland
mounting plate and picture
Sept 2018 1 Dawie Naude First issue
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
The following persons were involved in the compilation of this document.
Eric Waddington
Kamir Lala
Jacques van der Heide (Pr Tech Eng)
Not applicable.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex A – Single phase site external wiring diagram
Utility supply side Customer side
LINE SIDE Distance to meterbox
Utility meter box
Distance to Transformer Change over switch
L W0 MAINS Rated 63 A L
W0 Utility Metering
Circuit GEN
Breaker
Supply OFF
Transformer 80 A CUSTOMERCABLE Isolator 1 MAINS GEN IsolatorMains To IsolatorDB BoardswitchMains
63 A (Sheet 2)
N w0 mains w0
N
W4 gen w0
E w4
To be bonded to incoming supply earth
Neutral bonded to Earth at supply point on
Transformer W3 W0 W0 To be bondedandtoequipmentthe station earth mat
W3 w0
Notes
Wire specification: Sample unit W3
W0 => 16mm2 core. R1
W1 => 4mm2 core Over & Under
W2 => 2.5mm2 voltage Single W0
W3 => 1.5mm2 Phase Relay Surge
W 4 => Earth Wire shall be non-insulated multi strand 25mm2 protection
wire.
Customer Cable:
2 core 16mm2 armoured. SPD 1 SPD2
25mm2 Earth run externally parallel to cable Generator supply
point
Generator Switch:
2P and 3 position with the centre being off position
Earth shall be wired through and only L1, N shall be switched. L N
Breaking capacity: 1.25 times the rated current.
63 A rating Sample unit 2P+N+E W4 W4
Generator Socket:
Raring 63A, 2P+N+E without (centre pin off) reference To EAS E
Operating voltage 690V (50 to 60Hz)
IP 44 rating Relay alarm output : Plug gender must be W4
Surge Protection Devices 2 pair wire to EAS unit MALE
SPD1 and SPD2: Surge Protection Devices in accordance with EXTERNALY MOUNTED IP65
SANS 61643-1 (SABS IEC 0313-1). Minimum rating shall be ENCLOSURE
class II. SPDs shall be equipped with thermal disconnecting
mechanism and visual inspection to end of life.
INormal = 20 KA and IMax = 40 KA
Relay 1:
R 1: (Incoming AC Phase fail relay)
Over & Under Voltage Single phase Relay comparator
ACDC Dynamics WCPT1 or similar
Created by: SCALE REV. 29/10/2018 6/03/2019 Telecommunications RevisedJ van der Heideby: PS Ncapayi Enclosure:
2 by: Date: A Division of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd NTS SPDs, Isolator 2,Changeover switch and Socket shall be installed Authorised Plant ID:
outside in a lockable IP65 Box.
Revision comments: SINGLE PHASE SITE SHEET
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex B – Single phase distribution board wiring diagram
405mm
18 Way Sarel type
AC DB board W1
W1
AC Distribution box:
63 a 63 a
W1 250mm
L W0 Mains Isolator 2 EarthBRKleakage1 BRK 2 BRK 3 BRK 4 BKR 5 BRK 6 BRK 7
Supply
From change N W0
over switch Mains W2
E w4
(Sheet 1) Incoming W2
Block 1 block 2 w2 block 3
W2
W3 w2 w2
65mm 65mm depth
W2 w2
W2
Notes
Wire specification: W2
As for this drawing unless specified as an amendment in the bluebook W3 W2 W2 W0 => 16mm2
W1 => 4mm2 W2
W2 Light 1 W2 => 2.5mm2 W2 W2
SW 1 W3 => 1.5mm2 W2
W 4 => Earth Wire shall be non-insulated multi strand 25mm2 wire.
Light 2 W2 W2
MCB and Isolators SW 2 P1 BR 3
Isolator 2 Incoming Mains isolator: 63A must be labeled as “Main Switch”
Light 3 BKR 1: Earth Leakage 63 A unit
BRK 2: Lights 10 A Single Pole + Neutral (for battery room application) SW 3 P2 BR 3 AIRCON 1 AIRCON 2 CHARGER 1 M
BRK 3: Plugs 20 A single circuit breaker
Note: Light switch configuration BRK 4: Aircon 1 20 A single circuit breaker (Curve 2)
varies with battery room P3 BR 3 FAN BRK 5: Aircon 2 20 A single circuit breaker (Curve 2) Add as needed
BRK 6: Charger 20 A or 40 A (Curve 2) Double pole W2 W2
BRK 7: Battery room Fan 10 A Single Pole + Neutral (for battery room application) W2 W2
Charger Circuit breaker to be specified as per the charger sizing specification. Wallmounted
Plugs
Db box:
18 Way Sarel or equivalent.
Measurements (405 x 250 x 65 mm).
If made of metal it must treated with galvanic anti-rusting treatment.
The box must the earthed to station earth.
Blocks 1-3:
Insulated terminal block with incoming cross sectional area of 4mm2 to 25mm2. outputs 2.5mm2to
16mm2
Sockets outlets
P1 TO P3: Double Socket Outlets shall comply SANS164-1 with a 16A rating.
Luminaries PSCreatedNcapayiby: 29/10/2018 RevisedJ van der Heideby: 6/03/2019 Telecommunications SCALE REV.
L1-L2: 5ft flame proof lighting fittings. Authorised by: Date: Plant ID: A Division of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd NTS 2
L3: Outside flood light
Note Battery room will require additional switches and lights, not shown on this diagram Revision comments: SINGLE PHASE SITE SHEET
DB BOARD DIAGRAM Unused positions:
All positions without breakers must be covered with appropriate blanks. VisioDocument
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex C – Three phase site external wiring diagram
Utility Side Customer side
Distance to meterbox
Distance to Line Utility Meter Box
3P Breaker Changeover switch
R Utility meter W0 W0 MAINS 63 A L1
W0
Gen
Isolator 1 Supply Utility
OFF Breaker MAINS Transformer MAINS GEN L2 80 A W0 W0 W To DB Board W0
GEN To Mains Isolator CUSTOMER 63 A Mains CABLE switch
Isolator
MAINS (sheet 2) L3 W0 W0 B
Gen w0
N
N w0 w0
W0
W0 W4 To be bonded to site earth W0
mat and equipment W0 W0 E W4 EARTH WIRE
W0 To be bonded to incoming supply earth
Neutral bonded to Earth at supply point on W0 W0
Transformer
Notes
Wire specification: W4
W0 => 16mm2 core.
W1 => 4mm2 core.
W2 => 2.5mm2
W4 W3 => 1.5mm2
W 4 => Earth Wire shall be non-insulated multi W3 W3 W3 W3
strand 25mm2 wire.
Spd 1 spd2 spd2 spd2
Customer cable: R1
Cable => 4 core 16mm2 armoured
25mm2 Earth run externally parallel to cable Phase Fail & Sequence L2 L3
Generator Switch: L1 3P+N+E N
3P and 3 position with the centre being off position W4 W4 W4 W4
Neutral and Earth shall be wired through and only L1, E
L2 and L3 shall be switched.
Breaking capacity: 1.25 times the rated current. 63 A W4
63 A rating Surge protection
To EAS
Generator Socket:
Rating 63A, 3P+N+E without (centre pin off) EXTERNALY MOUNTED IP65 NCLOSURE
reference, IP44 rating
Operating voltage 690V (50 to 60Hz)
Surge Protection Devices
SPD1 to SPD4: Surge Protection Devices in
accordance with SANS 61643-1 (SABS IEC 0313-1).
Minimum rating shall be class II. SPDs shall be
equipped with thermal disconnecting mechanism and
visual inspection to end of life.
INormal = 20 KA and IMax = 40 KA
Phase fail relay:
R 1 Phase Fail & Sequence Relay.
ACDC Dynamics SMP1/N SPDT or similar
Incoming phase fail relay will have dry contact alarm
when there is a phase fail.
Created by: SCALE REV. 29/10/2018 6/03/2019 Telecommunications RevisedJ van der Heideby: PS Ncapayi
Enclosure: 1 by: Date: A Division of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd NTS Plant ID: SPDs, Isolator 1,Changeover switch and Generator Authorised
Socket shall be installed outside in a lockable IP65
Box. Revision comments: 3 PHASE SITE SHEET
VisioDocument EXTERNAL WIRING DIAGRAM
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
EQUIPMENT CONTAINER FOR AC- POWERED SITES Unique Identifier: 240-89498731
Revision: 2
Page:
Annex D – Three phase distribution board wiring diagram
405mm
18 Way Sarel type
AC DB board L1 W1 R
L2 w1 w
L3 w1 b
N w1 n
1 3 5
63 a 63 a
2 4 6
From change 250mm MAINS ISOLATOR 3 BKR 1 BKR 2 BKR 3 BKR 4 BKR 5 BKR 6 BRK 7
over switch L1 W0 W1
L2 W0 (Sheet 1) control W0 L3
of
Point N W0W0 W3 W2 W2
W2 e
W1 w1
W1 Block 3 Block 1 W3 Block 2
W2
Notes w2
Wire specification: W2 m65m W0 = >16mm2
W1 => 4mm2 W2
W2 => 2.5mm2 W2
W3 => 1.5mm2
W1 W 4 => Earth Wire shall be none-insulated multi strand SW 2 SW 1 25mm2 single wire. To station earth mat.
W1
W2 MCB and Isolators:
P1 BR 3 W1 W2 W2 Incoming Mains isolator: 63A must be labeled as “Main Switch” W2 W2 BKR 1: 3 Phase Earth Leakage 63 A rating
BRK 2: Lights 10A Single Pole + Neutral L 1 P2 BR 3
(For battery room application)
BRK 3: Plugs 20A single circuit breaker
BRK 4: Aircon 1 20A single circuit breaker (Curve 2) P3 BR 3 W2 AIRCON 2 AIRCON 1 CHARGER 1 M
BRK 5: Aircon 2 20A single circuit breaker (Curve 2) L 2
BRK 6: Charger 20A or 40A (Curve 2) double pole circuit breaker.
BRK 7: Battery room Fan 10 A Single Pole + Neutral L 3
(for battery room application) Wallmounted
Blocks 1-3: Plugs
Insulated terminal block with incoming cross sectional area of 4mm2 to 25mm2. W2
Outputs 2.5mm2to 16mm2
Sockets outlets:
P1 TO P4: Double Socket Outlets shall comply SANS164-1 with a 16A rating.
Luminaries
L1-L2: 5 ft flame proof lighting fittings.
L3: Waterproof Outside flood light.
Note Battery room will require additional switches and lights, not shown on this diagram
Db box:
18 Way Sarel or equivalent.
Measurements (405 x 250 x 65 mm).
Created by: SCALE REV. If made of metal it must treated with galvanic anti-rusting treatment. 29/10/2018 6/03/2019 Telecommunications RevisedJ van der Heideby: PS Ncapayi The box must the earthed to station earth.
1 Authorised by: Date: A Division of Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd NTS Plant ID:
Unused positions:
All positions without breakers must be covered with appropriate blanks. Revision comments: 3 PHASE SITE SHEET
Db baord diagram
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
1.1 Scope of this empr
This Environmental Management Programme (EMPr) has been compiled to address the potential
environmental impact that might occur during the refurbishment of the Zandspruit Radio Site in the
Northern Portfolio. This document serves as the environmental specification to NTCSA personnel and
contractors with regards to addressing the environmental issues identified prior to and during the
construction phase. It is the responsibility of the Project Manager (PM), Contractors and the
Environmental Practitioner to ensure compliance with all the environmental specifications in this
document as well as the relevant legislation.
This EMPr should also ensure the sustainable management of the environment during the project. This
EMPr must be viewed as a contract document to which all NTCSA employees and contractors involved
should adhere to.
NB: This EMPr document will only cater for the scope of work contained in it. Any activities
outside the given scope of work will need to be addressed through the correct process (i.e.
method statements).
.
1.2 Roles and responsibilities
Function Roles and responsibilities
Contractor
Environmental
The CEO / SHE ensures that all Sub-contractors working under the
Officer (CEO) /
Principal Contractor abide by the requirements of the EMPr. The CEO /
Safety, Health
SHE’s primary role is to coordinate the environmental management
and
activities of the Contractor on site.
Environmental
Officer (SHE)
Zandspruit Radio Site Document 559-824510295 Rev 1
Identifier
Define the requirements for supply, delivery, and construction of the new equipment shelter,
suitable for housing the Telecommunications equipment. The equipment shelter shall be 6 x 3 x3m
with a floor capable of carrying a weight of 1000kg/Sq. meter.
▪ Define the battery room requirements for a single 48V battery bank with 720Ah capacity and 85A
charger.
▪ Analysis and interpretation of site survey data
▪ Basic design of foundation for new radio station container and creation of a digital elevation
model.
▪ Develop detailed Earthworks designs.
▪ Develop the requirements to migrate existing infrastructure into the new equipment shelter and
develop the cut-over plan.
▪ Civils engineer to confirm onsite if the Geotech Analysis will be necessary. If required, Geotech
Analysis will be conducted.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
This section specifies standard mitigation measures to be followed by the parties responsible for environmental management during the
Zandspruit Radio site civil works. The protected tree permit for 1 species of (Camel Thorn) to be in place prior construction work
commencement.
No. Activity Aspect Impact Management Mitigation Measure Measurable Frequency Responsible
Objective Targets of Action Party
Contract and Issuing/ legal requirements minimising negative tender documentation thereby making it signed stage Manager/ Buyer/
programme Enquiry and non- impacts anticipated part of the enquiry document to make the Environmental
conformance to to occur during the recommendations and constraints, as set Practitioner
Declaration on other requirements construction/ out in this document, enforceable under
Environmental and conditions set refurbishment the general conditions of contract.
Requirements out in the EMPr. phase.
Pro-forma.
The contractor shall acknowledge or
Ensure complete Declaration on Environmental
Project Manager environmental Requirements Pro-forma before
awareness and commencement of the works.
formalise
environmental A copy of this EMPr must be always During responsibilities and available at the works site. The Contractor construction/ CEO implementation. shall ensure that all the personnel on site, refurbishment
sub-contractors and their teams,
suppliers, etc. are familiar with and
understand the specifications contained in
this EMPr.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
Statements Project to legal for minimising statements may only commence once Method commencement
documents requirements and negative the method statements have been Statements and of activities
non-conformance impacts approved by the PM and Eskom relevant
to other anticipated to Environmental Practitioner. documents. As and when
requirements and occur during Where applicable, the contractor shall required
conditions set out the provide job-specific training on an ad hoc
in the EMPr. construction/ basis when workers are engaged in
refurbishment activities, which require Method
phase. Statements.
It must be ensured that Eskom Policies, Contractor
Guidelines and Standards are consulted Training records
to ensure that Method Statements meet
requirements as set out in those
documents.
and development demarcation of contravention, and for minimising Environmental Department or Property place within the commencement
site damage to the negative Management Team) shall be consulted demarcated of construction/
environment impacts before site demarcations and area. refurbishment
anticipated to development, including the camp site. activities on site
occur during All conditions contained in this EMPr
the must be adhered to and considered As and when
construction/ when site demarcation and development required
refurbishment takes place.
phase. No activities will be allowed outside the
demarcated area.
Awareness Environmental understanding by training and awareness/ training. impact because commencement
Training Awareness workforce of the awareness of of construction/ of construction/
Training responsibilities in construction/ refurbishment refurbishment All new staff coming onto site shall
terms of this EMPr refurbishment activities is activities. receive environmental
staff contribute minimised awareness/training.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
Legal to minimisation Refresher environmental through the As and when
contravention, of the awareness/training shall be available as development of required
damage to the occurrence of and when required. effective
environment and environmental All staff shall be made aware of the environmental
private property impact to the conditions and controls linked to the awareness
work area. EMPr. training material
and execution of
All staff are made aware of their
environmental
individual roles and responsibilities in
awareness
achieving compliance with the EMPr.
training for all
The Contractor shall erect and maintain staff.
information posters at key locations on
site.
Environmental awareness/training
should include as a minimum the
following:
environmental impacts, actual or
potential, related to their work activities.
implemented when carrying out specific
activities.
response procedures.
working near or within sensitive areas.
procedures.
procedures.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
-A record of all environmental
awareness undertaken as part of the
EMPr must be available.
-Educate workers on the dangers of
open and/or unattended fires
-A staff attendance registers of all staff
to have received environmental
awareness training must be available
-Course material must be available and
presented in appropriate languages that
all staff can understand
Establishment a site camp environment by environmental shall be provided by the contractor prior environment project
unnecessary issues are to any onsite activity that includes the during site commences
clearing the taken into layout of the construction camp in the establishment is
surface/ ground. consideration form of a plan showing the location of minimised and
in the planning key infrastructure and services (where the development
and applicable), including but not limited to footprint are Land pollution/
construction of offices, vehicle parking areas, stores, kept to contamination.
site the workshop, stockpile and lay down demarcated
establishment. areas, hazardous materials storage development
Chemical pollution areas (including fuels), the batching area.
caused by vehicle plant (if one is located at the construction
oils, grease or camp), designated access routes,
solvents equipment cleaning areas, ablution
facilities, waste and wastewater
management;
Location of construction camps must be
carefully considered and approved by
the Substation/ Grid Team and Tx.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
Projects Delivery to ensure that the site
does not impact on sensitive areas.
Sites should be located where possible
on previously disturbed areas.
The construction camp shall be fenced
where necessary.
6 Environmental Response to all Land, water Emergency Compile an Emergency Response Plan All emergency On Contractor/ CEO
emergencies types of pollution/ procedures prior to the commencement of the situations are commencement
environmental contamination. are in place to proposed project. managed in
emergencies. enable a rapid The Emergency Plan must deal among accordance with As and when
Chemical pollution and effective other things with accidents harsh the emergency required
response to all weather conditions, disasters, wildlife procedures. caused by vehicle
types of interactions, potential spillages and fires oils, grease or
environmental in line with relevant legislation. Rapid and solvents
emergencies. All staff shall be made aware of effective
emergency procedures as part of response to all
environmental awareness training. types of
The relevant local authority shall be environmental
made aware of a fire as soon as it starts. emergencies.
In the event of emergency necessary
mitigation measures to contain the spill
or leak shall be implemented.
Chemical handling, use and water pollution of the statements for the “handling & storage of the environment. CEO/ SHE
Substances (incl. and disposal of pollution/ environment. hazardous chemical substances”, “fire”, Representative
oil) hazardous contamination. and “emergency spills procedures”. No litigation due
substances Minimise The substances must be confined to to transgression
Damage to the chances of specific and secured areas within the of pollution
environment. transgression contractor’s site, and in a way that does control Acts.
of the acts not pose a danger of pollution even
controlling during times of high rainfall. These areas No complaints
pollution. must be imperviously bunded with from Interested adequate containment (at least 1.5 times
& Affected
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
the volume of the fuel) for potential spills Parties (I &
or leaks. APs).
Drip trays (minimum of 10cm deep) must
be placed under all vehicles, including Method
plant and equipment that stand for more statements
than 24 hours. Vehicles suspected of
leaking must not be left unattended, drip
trays must be utilised.
The surface area of the drip trays will be
dependent on the vehicle and must be
large enough to catch any hydrocarbons
that may leak from the vehicle/plant
while stationery.
All spilled hazardous substances must
be contained in impermeable containers
for removal to a licensed hazardous
waste management facility/ site, (this
includes contaminated soils, and
drenched spill kit material).
Safety Data Sheets (SDS) must be
prepared for all hazardous substances
on site and supplied by the supplier
where relevant. SDS’s must be updated
as required.
Containers must be clearly marked to
indicate contents, quantities and safety
requirements.
Materials such as fuel, oil, paint,
herbicide and insecticides must be
sealed and stored in bunded areas or
under lock and key, as appropriate, in
well-ventilated areas.
All employees working with HCS must
be trained in the safe use of the
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
substance and according to the safety
data sheet.
No smoking must be allowed within the
vicinity of the hazardous storage areas.
Adequate fire-fighting equipment must
be made available at all hazardous
storage area.
An appropriate number of spill kits must
be available and must be in all areas
where activities are being undertaken.
eating areas and management potential influx the Eskom Environmental Practitioner or vermin and flies.
of waste. of vermin and PM designate restricted eating areas for
flies. eating during normal working hours. No complaints
Littering of waste. Neat Adequate closed refuse bins must be from I & AP’s.
workplace and provided and cleaned daily.
hygienic Litter (even if originating outside the
environment. camp) and concrete bags etc. must be
picked up daily and put into suitably
closed bins.
Management management of storing, handling manage and undertaken using an integrated waste management management is
waste and unsafe disposal mitigate approach. undertaken in
of at a potential Sufficient, covered waste collection bins (scavenger accordance with
unrecognised/ impacts to the and weatherproof) shall be provided. relevant national
unregistered waste environment and provincial A suitably positioned and clearly demarcated waste
facility. caused by the legislation and collection site shall be identified and provided.
incorrect local by-laws.
The waste collection site shall be maintained in a storage,
clean and orderly fashion. handling and
disposal of Waste shall be segregated into separate bins and
general and clearly marked for each waste type.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
hazardous Staff shall be trained in waste segregation.
solid waste. Recycling of waste types shall be maximised.
Bins shall be emptied regularly.
General waste shall be disposed of at recognised
and registered waste disposal sites/ recycling
company.
Hazardous waste shall be disposed of at a registered
waste disposal site.
Certificates of disposal for general, hazardous, and
recycled waste shall be maintained.
Under no circumstances shall any waste be disposed
of, burned, or buried on site.
10 Sanitation Management of Risk of diseases An abundant Mobile chemical toilets shall be made available No pollution or Daily Contractor
. ablution facilities and contamination/ supply of onsite if no other ablution facilities are available. disease arises
pollution to the suitably Ablution facilities and or mobile toilets shall be always on-site because
environment. located clean used and no indiscriminate use of the veld for the of sanitation
and well- purposes of ablutions shall be permitted under any facilities or lack
maintained circumstances. thereof.
toilet facilities Ablution facilities shall be located within 100 m of any
are available workplace and shall be numerous enough to
to all staff to accommodate the workforce (minimum requirement
minimise the of 1:15 workers on site).
risk of disease
Where mobile chemical toilets are required, the and impact to
following shall be ensured: the
environment. a) Toilets are located no closer than 100 m to any
watercourse or water body.
b) Toilets are secured to the ground to prevent
them from toppling due to wind or any other cause.
c) No spillage occurs when the toilets are cleaned
or emptied, and the contents are managed in
accordance with the EMPr.
d) Toilets have an external closing mechanism
and are closed and secured from the outside when
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
not in use to prevent toilet paper from being blown
out.
e) Toilets are emptied before long weekends and
workers holidays and shall be locked after working
hours.
f) Toilets are serviced regularly, and a copy of the
waste disposal certificates shall be maintained.
11 Dust Management of Generation of dust To reduce dust Take all reasonable measures to minimise the Minimal Daily Contractor
. Management dust emission emissions. emissions generation of dust because of construction. occurrence of
during Removal of vegetation shall be avoided until such dust due the
construction time as soil stripping is required and similarly adherence of
activities. exposed surfaces shall be re-vegetated or stabilised EMPr
as soon as is practically possible. requirements.
Excavation, handling and transport of erodible
materials shall be avoided under high wind conditions
or when a visible dust plume is present.
During high wind conditions, the responsible person
will evaluate the situation and make
recommendations as to whether dust-damping
measures are adequate, or whether working will
cease altogether until the wind speed drops to an
acceptable level.
Where possible, soil stockpiles shall be in sheltered
areas where they are not exposed to the erosive
effects of the wind. Where erosion of stockpiles
becomes a problem, erosion control measures shall
be implemented at the discretion of the responsible
person.
12 Noise Management of Unnecessary high To prevent All construction vehicles must be in a good working Noise Daily Contractor
. Management noise levels noise levels unnecessary order to reduce possible noise pollution. management is
noise to the Noise reduction is essential, and Contractors shall undertaken in
environment endeavour to limit unnecessary noise, especially loud accordance with
by ensuring talking, shouting or whistling, radios, sirens or SANS 10103
that noise from and
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
construction hooters, motor revving, etc. The use of silent requirements of
activity is compressors is a specific requirement. the EMPr.
mitigated Noisy activities shall take place only during normal
working hours.
The surrounding Eskom management and No complaints
landowners must be informed in writing within 24 from
hours prior to any planned activities that will be surrounding
unusually noisy or any other activities that could landowners.
reasonably have an impact on the adjacent sites.
These activities could include, but are not limited to,
blasting, piling, use of pneumatic jackhammers and
compressors.
13 Water Stormwater and Pollution and To avoid, Appropriate pollution control facilities necessary to Wastewater Daily
. Management wastewater contamination of the manage and prevent discharge of water containing polluting management is
management watercourse mitigate matter or visible suspended materials into undertaken in
environment and or potential watercourses or water bodies shall be designed and accordance with
estuary impacts to the implemented. relevant national
environment All watercourses must be protected from direct or and provincial
caused by indirect spills of pollutants such as solid waste, legislation and
wastewater sewage, cement, oils, fuels, chemicals, aggregate local by-laws.
discharge tailings, wash and contaminated water or organic
during material resulting from the Contractor’s activities.
construction. In the event of a spill, prompt action must be taken to
clear the polluted or affected areas.
There must not be any impact on the long-term
morphological dynamics of watercourses or
estuaries.
When working in or near any watercourse or estuary,
the following environmental controls and
consideration must be taken:
a) Water levels during the period of construction.
No altering of the bed, banks, course or
characteristics of a watercourse
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
b) During the execution of the works, appropriate
measures to prevent pollution and contamination of
the riparian environment must be implemented e.g.,
including ensuring that construction equipment is well
maintained.
c) Where earthwork is being undertaken in close
proximity to any watercourse, slopes must be
stabilised using suitable materials, i.e., sandbags or
geotextile fabric, to prevent sand and rock from
entering the channel; and
d) Appropriate rehabilitation and re-vegetation
measures for the watercourse banks must be
implemented timeously. In this regard, the banks
should be appropriately and incrementally stabilised
as soon as development allows.
14 Dismantling of Storing and Damage to the Impact to the All old equipment removed during the project must be All assets and When Contractor
. old equipment handling of old environment environment to stored in such a way as to prevent pollution of the scrap material to dismantling
equipment be minimised environment. be disposed of takes place
during the Oil containing equipment must be stored to prevent accordingly. Chemical Pollution/
dismantling, leaking or be stored on drip trays. contamination (i.e.,
storage, and release of oil) All scrap steel must be stacked neatly, and any
disposal of old disused and broken insulators must be stored in
equipment containers.
Improper disposal commissioning
of the equipment . Oil to be drained /decanted shall be contained in such
a way that it does not leak to the ground.
Once material has been scrapped and the contract
has been placed for removal, the disposal Contractor
must ensure that any equipment containing pollution
causing substances is dismantled and transported in
such a way as to prevent spillage and pollution of the
environment.
The Contractor must also be equipped to contain and
clean up any pollution causing spills.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
Disposal of unusable material must be at a registered
waste disposal site and a certificate of safe disposal
must be obtained.
Asset disposal team shall be contacted to see if there
are any material that may not need to be disposed
immediately.
15 Workshop, Management of Damage to the The control Where possible and practical all maintenance of Soil, surface Daily Contractor
. equipment workshop and environment operation, vehicles and equipment must take place in the water and
maintenance storage area maintenance workshop area. groundwater
and storage (If and storage of During servicing of vehicles or equipment, especially contamination Chemical Pollution/
applicable) equipment where emergency repairs are affected outside the are prevented contamination
prevents soil, workshop area, a suitable drip tray must be used to as due to
surface water prevent spills onto the soil. adherence of
and EMPr Leaking equipment must be repaired immediately or
groundwater requirements. be removed from site to facilitate repair.
contamination.
Workshop areas must be monitored for oil and fuel
spills and such spills.
Appropriately sized spill kit kept on site relevant to the
scale of the activity taking place shall be available.
The responsible operator of equipment must have
the required training to make use of the spill kit in
emergency situations.
The workshop area shall have a bunded concrete
slab that is sloped to facilitate runoff into a collection
sump or suitable oil / water separator where
maintenance work on vehicles and equipment can be
performed.
16 Heritage Heritage Destruction of the Limit the In terms of the National Heritage Act, 1999 (Act No. No destruction Daily Contractor
. Resources Resources heritage resources destruction of ), construction personnel must be alert and of or damage to
Management Management the country’s must inform the local authorities should they come known
(If applicable) heritage across any findings of heritage resources within 24 archaeological
resources. hours if the area has been removed. sites.
Should any archaeological artefacts be exposed
during construction activities, work on the area where
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
The the artefacts were found shall cease immediately and
preservation the South African Heritage Resources Agency shall
and be notified within 24 hours.
appropriate Under no circumstances shall archaeological
management artefacts be removed, destroyed, or interfered.
of new Any archaeological sites exposed during
archaeological construction activities must not be disturbed prior to
finds should authorisation by the South African Heritage
these be Resources Agency or the appropriate provincial
discovered heritage resource agency.
during
construction. than 60 years shall be removed or demolished
without the appropriate license from SAHRA.
Identify, demarcate and prevent impact to all
known sensitive heritage features on site.
17 Access Roads Management and Damage to the Minimise loss
. maintenance of environment of topsoil and Substation and/ or servitude must be utilised as far access roads
access roads through the enhancement as possible. after completion
unplanned and of erosion.
unrestricted refurbishment
movement of works. Minimise and fines issued, the affected areas must be
vehicles on site fauna and flora immediately rehabilitated.
displacement No driving off from the marked roads is permitted No loss of
by destruction and designated parking areas must be identified topsoil due to
of natural and demarcated with applicable signage. runoff water on
habitats. access roads. Maximum use of both existing servitudes and
existing roads must be made to minimize further
disturbance through the development of new roads.
18 Fauna/Animal Fauna/Animal Disturbance to Minimise Focus on animals such as snakes and other reptiles No measurable Daily Contractor
. Management Management fauna disturbance to that often generate fear by telling the labour force or visible signs
animals. how to move safely away and to whom they report of habitat
the sighting of such animals. destruction.
Minimise
interruption of
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
breeding The labour force should also be informed where
patterns of snakes most often hide so that they can be vigilant
birds. when lifting stones etc.
Employees must be trained on how to deal with
Minimise fauna species as intentional killing will not be
destruction of tolerated as well as not to disturb wildlife within the
habitat, working area precinct.
19 Flora/ Maintenance and Damage to Minimal Protected or endangered species may occur on or The footprint As and when Contractor
Vegetation management of protected or disturbance to near the development site. Special care should be has not required.
Management vegetation endangered species vegetation taken not to damage such species. exceeded the
(1 X Camel where such The contractor must rehabilitate the construction agreed On
Thorn vegetation camp and any other disturbed areas once boundaries. completion
identified on- does not construction/ refurbishment activities have of the project
site) interfere with terminated. Compacted areas will be ripped and All damaged construction
construction/ mulched to ensure recovery of the natural areas activities.
refurbishment vegetation cover. successfully
in terms of Once construction/ refurbishment is complete, rehabilitated.
approvals from rehabilitation of un-built areas must be undertaken
the relevant to restore the aesthetic & ecological value of the
authority. area.
Active re-vegetation must take place with
indigenous vegetation and as prescribed by the
client and/or property owner.
20 Fire Management of Spread of To minimise
. Management fires uncontrolled/ the risk of fire could be regarded as insignificant. measures are the
unattended fires during
construction. unattended fires. accordance with refurbishmen
the National t phase
Veld and Forest circumstances.
Fire Act, 101 of
Emergency (FPA) and emergency services must be
Preparedness
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Document Identifier 559-824510295 Rev 1 Zandspruit Radio Site Environmental
Management Plan Effective Date July 2024
Review Date July 2027
communicated in environmental awareness training and Response
and displayed at a central location on site. Plan.
Public
When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to
ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third
parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30
of 23
File name: 20250324_Zandspruit RS EMP
Template ID 559-824510295(Rev 1) NTCSA Header and Footer portrait template
Construction Contract
Between NTCSA HOLDINGS SOC Ltd
(Reg No. 2002/015527/30)
and [Insert at award stage]
(Reg No. ___________ )
for Supply, deliver and construct a 6m x 3m equipment
shelter suitable for housing the Telecommunications
equipment at Zandspruit RS.
Contents: No of
pages
Part C1 Agreements & Contract Data 18
Part C2 Pricing Data 5
Part C3 Scope of Work
you are tendering for.
The enquiry documents are supplied to you on the following basis:
NTCSA has delegated the management of this enquiry to the NTCSA Representative whose
name and contact details are set out in the Tender Data. The submission of a
tender/proposal by you in response to this enquiry will be deemed as your acceptance of the
Standard Conditions of Tender which may be accessed at www.NTCSA.co.za.
All queries and clarifications relating to the enquiry documents must be addressed in writing
to the NTCSA Representative. No query or clarification may be addressed to any NTCSA
official other than the NTCSA Representative.
Should the tenderer not be satisfied with a response from the NTCSA Representative stated
in the tender document, and would like to escalate, the tenderer may refer the issue to the
Procurement Manager identified in the letter of invitation through the buyer. Should the
tenderer still be dissatisfied, it can then escalate the matter to the Middle Manager
Procurement.
Escalation of ITT issues to NTCSA Chief Executive or Eskom Group Chief Executive is an
avenue of last resort and Tenderers should refrain from escalating IT
Financial Requirements
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)Bid Bond: performance guarantees.
ESKOM copyright protected
When downloaded from the WEB, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user
to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the WEB.
Document Classification: Controlled Disclosure
TECHNICAL EVALUATION CRITERIA FOR EQUIPMENT Uniq
Payment Terms: payment certificate from the Project Manager in terms of core
clause 51.1, the Contractor provides the Employer with a tax invoice in accordance with the
Employer's procedures stated in the Works Information, showing the amount due for payment
equal to that stated in the payment certificate.
Z7.2 If the Contractor does not provide a tax invoice in the form and b
Compliance Requirements
Source: Container Document to the market.zip (unknown)No specific requirements found
A site plan must indicate evacuation routes and emergency assembly point locations.
Zones for particular activities.
Site offices (If applicable).
Welfare facilities.
Off-loading, temporary storage and storage areas (laydown areas).
Sub-contractor facilities were applicable.
Car parking including reverse parking.
Site hoardings and existing boundaries.
Temporary services (including electrical power, lighting, water distribution, drainage, information and communications technology, site security systems, and so on)
Fire hazard The Contractor shall develop emergency protocols for dealing with fires, which may include a Fire Management Plan in accordance with the National Veld and Forest Fire Act (No ) and ensure that all staff is trained / informed in fire prevention. No area shall be denuded of vegetation to create firebreaks. Open fires are not allowed on site. The Contractor Environmental Officer shall ensure that in areas with a high fire danger rating, staff is informed of this. Smoking shall be restricted to designated areas or shall not be allowed, particularly in areas that have a high fire danger rating. CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30 LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474 Revision: 1 Page: of 35 Contractor shall ensure that adequate Fire Fighting equipment is available on site, particularly near hot work and/or where it is specifically identified as a requirement by either the landowner or during the risk assessment.
Environmental factors to H&S The principal contractor shall monitor dust and noise caused by mobile equipment, generators and other equipment during construction. Factors such as wind can often affect the intensity to which these impacts are experienced. To ensure that noise does not constitute a disturbance during construction activities. Dust suppression measures shall be in place to reduce the dust caused by the movement of heavy vehicles and other contractor activities in order not obscure visibility.
Signing off the contract No project shall be signed off before the client has assessed the activities completed in relation to health & safety outstanding issues.
Forums for Governance and Communication Governance and communication structures shall be established on site where project H&S matters shall be discussed. The agenda, minutes and attendance registers of H&S meetings shall be available. NOTE: These meetings do not replace or act as a substitute for the required statutory meetings. Statutory H&S Committees in terms of Section 19 and 20 and General Administrative Regulations 5 of the OHS Act and Eskom requirements shall be established.
Construction Vehicles and Mobile Plant Construction vehicles and equipment shall comply with the relevant legal and other requirements like Construction Regulations 23, the National Road Traffic Act, the Mine Health and Safety Act, National Environmental Act and Eskom Vehicle Safety Specification Procedure 240-62946386. The following requirements are applicable during operation of construction vehicles: A principal contractor shall ensure that construction vehicles and mobile plant are operated by persons with appropriate training, certified competent and in possession of proof of competency, and authorised in writing to operate those construction vehicles and mobile plant
Designated drivers shall be in possession of an appropriate valid driver’s licence for the class of vehicle operated. The driver’s license shall be kept by the person so authorised who shall produce such card on request.
All construction vehicle operators, flagman/banksman/signalman/pointsman shall wear visible PPE at identified high-risk construction sites and shall be visible to the operators during the day or night. CONTROLLED DISCLOSURE When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of National Transmission Company South Africa SOC Ltd Reg No 2021/539129/30 LM-Container Replacement Phase1 _ Zandspruit RS _ C.TXT0535_Rev 1 HEALTH AND SAFETY (H&S) SPECIFICATION Unique Identifier: 559-559476474 Revision: 1 Page: of 35
Heavy construction vehicle parking sites, driveways, or any site shall be designed in such a way that no reversing is required. Where reversing is unavoidable, it shall only be done in the presence of a flagman or a banksman.
The contractor shall develop a vehicle management plan.
Relevant traffic signs shall be displayed.
Reverse beepers shall be fitted on construction vehicles.
Drivers of construction vehicles and mobile plant shall have medical certificates of fitness to operate those construction vehicle and mobile plant, issued by an occupational health practitioner in the form of Annexure 3 of the Construction Regulations.
The speed limit within the bounds of the site shall be clearly stipulated and communicated to everyone and be part of the induction.
Drivers / operators shall not text or talk on cell phones or two-way radios while driving.
The Principal Contractor/ contractor shall ensure that employees do not: i). Ride on back of light delivery vehicles, cranes or other mobile plant equipment. ii). Leave vehicles unattended with the engine running. iii). When unattended, vehicles shall be locked, chock blocks fitted and keys removed;
Vehicle shall be searched on the premises or when entering or leaving the premises.
The Principal Contractor/ contractor shall be responsible for the safety and security of his vehicles (including private vehicles) on the premises.
The Principal Contractor/ contractor shall maintain his vehicles in roadworthy condition with valid licenses. These vehicles shall be subject to inspection by the Client representative. Un- roadworthy vehicles shall not be allowed to site.
Construction vehicles shall be operated in accordance with the license requirements. Where a vehicle licence stipulates the number of persons to be transported on the vehicle, such number shall not be exceeded.
Where the Principal Contractor/ contractor do not own the equipment, the Principal Contractor is still responsible for ensuring his contractors comply with requirements or hire companies (service providers).
Precautions shall be taken to lash loads properly. Loads projecting from vehicles shall be securely loaded and, in daytime, a red flag attached to the load, during darkness a red light or red reflective material shall be attached to the extreme end of such projecting material.
Insufficient searchable text - AI extraction recommended
NOTE: the supplier/contractor/tenderer must ensure that he/she understands the OHS requirements listed hereunder.
The supplier/contractor/tenderer is expected to comply to the following documents when working at/rendering a service to Eskom but not limited to the following
Eskom contractor Health and Safety requirements standards 32-136
Occupational Health and Safety Act
Compensation for Occupational Diseases and Illnesses Act
Electrical Installation Regulations (GNR. March 2009), Section 6(4) Electrical Contractor, completed Annexure 3 - Application for Registration as Electrical Contractor, (where applicable)
Eskom SHEQ Policy 32-727
Eskom Occupational Health & Safety Risk Assessment Procedure 32-520
Eskom Life Saving Rules Procedure, 240-62196227 and Eskom Life Saving Rules Acknowledgment Form, 240-4392180.
Eskom Occupational Health & Safety Incident Management Procedure, 32-95
Eskom Employees Right of refusal to Work in an Unsafe Situation Procedure 240-43848327.
Eskom Work at Heights, 32-418
Eskom Substance Abuse, 32-37
Eskom Behavioural Safety Observations, 32-407
Project Specific Health & Safety specification provided
Project Baseline Risk Assessment (BRA)
Pre-Task Planning for Construction of Power Lines and Substations, 240-144640136
Letter – SACPCMP Section 18 Categories of Registration. Note: Please note that after contract award, it is your responsibility to fully align the company’s processes to Eskom’s OHS requirements (policies, procedures, standards etc).
Penalties shall be enforced on the main supplier for non-conformance/s (identified for the main supplier and/or its contractor and/or supplier) pertaining to Eskom and/or Statutory OHS requirement/s.
Ensure that all employees (contractors/suppliers) undergo the relevant Eskom and the company’s induction
Management of Contractors/ Suppliers The main contractor/supplier
Must demonstrate to Eskom the process and selection criteria applied when appointing contractors and suppliers.
Must provide notification to Eskom, prior to the appointment of contractors or suppliers for the commencement of work.
Must ensure that contractors/ suppliers have adequate resources and competencies. Public When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced without the expressed consent of the copyright holder, Eskom Holdings SOC Ltd, Reg No 2002/015527/30. of 2 Template Annexure B: Eskom Identifier 240-43921804 Rev 5 Acknowledgement Form for Document 240-77471499 Rev 3 OHS legal and other Identifier requirements Effective Date May 2021
Is accountable for the management of its contractors/ suppliers in order to ensure that the applicable legal and Eskom requirements (that are applicable to the main supplier during contract execution) are complied with by the contractors or suppliers.
The main supplier shall monitor contractors or suppliers through audits and assessments regarding OHS compliance during the execution of the work.
The grounds for the termination of work done by contractors/suppliers shall be provided by the main supplier.
All non-conformances/non-compliance by the contractors/suppliers (all tiers) to the main supplier shall be dealt with directly with the main contractor/supplier in terms of performance and penalty processes.
Eskom reserves the right to verify this when deemed necessary. The contractor may be instructed to provide copies of testimonials/references and the contact detail of clients (including Eskom) for whom the Company has done previous work of a similar nature I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge that I have obtained copies of the above documents and confirm that I fully understand them and the consequences of non-compliance. Signed at ................................................ on ........ day of .................................. 20............ Company/Supplier Name
Name of Authorised person (CEO/Director/ Managing Director)
12.1 Bonding of the 150mm2 copper earth strap is to be braised using Sebra alloy or copper flow braising rods. Cad welding is unacceptable. 12.2 Bonding to the fence posts is to be made below ground. 12.3 The installed earth needs to be inspected by an Eskom representative and signed off to ensure that there are no poorly braised or high resistance connections before the earth mat is covered. 12.4 Photographs should be taken of earth connections for record keeping purposes. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16
Copper Theft 13.1 The copper trenching should be backfilled by mixing the backfill material with 10% cement and then compacting the material back into the trench. 13.2 A concrete apron should be cast around the building and fence. Photograph 4 13.3 All exposed copper should be painted with aluminium paint so as to disguise the evidence of copper.
Attachments N/A
Related Documents N/A When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16
Authorisation This document has been seen and accepted by: Name Designation Corrie Vermeulen Eskom Telecommunication Manager Joe Manyisa Middle Manager Operations - NMC Jaap Maritz Middle Manager Operations - Mpumalanga & Limpopo Ben van Middle Manager Operations - Coastal Region Nieuwenhuizen Mlungisi Mkhwanazi Middle Manager Project Management Office Cornelius Naidoo Technology and Engineering Manager Willie van der Vyver Middle Manager - Projects Keith Cornwall Middle Manager Operations - Central Alan Driver Senior Consultant - National Planning Mark Ganesan Middle Manager Operations - Safety & Environment
Revisions Date Rev. Remarks 18 June 2009 Rev 1 n/a . 25 February 2010 Rev 2 n/a
Development team Eric Waddington and Facilities work group
Annexes A – List of Figures Figure 1: Typical Radio/Microwave Station Layout. Figure 2a: Organisation of Tower/Mast and Building Earthing – Plan. Figure 2b: Organisation of Tower/Mast and Building – Elevation. Figure 3: Arrangement of Cable Entry into Equipment Building. Figure 4: Earthing of the Auxiliary Power Supply. Figure 5: Outdoor Equipment Cat Ladder Bonding Plate. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Annex A: List of figures Figure 1: Typical Radio/Microwave Station Layout. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Figure 2a: Organisation of Tower/Mast and Building Earthing – Plan When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Figure 2b: Organisation of Tower/Mast and Building – Elevation When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Figure 3: Arrangement of Cable Entry into Equipment Building. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Figure 4: Earthing of the Auxiliary Power Supply. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database. Radio station Earthing and Bonding REFERENCE REV 240-56872313 3 OF 16 Figure 5: Outdoor Equipment Cat Ladder Bonding Plate. When downloaded from the ET database, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorised version on the database.
C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance 3
C1.1 Form of Offer & Acceptance
By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorised, signing this part of this Form of Offer
A certified copy of a tax clearance certificate is required from foreign tenderers (with a footprint in South Africa but that are not registered on CSD and have not provided a SARS pin number) and local tenderers (that have not provided their SARS e- filing PIN number for verification by NTCSA and/or their CSD profile / CSD number). Foreign suppliers with no footprint in South Africa must complete the SBD1 document; however, no proof of tax compliance is required. 1.1.14 *SBD 6.1 Annexure I Y √ Valid CIDB Grading of 3GB/3CE or Higher Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 1.2. Tender Data The Tender Data makes several references to the Standard Conditions of Tender and in those instances, the clause numbers are referenced hereunder. If the Standard Conditions of Tender are not attached to the enquiry, then tenderers are required to download this from www.NTCSA.co.za. The “Tender Data” as detailed herein shall take precedence over the Standard Conditions of Tender in the event of any ambiguity or inconsistency between the two documents. Clause Number from Standard Conditions Tender Data of Tender 1.1 Parties The Employer is NTCSA SOC Ltd The NTCSA Representative is: Name: Lesiba Kgadima Tel: +27 11 800 5700 E-mail: [email protected] 1st tier Escalations can be directed to: Name: Stanley Tshakhuma Tel: +27 11 800 5700 E-mail: [email protected] 2nd Tier Escalations can be directed to: Name: Frans Pooe Tel: +27 11 800 5661 E-mail: [email protected] 1.3 Enquiry documents The Invitation to Tender number is: E2505NTCSAMWPRR See the content list above for the enquiry documents. 1.4 Type of enquiry This enquiry is
An open Invitation to Tender 1.6 NTCSA's rights to The tender shall be for the whole of the contract. accept or reject any tender 2.1 Eligibility Tenderers (whether a single company or an incorporated or unincorporated joint venture or consortium) must meet the eligibility criteria stated in the Tender Data. The tenderer, or any of its principals, must not be under any restriction to do business with NTCSA or State-Owned Companies. Tenderers are ineligible to submit a tender if
Tenderers have the nationality of a country on any international sanctions list. A tenderer shall be found to have the nationality of a country if the tenderer is a national or is constituted, incorporated, or registered and operates in conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country. This Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 criterion shall also apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract including related services.
Tenderers submit more than one tender either individually or as a partner in a joint venture or consortium except on an E-Tendering system where there is a limit size (900MB) for submission and the tenderers may submit more than one submission with the same tender number. This submission must be clearly marked as not an alternative tender but rather should cater excess information that exceeded the acceptable size limit.
Tenders submitted by a joint venture or consortium where the JV/consortium agreement does not explicitly state that the parties of the JV or consortium shall be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the Contract terms.
A Tenderer must not have a conflict of interest. All Tenderers found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. Prima facie evidence that a tenderer has a conflict of interest with one or more parties in this [tendering] process is: (a) they have a controlling partner or majority shareholder in common; or (b) they have a relationship with each other, directly or through common third parties, that puts them in a position to have access to information about or influence on the tender of another tenderer, or to influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding process;
Tenders signed by non- authorised persons.
Any tenderer that is restricted by National Treasury.
Any tenderer on the Tender Defaulters list.
A tenderer that sub-contracts 100% of the Scope of Work.
Flagged suppliers. Ineligible of the flagged suppliers/tenderers will be due to the following reasons
Those suppliers implicated in serious misconduct by the Zondo Report or the SIU pending the finalization of supplier disciplinary measures against these suppliers; and
Other suppliers implicated in serious misconduct and a breach of the Eskom Supplier Integrity Pact by a forensic report or other source of credible information, such as the SAPS, the NPA, the SIU or other related source.
List of Restricted Suppliers and Defaulters as per PRECCA as issued by National Treasury The implications of this “flag” are as follows: o No new contracts or extension of existing contracts may be awarded to the supplier pending finalization of supplier disciplinary processes against the supplier. Where as such, the supplier’s bid should be removed from any tender evaluation at the “eligibility” or “compliance” assessment stage of the evaluation. Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 NTCSA will disqualify tenderers that are found not to have met the eligibility criteria. 2.2 -2.5 Tender Closing The deadline for tender submission is: Date: 12 August 2026 Time: 10:00 AM (SAST) Late Quotations will not be accepted. Tenders are uploaded via NTCSA Tender bulletin site on the NTCSA E- tendering page. 2.9 Electronic Tender For Electronic Tender Submissions Basic compliance for this invitation to tender are: Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027
Meet the eligibility criteria for a tenderer.
Submit a complete tender with commercial, financial and technical information.
Submission of the mandatory commercial tender returnables as at stipulated deadlines. For E-Tendering, a tenderer’s failure to have submitted/uploaded tender documents will render the tender non-responsive. 3.10 Mandatory tender A tenderer that does not submit mandatory documents or the complete returnables information required in mandatory documents by the deadlines stipulated in the Tender Returnable section will be deemed non-responsive. Refer to attached technical evaluation document 3.12 Functionality Functionality requirements are applicable The following criteria will be applicable for this transaction under functionality criteria: Criteria Weight Proposal which details how 40% company will execute scope of work detailed in the scope and specification document Company's background and 30% experience on Geotechnical Engineering investigation projects Project Programme 10% CVs of key personnel 20% Total 100% Minimum Threshold 70% Tenderers who do not meet the threshold (70%) for functionality scoring will be disqualified. Refer to attached technical evaluation document - (NTCSA reserves the right to reduce the functionality threshold to a predetermined lower threshold in the event that no tenderer meets the stipulated functionality threshold. If this possibility is reasonably anticipated, the reservation of right must be stated clearly in the Enquiry together with the predetermined lower threshold) 3.14 Evaluation of Price Prices will be evaluated as follows
Inclusive of VAT.
Corrected for arithmetical errors.
Excluding contingencies in any bill of quantities or activity schedule’ Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027
Adjusted for any other acceptable variations, deviations, or alternative tenders submitted; and
Making a comparison of the Net Present Value of each adjusted tender based on the tendered programme (if provided) and prices, on the estimated effect of Price Adjustment Factors and rate of exchange fluctuations (if applicable) and on other evaluation parameters relating to uncertainty and risk, where applicable.
Unconditional discounts will be taken into account for evaluation purposes.
Conditional discounts will not be taken into account for evaluation purposes but will be implemented when payment is affected. Prices will be scored out of 80 [Eighty] points 3.16 Evaluation of Specific goals will be scored out of 20 [Twenty] points in accordance with the Specific Goals PPPFA. If a tenderer fails to submit evidence of its points claim for a Specific Goal, it will not be disqualified. However, it will be awarded 0 points for that Specific Goal. 3.17 Ranking of tenders Tenderers will be ranked by applying the preferential point scoring for the 80/20 system. NTCSA will add the score from Pricing and Specific Goals together and rank the suppliers from the highest to the lowest.
80/20 for tender with a rand value below R50 million Please note: - NTCSA reserves the right to award a tenderer who may not be the highest scoring/highest ranked tenderer, in line with Section (2) (1) (f) of the PPPFA. 3.18 Objective Criteria Objective criteria are applicable. (are applicable) Please note that NTCSA may award the contract to a tenderer other than the highest scoring if objective criteria justify the award. The following objective criteria apply to the enquiry: Designated Materials Commodity Description Local Content Threshold Steel Steel 100% Cement Cement 100% NOTE: This is a contractual requirement and will be negotiated and finalized at the contract stage with the successful contractor/supplier. Please note: NTCSA reserves the right to award a tenderer who may not be the highest Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 scoring/highest ranked tenderer, in line with Section (2) (1) (f) of the PPPFA. 3.19 Contractual Contractual Requirements that must be included in all tender are the following: Proof of CSD registration Proof of valid and current CSD Registration (CSD number/CSD Report) SHEQ requirements
It is estimated that tenderers must have a Construction Industry Development Board (CIDB) contractor grading of 3GB or 3CE or higher. Please note that only those tenderers that are registered with the Construction Industry Development Board or are capable of being so registered within twenty-one (21) working days from the closing date for submission of tenders in a contractor grading designation as stipulated in the tender data and determined in accordance with the best estimated value of the scope of works are eligible to submit tenders. Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 Please note: Tenderers are requested to bear in mind NTCSA's standard payment terms as stipulated hereunder when submitting tenders and concluding contracts with NTCSA. For contracts valued below R50 000 000 (Fifty Million Rand) including VAT, NTCSA is committed to paying Suppliers within 30 days of receipt of undisputed invoices. NTCSA reserves the right to negotiate with preferred bidders after a competitive bidding process or price quotations should the tendered prices not be market related. Main contractors/ suppliers are discouraged from subcontracting with their subsidiary companies as this may be interpreted as subcontracting with themselves and / or using their subsidiaries for fronting. Where a main contractor subcontracts with a subsidiary, this must be declared in its tender documents. A report containing a list of potential sub-contractors may be drawn by accessing the following link: www.csd.gov.za “proof of B-BBEE status level of contributor” means- (a) the B-BBEE status level certificate issued by an authorised body or person; or (b) an affidavit as prescribed by the B-BBEE Codes of Good Practice; or (c) any other requirement prescribed in terms of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027 ANNEXURE A AUTHORISATION FORM Indicate the status of the tenderer by ticking the appropriate box below. A B C D E COMPANY CLOSE PARTNERSHIP JOINT SOLE CORPORATION VENTURE PROPRIETOR The tenderer must complete the appropriate certificate set out below for its category of organisation. If the tenderer is a company, close corporation or joint venture, the tenderer must attach a certified copy the document that is proof of the contents of the certificate (resolution of the board of directors of a company, members’ resolution of a close corporation, or power of attorney in the case of a joint venture). Note further that the authorised representative of the tenderer will in addition be required to sign the form at the end in addition to the relevant certificate for category of organisation.
Certificate for company I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ of the board of directors of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby confirm that by resolution of the board taken on _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the company, and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the company. The resolution of the board is annexed to this Form. Signed: Date: Name: Position: Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027
Certificate for close corporation I,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ , in my capacity as member of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, hereby confirm that by majority vote of the members taken on _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ (date), Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, is authorised to submit this tender on behalf of the close corporation, and to sign all documents in connection with this tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of the close corporation. The members’ resolution is annexed to this Form. Signed: Date: Name: Position: (Member)
Certificate for partnership We, the undersigned, being the key partners in the business trading as _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ hereby authorise Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, acting in his/her capacity of _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, to submit this tender on our behalf, and to sign all documents in connection with the tender and any contract that may result from it on our behalf. Name Address Signature Date NOTE: This certificate is required to be completed and signed by the full number of Partners necessary to commit the Partnership. Attach additional pages if more space is required. Controlled Disclosure When downloaded from the document management system, this document is uncontrolled and the responsibility rests with the user to ensure it is in line with the authorized version on the system. No part of this document may be reproduced in any manner or form by third parties without the written consent of NTCSA SOC Ltd, © copyright NTCSA SOC Ltd, Reg No 2021/539129/30 of 65 File name: 559-235050781 ITT for LM Container Refurbishment Phase 1 at Zandspruit Radio Station Template ID: 240-43921804 (Rev 7) Header and Footer portrait template Document 559-235050781 Rev 1 Identifier Invitation to Tender Effective Date July 2024 Review Date July 2027
Certificate for Joint Venture We, the undersigned, are submitting this tender offer in Joint Venture and hereby authorise Mr/Ms _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _, an authorised signatory of the company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , being the lead member in the Joint Venture, to sign all documents in connection with the tender and any contract that may result from it on behalf of all the members in the Joint Venture. This authorisation is evidenced by the attached power of attorney signed by the legally authorised signatories of all the members in the Joint Venture. Furthermore we attach to this Form a copy of the Joint Venture Agreement which incorporates a statement that all members in the Joint Venture are liable jointly and severally for the execution of the contract, a term that indicates the member that will be the lead member, and terms that indicate the ratios according to which work and payment will be divided amongst the members. Name of JV member Address Authorised signature, name and capacity Lead partner
B-BBEE Details: med to be jointly
and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of this contract.
Z2.2 Unless already notified to the Employer, the persons or organisations notify the Project
Manager within two weeks of the Contract Date of the key person who has the authority to bind
the Contractor on their behalf.
Z2.3 The Contractor does not alter the composition of the joint venture, consortium or other
unincorporated grouping of two or more persons without the consent of the Employer having
been given to the Contractor in writing.
Z3 Change of Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) status
Z3.1 Where a change in the Contractor’s legal status, ownership or any other change to his business
composition or business dealings results in a change to the Contractor’s B-BBEE status, the
Contractor notifies the Employer within seven days of the change.
Z3.2 The Contractor is required to submit an updated verification certificate and necessary
supporting documentation confirming the change in his B-BBEE status to the Project Manager
within thirty days of the notification or as otherwise instructed by the Project Manager.
Z3.3 Where, as a result, the Contractor’s B-BBEE status has decreased since the Contract Date the
Employer may either re-negotiate this contract or alternatively, terminate the Contractor’s
obligation to Provide the Works.
Z3.4 Failure by the Contractor to notify the Employer of a change in its B-BBEE status may
constitute a reason for termination. If the Employer terminates in terms of this clause, the
procedures on termination are P1, P2 and P3 as stated in clause 92, and the amount due is A1
and A3 as stated in clause 93.
Z4 Confidentiality
Z4.1 The Contractor does not disclose or make any information arising from or in con
Section
Source: Container Document to the market.zip2.5 Quality assurance requirements ........................................................................................................... 8
Sets the constitutional standard for fair, equitable, transparent, competitive and cost-effective public procurement.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 5 of 2000
Covers preferential procurement and preference-point systems used in public tenders.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 12 of 2004
Supports anti-corruption controls and supplier integrity in procurement processes.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 28 of 2024
Provides the national framework for public procurement across government.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 2 of 2000
Supports access to tender records, award decisions and public-sector procurement information.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
Act 3 of 2000
Supports lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair administrative tender decisions.
Relevant because this is a South African public-sector procurement opportunity.
These rules are linked to the work category, industry, or regulated service area.
Act 38 of 2000
Important for public-sector construction and infrastructure tenders that require contractor grading or construction procurement standards.
Relevant because this tender appears to involve construction, building work, infrastructure, or site-based delivery.
Act 107 of 1998
Relevant where environmental authorisations, EIAs or environmental compliance may apply.
Relevant because this tender appears to involve construction, building work, infrastructure, or site-based delivery.
Act 85 of 1993
Sets health and safety duties for contractors, employers and service providers working on public-sector sites.
Relevant because this tender appears to involve construction, building work, infrastructure, or site-based delivery.
Act 103 of 1977
Relevant where building standards, renovations, maintenance or construction compliance may apply.
Relevant because this tender appears to involve construction, building work, infrastructure, or site-based delivery.
Address
Lake Street, Germiston, Johanessburg, 1401, South Africa
Source confidence
High source confidence
Official source
eTenders.gov.za
Documents found
1
Last checked
14 Jul 2026
AI status
Not enhanced
Data conflicts
None detected
This tender has strong source evidence, including source metadata and supporting tender information synced from the government tender portal.
Tenders SA is not the issuing authority. All tenders are automatically synced from the official government tender portal. Always confirm final submission details, closing dates, briefing sessions, eligibility requirements, and documents on the official government portal before applying.
Contact
021-980-7509[email protected]www.eskom.co.za/Pages/Landing.aspxLake Street, Germiston, Johanessburg, 1401, South Africa
Key Personnel
💡 Want more tendering tips and strategies?
Explore Our BlogGet deep intelligence on Construction. Unlock full pricing strategies, bid frequency, and historical win rates.